Tasman Sea 60 Digital Manual

Tasman Sea 60m3 T-2 Digital
OWNERS MANUAL
Manual PN B653200001 - SO#22757 | Initial Release: 2/28/2014

PREFACE
Thank you for your purchase of a Parker Sea Recovery Tasman Recovery Warranty.
Sea 60 Digital Reverse Osmosis Desalination System. This Follow the Installation and Operation Instructions in this manual.
manual contains instructions for the installation, operation, From time to time, Parker Sea Recovery may make programming
maintenance and repair of the Parker Sea Recovery Desalination changes to the Control Logic.
System. This information is provided to ensure extended life and Other physical production changes may also be made from time
safe operation of your system. to time and are tracked by Parker Sea Recovery through the
Please read this manual thoroughly before installation System Serial Number.
or operation, and keep it for future reference. A better Troubleshooting and repair method results can vary depending
understanding of the system ensures optimum performance and on the fault indicator on the control panel.
longer service life. When requesting assistance from Parker Sea Recovery or one of
Parker Sea Recovery’s Reverse Osmosis Desalination Systems Parker Sea Recovery’s service dealers, ALWAYS PROVIDE
are designed and engineered to function as a complete working ALL OF THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ABOUT
unit. Generally speaking, the performance of each component THE SYSTEM.
within the System is dependent on the component prior to it
and governs the performance of all components after it. Proper
performance of the system is thus dependent upon proper SERIAL NUMBER: Helps us to determine the latest
operation of every single component within the system. physical version and configuration of your system which is
The intent of this manual is to allow the operator to become necessary to ensure that we provide you with the correct
familiar with each component within the Parker Sea Recovery information or parts.
System. By understanding the function, importance, and normal TYPE: Tells us the production capacity of your system
operation of each component, the operator can readily diagnose which gives us a bench mark in diagnosing product water
minor problems, which if detected early are usually easily
flow and pressure concerns.
corrected. However, if a problem is left unattended, it could
affects the rest of the system and leads to further problems and TIME RUNNING: Assists us in diagnosing abnormalities
repairs. that can occur at given operational time intervals such as
The manual is divided into sections that address different required pump maintenance, or R.O. membrane element
subject matter. Each section should be reviewed before condition.
operating the Reverse Osmosis Desalination system.
VERSION: Allows us to determine the specific sequential
The majority of the cause of failures and problems are from the
operation of the system based on the version of the
use of third party, non Parker Sea Recovery parts from improper
installation and operation: programmed control logic.
The use of third party, non Parker Sea Recovery consumable,
spares, and assemblies will damage the Parker Sea Recovery
system and/or specific components within the system. Do not
use parts and components other than Parker Sea Recovery. Use
of third party, non Parker Sea Recovery components will void
any and all warranty of the system and/or void the effected
component within the system.
Parker Sea Recovery maintains inventory for immediate
shipment and our Service Dealers throughout the world maintain
stock of Parker Sea Recovery parts. Always insist on Parker
Sea Recovery supplied parts for your system in order to avoid
failures, eliminate problems, and maintain your Parker Sea
Page i
COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION PATENT INFORMATION

Copyright 2013® Parker Hannifin Corporation. All content Certain aspects of the Parker Sea Recovery Reverse Osmosis
included within this manual, such as text, graphics, logos, and Desalination System are protected by U.S. and International
images, is the property of Parker Hannifin Corporation and Patent Laws.
protected by U.S. and international copyright laws.
The compilation (meaning the preparation, collection, NOTICE OF LIABILITY
arrangement, and assembly) of all content within this manual The information contained in the manual is distributed on an “As
is the exclusive property of Parker Hannifin Corporation and is” basis, without warranty. While every effort has been taken in
protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. the preparation of this manual, Parker Hannifin Corp. shall not be
All software used in the design and manufacture of the Parker held liable with respect to any liability, loss, or damage caused
Sea Recovery Reverse Osmosis Desalination System is the by the instructions contained in this manual. The information
property of Parker Sea Recovery Corporation and protected contained in this manual is subject to change without notice.
by U.S. and international copyright laws. All computer and TRADEMARKS
logic programming used in the design and manufacture of the
The Parker Sea Recovery® logo mark is a U.S. Registered
Parker Sea Recovery Reverse Osmosis Desalination System the
Trademark and belongs to Parker Hannifin Corporation with
property of Parker Hannifin Corporation and protected by U.S.
all rights reserved. Parker Sea Recovery® is a US Registered
and international copyright laws.
trademark of Parker Hannifin Corporation. Tasman Sea™ is a
The content of this manual and the software, programming,
trademark of Parker Hannifin Corp.
and graphic designs used in the design and manufacture of the
Parker Sea Recovery Reverse Osmosis Desalination System is
for the purpose of operation, maintaining, and repair illustrations
of the Parker Sea Recovery Reverse Osmosis Desalination
System. Any other use, including the reproduction, modification,
distribution, transmission, republication, display, or performance,
of the content within this manual is strictly prohibited.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The use of this manual acknowledges acceptance of the terms
and conditions provided herewith and the agreement to comply
with all applicable laws and regulations pertaining to the use of
this manual.
In addition, the use of this manual forms an agreement that
Parker Sea Recovery’s trademarked name or Parker Sea
Recovery’s trademarked logo mark are not to be used in any
form or manner except with Parker Hannifin Corporation’s
written permission. Parker Hannifin Corporation holds all rights
to its copyrights and trademarks, and to the material contained
in this manual. Any use of such requires the written permission
from Parker Hannifin Corporation.
Page ii
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. Date Affected Pages Description
PR 13 july 2011 - Initial Release of Tasman Sea 60m3 T-2 Digital
Page iii
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREFACE i to v
INTRODUCTION 1-2
1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1-1 to 1-18
2 PRE-INSTALLATION NOTES 2-1 to 2-10
3 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION 3-1 to 3-2

MODBUS SPECIFICATION 1 to 14
4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 4-1 to 4-6
5 COMMISSIONING 5-1 to 5-8
6 OPERATION 6-1 to 6-150
7 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR 7-1 to 7-15
8 TROUBLESHOOTING 8-1 to 8-31
9 COMPONENT SPECIFICATION SHEETS

AND MANUALS 9-1 to 9-101
10 DRAWING PULLOUTS 10-1 to 10-30
FAT REPORT 1-9
Page v
Introduction
INTRODUCTION
Introduction
1 INTRODUCTION
1.6 SAFETY NOTES
1.1 PURPOSE
Safety issues that require the user’s attention are
This manual is intended for Sea Recovery’s system highlighted throughout this manual as follows:
technicians, technical support, and training personnel. This
manual contains technical information and instructions WARNING: Provides critical information
for the installation, operation, maintenance, and users must comply with in order to prevent
troubleshooting of the Sea Recovery Desalination System. the possibility of injuries and/or death.
CAUTION: Provides important information
1.2 SAFETY IN GENERAL users must know to prevent the possibility of
damaging the device or equipment.
Anyone responsible for the installation, operation, and
maintenance of the Sea Recovery Desalination System NOTE: Provides additional information users
must read this manual thoroughly and comply with the should know to properly and safely operate
instructions, guidelines, and safety requirements at all the equipment.
times.
1.7 GRAPHICS & ILLUSTRATIONS
1.3 USING THIS MANUAL Graphics and illustrations are used for reference only, and
Reading this manual in its entirety will help users to may not represent the actual part or arrangement of parts
become familiar with each component within the system. in a customized system.
By understanding the function, importance, and normal
operation of each component, users can readily operate
and diagnose problems. 1.8 GLOSSARY
The following terms are helpful in becoming familiar with
Aside from this section, this manual is divided into ten
the Sea Recovery Desalination Systems:
majors sections.
• System Description BOUNDARY LAYER / CONCENTRATION POLARIZATION
• Pre-installation Notes When water permeates through the membrane, nearly all
• Electrical Information the salt is left behind in the brine channel. In any dynamic
• Installation Requirements hydraulic system, the fluid adjacent to the wall of the
• Commissioning vessel is moving relatively slow. Even though the main
• Operation body of the stream is turbulent, a thin film adjacent to the
• Maintenance & Repair wall (membrane) is laminar. This thin film is called the
boundary layer.
• Troubleshooting
• Component Specs and Manuals At the boundary layer, the salts are saturated and can
readily adhere to, and pack into, the R.O. membrane
• Drawings
element surface if the Feed Water Flow is insufficient.
Each section should be reviewed in the order provided For this reason, it is important to maintain sufficient Feed
before performing any system operations. Water flow to prevent concentration polarization through
the R.O. membrane element.
1.4 TERM USED
BRINE VELOCITY
The term System refers to Tasman Sea 60 Digital in
general, and will be used throughout this manual. The brine flow over the membrane surface is very
important to both product water quality and quantity.
Concentration polarization occurs at low flows, causing the
1.5 REFERENCES water quality to decline.
All references in this manual refer to other sections within In addition to inferior product water quality, low brine
this manual, unless specifically defined. flows can increase the precipitation of sparingly soluble
salts, which will foul the R.O. membrane element surface
(concentration polarization). If this occurs, the product
water flux (production) will decline.
Page 1-1
The Feed Pump integrated design provides a relatively cylindrical configuration. The center tube is also the
smooth and continual flow of Feed Water across and permeate (product water) collecting channel. Several
Introduction
through the R.O. membrane element. elements may be connected in sequence within a single
pressure vessel, or multiple pressure vessels.
COMPACTION
Some densification of the membrane structure may take WATER TEMPERATURE EFFECT
place while operating at pressures above 1000 PSI. The The product water flow through the membrane is
change is known as compaction, and is accompanied by a significantly affected by the water temperature. At any
reduction in the water permeation rate. given pressure, this flow escalates with increasing water
If the R.O. membrane element is subjected to pressures temperature, and is reduced at lower temperatures. The
above 1000 PSI, the product water channel becomes System overcomes this factor by automatically adjusting
squeezed which results in restriction and in turn product the operating pressure to maintain a precise amount of
water recovery reduction. product water flow.
OSMOTIC PRESSURE
The transfer of water from one side of the membrane to
the other will continue until the head (pressure) is great
enough to prevent any net transfer of the solvent (water) to
the more concentrated (feed water) solution.
When the quantity of water passing in either direction
is equal, the head pressure is then defined as the
”Osmotic Pressure” of the solution having that particular
concentration of dissolved solids.
PRESSURE
The operating pressure has a direct affect on product
water quality and quantity. Both factors will progress as
the system pressure increases (higher quantity and higher
quality within design limits).
The system must be operated at the lowest pressure
required to achieve the designed product water flow
rate. This parameter also minimizes compaction, which
proceeds at a faster rate at higher pressures, as well as at
higher temperatures.
The system will automatically adjust its operating pressure
to maintain a precise amount of product water flow.
However, in so doing, at low temperatures and or high
salinity feed water conditions, the system will operate
at higher than normal pressure in order to maintain the
specified amount of product water flow. This is a normal,
design characteristic of the system, and should be
expected.
SPIRAL-WOUND MEMBRANE
The spiral-wound membrane consists of multiple
membrane envelopes formed by enclosing a channelized,
product water-carrying material between two large flat
membrane sheets. The membrane envelope is sealed on
three edges with a special adhesive and attached with the
adhesive to a small diameter pipe.
A polypropylene screen is used to form the feed water
channel between the membrane envelopes. A wrap
is applied to the membrane element to maintain the
Page 1-2
Intentionally Left Blank
Description
Section 1
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Description
1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.5 REGISTRATION

Parker Sea Recovery recommends all customers to
Since 1981, Parker Sea Recovery has been producing register their System immediately after delivery to ensure
water desalination systems for various applications to and guarantee product technical support and warranty.
customers all around the world. Since then, Parker Sea
Description
Recovery has become one of the top leaders in advanced 1.6 COMPONENT DIMENSIONS
water desalination systems for leisure, marine, and Refer to Section 10 for system and component dimensions.
commercial applications.
1.1 MODELS
• SRC Tasman Sea System; 60 m3/day T-2 Digital
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS
Refer to Page 1-2 for System Specifications.
1.3 COMPLIANCE
Parker Sea Recovery’s Reverse Osmosis Desalination
Systems are Type Accepted by the American Bureau of
Shipping, ABS.
Systems comply with FCC § 15.105
Systems have been independently tested and determined
to be in compliance with European CE (Conformité
Européne) legislation.
Systems electrical and control systems are UL Certified.
UL’s worldwide family of companies and network of
service providers includes 62 laboratory, testing, and
certification facilities serving customers in 99 countries.
Refer to Page 1-6 for compliance certificates.
1.4 WARRANTY
Parker Sea Recovery guarantees its product, components,
and replacement parts and recommends customers to
use only Parker Sea Recovery parts. The majority of
RO system problems derive from premature failure of
unauthorized third party replacement parts.
Using unauthorized third party components will lead to
higher operating costs and maintenance costs and labor.
Most importantly, using unauthorized parts will void Parker
Sea Recovery Warranty.
Refer to Page 1-11 for Limited Warranty.
Page 1-1
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS:
Tasman SEA SERIES
High Rejection & High Yield Membrane Elements:

Frame Configurations can include: Double or Single Length Membrane Element Vessel(s) with Double or Single Depth
Membrane Rack(s)
Description
PERFORMANCE:
RATED PERFORMANCE / PRODUCT WATER PRODUCED:
+-15% at 820 PSI, 77° F & 35,000 PPM TDS typical seawater)
(56.6 bar, 25° C & 35,000 PPM TDS typical seawater)
(5516 kPa, 25° C & 35,000 PPM TDS typical seawater)
(57.7 Kg/cm2, 25° C & 35,000 PPM TDS typical seawater)
Model Number Gallons/Hour Gallons/24 Hours Liters/Hour Liters/24 Hours

Tasman Sea 25m3 : 275 6,604 1,042 25,000
Tasman Sea 45m3 495 11,887 1,875 45,000
Tasman Sea 60m3 660 15,851 2,500 60,000
Tasman Sea 72m3 792 19,000 3,000 72,000
Tasman Sea 90m3 991 23,776 3,750 90,000
SALT REJECTION (CHLORIDE ION):

Per individual R.O. Membrane Element
Minimum 99.2%, Average 99.6%
PRODUCT WATER TEMPERATURE: Ambient to feed water temperature
SPECIFICATIONS:
SALINITY MONITORING:
Automatic electronic monitoring. Temperature compensated with solid state “Digital Read Out” continuous readout in
micromhos per cm3 and of a fail-safe design.
SYSTEM FEED WATER:

FLOW:
Model Number Gallons per Minute Liters per Minute
All Models: 35 132
SALINITY RANGE:
Seawater Inlet up to 50,000 ppm TDS
TEMPERATURE RANGE: Max. 122° F (50° C), Min. 33° F ( 2° C)
pH RANGE: 3-11 (typical seawater pH is 8)
REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE:

TYPE: Selected aromatic tri-polyamid, thin film composite, spiral wound, single pass reverse osmosis membrane element.
CHLORINE TOLERANCE: 0.1 PPM
Page 1-2
SYSTEM PRESSURE:
FEED WATER:
Minimum 1 psi Maximum 20 psi
0.06 bar 1.4 bar
7 kPa 138 kPa
.06 Kg/cm2 1.4 Kg/cm2
Description
SYSTEM OPERATION:
Seawater: 820 psi
56.6 bar
5516 kPa
57.7 Kg/cm2
Brackish Varies w/PPM
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT:

DIMENSIONS: Refer to Section 10 Pullouts.
WEIGHT:
Model Number Pounds kilograms
Tasman Sea 25m3: 1,900 864
Tasman Sea 45m3 2,100 954
Tasman Sea 60m3 2,200 998
Tasman Sea 72m3 2,400 1,090
Tasman Sea 90m3 2,500 1,136
Note: System gross shipping weight add approximately 400 Lbs/181 Kg
WATER CONNECTIONS:
System Feed Water Inlet 1 1/2 Inch 150# PVC80 ANSI Flange
System Rinse/Cleaning Chemical Inlet 1 1/2 Inch 150# PVC80 ANSI Flange
Brine Discharge 1 1/2 Inch 150# PVC80 ANSI Flange
Rinse/Cleaning Chemical Return 1 1/2 Inch 150# PVC80 ANSI Flange
Product 1 Inch 150# PVC80 ANSI Flange
NOTE: DIN & JIS Type flanges available upon request
ELECTRICAL:
CAUTION: The Parker Sea Recovery Reverse Osmosis Desalination System is designed to be as electrically efficient as
possible. The high pressure pump’s RPM’s and operating pressure govern the amount of energy required by the high
pressure pump’s electric motor. In order to maintain a sufficient flow of feed water into the Reverse Osmosis Membrane
Element, Parker Sea Recovery utilizes several different Driver/Driven pulley ratios. These different pulley ratios, in turn,
create different power requirements.
Parker Sea Recovery Systems utilize a three-phase, mono cycle (Hz) electric motor of either 50 or 60 Hz. When operating
on 50 Hz, the electric motor turns slower than a motor used in a 60 Hz operation. However, the high pressure pump must
be driven at a predetermined RPM. For this reason, Parker Sea Recovery systems utilize different pulley ratios, or variable
frequency drives (VFD), to drive the pumps. The pumps maintain its predetermined RPM when operating on the specified
power source.
Page 1-3
Therefore, do not attempt to operate the Parker Sea Recovery system from a power source that creates 50 Hz if you have
a 60 Hz System. Likewise, do not attempt to operate the Parker Sea Recovery system from a power source that creates 60
Hz if you have a 50 Hz System.
If the Parker Sea Recovery system is set up for 50 Hz and operated at 60 Hz, the motor will turn too fast and require
excessive power. This over stresses and overheats the motor. If the Parker Sea Recovery system is set up for 60 Hz but
operated at 50 Hz, R.O. Membrane Element fouling may occur. This is because the motor turns too slowly and drives
the pumps slower than the required predetermined speed, thus subjecting the R.O. Membrane Element to high recovery
(percentage ratio of feed to product).
Description
ELECTRICAL POWER REQUIREMENTS:

(H.P. = Horse Power; FLA = Full Load Amperes; LRA = Locked Rotor Amperes - Start Up)
HIGH PRESSURE PUMP ELECTRIC MOTOR THREE PHASE:
25 HORSEPOWER
60 230 58 416 CM4103TX
60 460 29 208 CM4103TX
BOOSTER PUMP & FEED WATER PUMP ELECTRIC MOTORS THREE PHASE
5 HORSEPOWER
Hz VAC FLA LRA Motor
50 220 13.4 130 JMM3613T
50 380 6.7 68 JMM3613T
50 440 6.5 65 JMM3613T
60 208 12.6 110 JMM3613T
60 230 11.6 108 JMM3613T
60 460 5.8 54 JMM3613T
RECOMMENDED THREE PHASE CIRCUIT BREAKER:

The actual final system configuration may have a larger or different size Feed Water Pump and Booster Pump therefore
size your Circuit Breaker accordingly. The below chart is an approximation assuming 5 horsepower Feed Water Pump & 5
horsepower Booster Pump.
Operating Voltage Hz & Phase Recommended Circuit Breaker Size
Feeding the R.O. System
with 5 HP Feed Water Pump
& 5 HP Booster Pump
Page 1-4
25 Horse Power High Pressure Pump Motor:

220 VAC, 50 Hz, Three Phase 150 Amperes
Description
POWER SOURCE: PER ORDER

Additional specifications to this system maybe provided in Supplemental Specification Sheet.
Page 1-5
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES
American Bureau of Shipping

Parker Sea Recovery’s Reverse Osmosis Desalination Systems are Type Accepted by the American Bureau of Shipping,
ABS.
Description
American Bureau of Shipping.
Safety, Service, Solutions

These three goals define the activities of ABS. They are the bedrock upon which the American Bureau of Shipping’s com-
mitment to set standards of excellence as one of the world’s leading ship classification societies is founded.
From its inception in 1862, setting safety standards for the marine industry has been the core commitment of ABS. This is
achieved through the establishment and application of technical standards (Rules) for the design, construction, and opera-
tional maintenance of ships and other marine structures. Classification is a process that certifies adherence to these Rules.
The core competencies of this worldwide network of ABS professionals lie in the fields of survey, engineering and auditing.
Backing these field representatives is an unequivocal commitment to research and development.
The ABS Type Approval Program

The ABS Type Approval program has existed in some form since 1983. Today it is formalized in the Rules. Two basic pro-
cesses and certificates establish the validity of a product and all other certificates that may be issued in the program. The
format imitates the format of the European Marine Equipment Directive (MED).
• Satisfactory evaluation of a product to a set of Rules or standards is recorded in the issue of a “Product Design As-
sessment (PDA)” certificate. The process is the same as would be followed for an ABS Design Review Letter. It imitates the
Module B category of the MED.
• Satisfactory evaluation of the manufacturing (Works) facility to confirm their ability to consistently manufacture the
product in accordance with the PDA is recorded in the issue of a “Manufacturing Assessment (MA)” certificate. This was
previously known in ABS as the MMEC program. This imitates the modules D and E of the MED.
The IACS Ad-Hoc Committee for the Certification of Materials and Components have a consensus that Type Approval re-
quires; 1) an evaluation of the product including prototype tests (if necessary), 2) a witness of the manufacture of the prod-
uct (type test), and 3) an assessment of the manufacturer’s ability to consistently manufacture the product in accordance
with the approved specifications. There are a multitude of derivations of this process; following is an abbreviated outline of
the basic certificates:
A Type Approved Product has satisfied the processes of:
1. An Engineer’s evaluation of a design to determine conformance with specifications. The manufacturer should submit
sufficient information to allow ABS to determine if the product meets specification. This results in a Product Design Assess-
ment Certificate (PDA).
2. Witnessing manufacture and testing of a type of the product to determine compliance with the specification
3. A Surveyor’s evaluation of the manufacturing arrangements to confirm that the product can be consistently produced in
accordance with the specification. This results in the issue of a Manufacturing Assessment Certificate
Page 1-6
FCC
Parker Sea Recovery’s Reverse Osmosis Desalination Systems comply with FCC § 15.105
United States Federal Communications Commission Compliance
Description
FCC § 15.105
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15
of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the
equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case
the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Page 1-7
European Conformité Européne (CE)

Parker Sea Recovery’s Reverse Osmosis Desalination Systems have been independently tested and determined to be in
compliance with European CE (Conformité Européne)
The CE Mark (‘Trade Passport to Europe’) is a visible declaration by the manufacturer (or his representative, importer, etc.)
that the equipment which is marked complies with all the requirements of all the applicable directives. This mark allows
Description
manufacturers and exporters to circulate products freely within the 15 European Union (EU) members. Having ensured
that the equipment does indeed meet all these requirements (including all the administrative requirements involved in
being able to demonstrate compliance), the CE Mark may then be affixed and the product released.
The letters, “CE”, indicate that the manufacturer has undertaken all assessment procedures required for the product. The
CE mark indicates conformity to the legal requirements of the EU Directives.
The “CE” mark is now mandatory for regulated products sold in the European Union.
Page 1-8
Description
Page 1-9
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
Parker Sea Recovery’s Reverse Osmosis Desalination Systems control and electrical systems are UL Certified.
Description
Underwriters Laboratories® is an independent product safety certification organization that has been testing products
and writing standards for safety for more than a century. UL evaluates more than 19,000 types of products, components,
materials and systems annually with 21 billion UL Marks appearing on 72,000 manufacturers’ products each year. UL’s
worldwide family of companies and network of service providers includes 62 laboratory, testing and certification facilities
serving customers in 99 countries.
UL Mission: working for a safer world since 1894

To promote safe living and working environments by the application of safety science and hazard-based safety
engineering
To support the production and use of products which are physically and environmentally safe and to apply our efforts to
prevent or reduce loss of life and property
To advance safety science through research and investigation
To concentrate our efforts and resources on public safety in those areas where we can make valuable contributions
To work with integrity and a focus on quality to enhance the trust conveyed by our certification marks
To charge fair prices that allow us to meet our obligations, sustain our growth, and invest in safety science and education
To invest in our people and encourage our people to invest in themselves
To be a good example of corporate citizenship and social responsibility
UL Listing Mark
The UL Listing Mark is one of the most common UL Marks. If a product carries this Mark, it means UL found that
representative samples of this product met UL’s safety requirements. These requirements are primarily based on UL’s own
published standards for safety. This type of Mark is seen commonly on appliances and computer equipment, furnaces and
heaters, fuses, electrical panel boards, smoke and carbon monoxide detectors, fire extinguishers and sprinkler systems,
personal flotation devices like life jackets and life preservers, bullet resistant glass, and thousands of other products.
Page 1-10
Parker Sea Recovery Corp. warrants that the Parker Sea Recovery Desalination System performs according to the
specifications for a period of twelve (12) months and specifically listed components are warranted for up to 5 years from
the date of shipment. Parker Sea Recovery, under no circumstances, is liable for damages arising out of or in any way
connected with the failure of the system to perform as set forth herein. This limited warranty is in lieu of all other expressed
Description
or implied warranties, including those of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
The warranty period is from the date of original shipment from Parker Sea Recovery’s factory.
The following items are covered under warranty for the periods designated:
System and Accessories 1 (one) year
High Pressure Vessel 5 (five) years
HP Pump (Plunger) 5 (five) years (Optional)
HP Pump (Radial Axial) 1 (one) year
Repairs after warranty 3 (three) months
The following items are considered normal user maintenance and are not covered under warranty:
1. Sea Strainer Element 7. Pump Crankcase Oil (Optional Pump)
2. Cartridge Filter Elements 8. Gauge Instrument Calibration
3. Sand & Graven in the MMF 9. Fuses
4. Pump Packing Assemblies 10. Valve Seals and Packings
5. Pump Seal Assemblies 11. Exterior Corrosion
6. Pump Valve Assemblies
Installation of components not supplied by Parker Sea Recovery, are not covered by this or any limited warranty.
Improper installation, resulting in system failure or component failure or decline in performance is not covered by this or any
limited warranty.
The Reverse Osmosis Membrane Element is warranted for a period of one year from the date of shipment of the
membrane. Any misuse or improper operation or maintenance of the system that causes premature fouling of the
Membrane Element is not warranted. The Reverse Osmosis Membrane Element is also guaranteed to be cleanable for
a minimum of one year from the date of shipment, providing cleaning periods are adhered to and foulant is acid soluble
metal hydroxides and calcium carbonates or alkaline soluble organic, inorganic substances and microbiological slimes. The
Membrane Element is not warranted for iron fouling (rust), chemical or petroleum products attack, extreme temperatures
(over 120 F/under 32 F), drying out or extreme pressures (over 1000 psi).
In the event of a defect, malfunction or failure, specifically covered by this warranty and during the warranty period, Parker
Sea Recovery will repair or replace, at its option, the product or component therein, which upon examination by Parker Sea
Recovery appears to be defective.
To obtain warranty service, the defective product or part must be returned to an authorized Parker Sea Recovery Factory
Service Center (dealer) or direct to Parker Sea Recovery Corp. The end user must pay any transportation and labor
expenses incurred in removing and returning the product to the service center or Parker Sea Recovery pending evaluation
and warranty approval. Upon warranty approval, reasonable expenses will be reimbursed.
The limited warranty does not extend to any system or system component which has been subjected to alteration, misuse,
neglect, accident, improper installation, inadequate or improper repair or maintenance or subject to use in violation of
instructions furnished by Parker Sea Recovery, nor does the warranty extend to components on which the serial number
has been removed, defaced or changed.
Parker Sea Recovery Corp. reserves the right to make changes or improvements in its product, during subsequent
production, without incurring the obligation to install such changes or improvements on previously manufactured
equipment.
The implied warranties, which the law imposes on the sale of this product, are expressly LIMITED in duration to the time
period above. Parker Sea Recovery Corp. shall not be liable for damages, consequential or otherwise, resulting from the
use and operation of this product, or from the breach of this LIMITED WARRANTY.
CAUTION: Use of non Parker Sea Recovery supplied parts and accessories, including but not limited to maintenance
parts, pre-filter elements, cleaning and storage chemical, pump oil, spare parts, replacement parts, system components,
installation components and/or system accessories, shall void all warranty expressed or implied.
Page 1-11
Some of the damages that may not be covered by the

warranty include:
a) Use of non-authorized or misuse of authorized
chemicals for storage will void any warranty.
b) Rust fouling of the R.O. Membrane Element is not
covered under warranty.
c) Damage to the System caused by a blocked brine
Description
discharge or product line will not be covered by

warranty.
d) High temperature will cause up to 40% flux loss (loss
of production) of the R.O. membrane element(s). This
damage is irreversible to the R.O. membrane element
and not covered by warranty.
e) Freezing temperatures will cause mechanical damage
to the System and R.O. membrane element due to
the expansion of water as it freezes. This damage is
irreversible and not covered by any warranty.
f) Damage caused by excessive vibration will not be
covered under warranty.
PACKING LIST
UNCRATING:
1. DO NOT DISCARD ANY PACKAGING UNTIL YOU HAVE FOUND & IDENTIFIED ALL PARTS!
2. Remove the system from the shipping carton.
3. Some of the components are loose or separately packaged in the shipping container.
Page 1-12
CHEMICAL SAFETY & FIRST AID
Parker Sea Recovery SRC SC Storage Chemical

WARNING! CONTAINS SODIUM METABISULFITE. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED, AVOID BREATHING DUST & FUMES. CAUSES
IRRITATION TO EYES & MUCOUS MEMBRANES. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD.
FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, GIVE TAP WATER & INDUCE VOMITING. IN CASE OF CONTACT
IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES & GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. THOROUGHLY WASH
Description
AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT.
MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH Parker Sea Recovery “SRC SC”, SYSTEM & MEMBRANE STORAGE CHEMICAL, ARE
AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK, U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER: 1-800-228-5635.
FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.
Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent breathing dust & prevent contact with eyes. Thoroughly wash contacted parts
after handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small amounts of water. Adding small amounts of water to
power may liberate irritating sulfur dioxide gas. Add powder to above specified amount of water only. Do not mix with
other chemicals or cleaners. If spilled, sweep up as much as possible then flush with water to drain.
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN
NET CONTENTS 1.5 POUNDS (.68 Kg)
Parker Sea Recovery SRC MCC-1 Membrane Cleaning Chemical

WARNING: CONTAINS SODIUM METASILICATE. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. MAY CAUSE BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH
EYES. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT WITH SKIN. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD.
FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING, GIVE ONE GLASS OF TAP WATER OR MILK. IN
CASE OF CONTACT IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES & GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
THOROUGHLY WASH AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT. CONTACT A PHYSICIAN IF IRRITATION PERSISTS.
MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH Parker Sea Recovery “SRC MCC1”, R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT ALKALINE
DETERGENT CLEANING CHEMICAL, ARE AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK, U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL
EMERGENCY NUMBER: 1-800-228-5635.
after handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small amounts of water. Add powder to above specified
amount of water only. Do not mix with other chemicals or cleaners. If spilled, sweep up as much as possible then flush
with water to drain.
Page 1-13

DANGER: CONTAINS SULFAMIC ACID. CAUSES BURNS, EYE & SKIN IRRITATION. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. AVOID
BREATHING DUST. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD.
FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING, GIVE ONE GLASS OF TAP WATER OR MILK. IN
CASE OF CONTACT IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES & GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
Description
THOROUGHLY WASH AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT. CONTACT A PHYSICIAN IF IRRITATION PERSISTS.
MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH Parker Sea Recovery “SRC MCC2”, R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT ACID CLEANING
CHEMICAL, ARE AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK, U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER:
1-800-228-5635.
DO NOT MIX WITH CHLORINATED SOLUTIONS OR COMPOUNDS. Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent breathing dust
& prevent contact with eyes. Thoroughly wash contacted parts after handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted
with small amounts of water. Add powder to above specified amount of water only. Do not mix with other chemicals or
cleaners. If spilled, sweep up as much as possible then flush with water to drain.

WARNING: CONTAINS SODIUM METABISULFITE. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. AVOID BREATHING DUST AND FUMES.
CAUSES IRRITATION TO EYES AND MUCOUS MEMBRANES. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD.
FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, GIVE TAP WATER AND INDUCE VOMITING. IN CASE OF CONTACT
IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES & GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. THOROUGHLY WASH
AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT. CONTACT A PHYSICIAN IF IRRITATION PERSISTS.
MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH Parker Sea Recovery “SRC MCC3”, R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT RUST REMOVER
CLEANING CHEMICAL, ARE AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK, U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY
NUMBER: 1-800-228-5635.
after handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small amounts of water. Adding small amounts of water to
powder may liberate irritating sulfur dioxide gas. Add powder to above specified amount of water only. Do not mix with
other chemicals or cleaners. If spilled, sweep up as much as possible then flush with water to drain.
Page 1-14
TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE EFFECTS
Parker Sea Recovery® TEMPERATURE EFFECT COMPARISON CHART

(At 820 psi & 35,000 ppm feedwater TDS conditions)
The Temperature Effect Chart on this page illustrates the loss or gain of productivity across the R.O. Membrane.
To determine what normal (in spec.) flow of the system is at 77º F (25º C), follow these directions:
Description
1. Determine feed temperature.
2. Locate the corresponding temperature on the chart.
3. Follow the corresponding temperature in a vertical line up to the plotted production line.
4. From this temperature point at the production line, move left horizontally to the plotted productivity percent.
5. Calculate the system’s present productivity in U.S. gallons per day by multiplying the gallon per hour product water
flow meter reading by 24.
6. Divide the figure reached in step 5 above, present gallon per day productivity, by the plotted productivity percentage
from step 4 above. The answer will be equivalent to the membranes present productivity at specification test
parameters, 820 psi & 77º F (25º C).
Example:
1. With the system operating at 820 psi (57 bar).
2. The present feed temperature is 61º F (16º C).
3. Plotted productivity is therefore 72% of normal.
4. The system is a 14,530 gallon per day model and it is presently producing 9,000 gallons per day.
5. 9,000 per day divided by .72 equals 12,500 gallons per day calculated productivity. The system is rated at 14,530
gallons per day ± 15% (12,350 to 16,709 gallons per day). Therefore the system is within specifications at 12,500
gallons per day actual productivity at 61º F (16º C), 820 psi (57 bar), and 35,000 ppm feed.
Page 1-15
Parker Sea Recovery® TEMPERATURE EFFECT COMPARISON CHART

(Do not use this chart for brackish water systems & applications)
As the seawater temperature increases, the Parker Sea Recovery system pressure must be adjusted so that the system
achieves no greater than 100% of rated product water flow. Product water flow greater than 100% of rated capacity
causes premature fouling of the R.O. Membrane Element. This leads to more frequent required cleaning and voids all
warranties of the Parker Parker Sea Recovery R.O. Membrane Elements.
Description
Page 1-16
Description
Page 1-17
Description Tasman Sea 60m3 T-2 Digital
Page 1-18
Pre-installation
Section 2
PRE-INSTALLATION NOTES
Pre-installation
2 PRE-INSTALLATION NOTES
2.1 PRECAUTIONS contain any of the above chemicals (e.g. connecting the
inlet of the System to the ship’s potable water system
STORAGE PRIOR TO UNCRATING
if the ship’s system contains chlorinated or brominated
1. Adhere to crate markings: water.) These chemicals destroy the copolymer
• DO NOT store in direct sunlight; components within the RO system. These oxidants and
• DO NOT store in conditions above 103º F (39º C); others also damage the RO Membrane Element. The Sea
• DO NOT freeze; Recovery Optional Fresh Water Flush Accessory removes
• STORE ONLY on base with ARROWS UP. chlorine and bromine from the ship’s potable water
Pre-installation
• KEEP THE R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT WET AT ALL system.
TIMES. DO NOT PERFORM INSTALLATION UNLESS
2. If the R.O. System has been shipped new with 1. The System Feed Water Sea Cock Valve is closed.
Reverse Osmosis Membrane Elements installed, the
System must be commissioned within 3 months. This 2. The System’s main electrical disconnect switch is
is to avoid drying out or biological fouling of the R.O. switched “OFF”, LOCKED, and TAGGED.
Membranes. 3. A Volt / Ohm Meter will be necessary.
3. Refer to Section 2.4 for additional precautions WARNING: ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD.
regarding the R.O. Membrane Element. The installation procedures expose the
installer to high voltage and electrical shock
UNCRATING hazard. Only attempt installation if you are a
1. Disassemble the crate from the System as follows: qualified electrician, and only if surrounding
top first; sides second, third, fourth, and fifth. conditions are safe.
2. Remove the System from the bottom of its shipping
QUALIFICATIONS
crate only when the system is in place ready for the
final lift. Use caution in moving the System with a Technicians must have technical knowledge and ability in
forklift after the System is removed from the shipping the following fields:
crate. Place wood, cardboard, or material onto the a) Electrical, Electronic, Electric Motors & Circuits
metal forks of the forklift. b) Electromechanical & Mechanical Systems
CAUTION: Metal forks will damage the c) Hydraulic and Liquid Pressure & Flow Systems
powder coating on the underside of the skid.
d) Piping and Plumbing Systems
REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE ELEMENT SUSCEPTIBILITY TO e) Water Suction & Pressure Lines
CHEMICAL ATTACK
f) Thru-Hull Fitting below & above water level
CAUTION: Do not expose the System
to intake feed water containing any of the NECESSARY COMPONENTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER
following chemicals: Refer to the P&ID and Interconnect Example in the P&ID
foldout in Section 10.
Hydrogen peroxide chloramines-T
1. SHIP / VESSEL INSTALLATIONS:
Chlorine dioxide chlorine
Bromine phenolic disinfectants a. Thru-Hull Fitting with Inlet Sea Cock Valve: The
Thru-Hull Fitting must include a 1/4 turn Sea Cock
chloramines N-chlorioisocyanurates
Valve with 2” Orifice and a 2”MNPT Nipple exposed
hypochlorite iodine for the supplied System Inlet Fitting. The entire
Bromide petroleum products fitting and valve assembly must be of corrosion
Any chemical not approved in writing by Sea Recovery must not resistant material such as Naval Bronze, PVC, CPVC,
be introduced to the System . or Stainless Steel. Any ferrous material causes rust
USE OF NON-AUTHORIZED, OR MISUSE OF AUTHORIZED fouling of the Membrane Elements. Safety procedures
CHEMICALS, VOIDS SYSTEM WARRANTY to prevent inadvertent valve closures, are not included
Do not connect a water line to the System that may in Parker Sea Recovery’s scope, and must be
Page 2-1
incorporated into the ship’s design by others. suitable discharge location. For well applications, do
b. Power cable with the proper gauge rating for this not discharge the brine back into the feed well. Do not
system’s power consumption. install any valves in the Brine Discharge Line. A closed
valve in the Brine Discharge line causes damage
c. An electrical power source capable of supplying the
during system operation.
proper current at the proper AC Voltage, cycles, and
phase to the System. e. Potable Water Storage Tank [62] with Product Water
Storage Tank Connection and product water line with
d. Brine Thru-Hull Fitting for overboard dump (above
associated piping and fittings. This line must be sized
water level) for the Brine Discharge Line from the
appropriately for the flow of Product Water over the
system. This fitting must be minimum 4” size nipple
horizontal run and vertical incline of the Product Water
exposed for coupling with the supplied System Brine
line to the Storage Tank/Cistern. The Product Water
Discharge Connection. The brine discharge line should
Storage system must be vented to ensure no pressure
be located above water level to minimize pressure
build up.
build up on the Brine Discharge Line. There should be
Pre-installation
no valves in the Brine Discharge Line. Damage occurs CAUTION: No valves should be installed
if the Brine Discharge is blocked by a closed valve in the Product Water Line. Damage to the
during System operation. System occurs if a valve is closed during
system operation.
e. Ship’s Potable Water Storage Tank [62] with Product
Water Storage Tank Connection: This fitting must be 2.2 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
minimum 1-1/2” size for coupling with the System
1. BONDING OF THE HIGH PRESSURE PUMP, FEED PUMP,
Product Water Fitting. The Product Water Line should
AND BOOSTER PUMP
terminate above water level. The Product Water
Storage Tank must be vented to ensure no pressure The high pressure pump, feed pump and booster pump
build up during production. may be isolated from the ships bonding system because
of the protective coating applied to the pumps and their
CAUTION: There should be no valves in the
attached motor. As such, there may be no continuity
Product Water Line. Damage to the System
between the pumps and the ships bonding system. The
occurs if a valve is closed during System
path of stray current from the electric motors may be
operation.
through the Feed Water Line. This is especially true if
2. LAND INSTALLATIONS the electric motor grounding wire is insufficient. If left
a. Feed Source for the R.O. System. The feed source unbonded, the pumps become sacrificial and corrosion by
may be from a deep well, shallow well, directly electrolysis takes effect, destroying the pump manifolds,
from the source, or other means. All necessary chambers, and impellers. Such destruction renders these
components required for land installations (including pumps inoperable within just a few short months. The
screens, piping, valves, pumps, & gauges) are System Warranty does not cover damage resulting from
available from Sea Recovery. Consult Sea Recovery’s electrolysis or improper or inadequate grounding.
Application Engineers for assistance. The entire feed Therefore, the pump manifolds and volutes should be
line, including well casings, must be of non-ferrous individually and separately bonded to the ship’s bonding
materials such as Naval Bronze, PVC, CPVC, or 316L system. The ship’s bonding system is designed to provide
Stainless Steel. Any ferrous material causes rust the same electrical potential to all metal parts which come
fouling of the R.O. Membrane Element. in contact with the ocean. This minimizes the potential for,
The feed source and line must be appropriately sized and effects of, electrolysis.
to prevent excessive friction losses. The proper feed CAUTION: Do not confuse the ship’s
flow and pressure required at the R.O. System varies electrical ground with the ships bonding
depending upon the actual System configuration system. These are two separate and distinct
and installation. Consult Sea Recovery Application circuits, which have two separate and distinct
Engineers for assistance. functions. Using the ship’s electrical ground
b. Power cable with the proper gauge rating for this as a means to bond the pumps would
system’s power consumption. enhance corrosion and rapidly destroy the
c. An electrical power source capable of supplying the pumps.
proper current at the proper AC voltage, cycles, and 2. ELECTRICAL GROUNDING OF ALL PUMP MOTORS
phase to the system. Whether for ship or land applications, the electric motors
d. Brine Discharge line back to the source or other of all pumps within the system must be properly grounded.
If left ungrounded, the pump becomes the grounding
Page 2-2
device and is rapidly destroyed by electrolysis. accessible for operation and viewing.
The electric motors must be individually and separately 2.3 PIPING AND INTERCONNECT DIAGRAMS
grounded to a proper electrical grounding source.
The P&ID illustration foldout in Section 10. These
3. LENGTH OF CONNECTION LINES: illustrations may include Standard and Optional Accessory
The System operates most efficiently with interconnect configurations.
lines that are as short and straight as possible. As the Determine the Prefiltration and Post Filtration components
distance of suction lines increase, the feed pressure that were supplied with the system being installed. Locate
decreases. When the distance of the discharge lines the appropriate diagram and interconnect the components
increase, the backpressure on those lines increases as as per the appropriate diagram.
well. Maximum allowable backpressure on the Brine
Discharge line is 30 psi. Maximum allowable backpressure
on the Product Water line is 20 psi. Note: Symbol Used in this Section.
Pre-installation
NOTE: Restrictions in the Feed Line cause head loss and * Optional Accessory.
reduction of the Booster Pump Outlet Pressure. Ideal
** Indicates items supplied by installer
maximum output performance of the booster pump is
important in order to maintain a proper pressure into the † Indicates optional items used on Land Based Installations
pre-filtration section. Feed Line restrictions reduce the and/or where a Feed Pump is used.
pressure into the Pre-filters and may cause the System to
shut down due to low-pressure output from the Booster 2.4 RO MEMBRANE ELEMENT NOTES
Pump. Such Feed Line restrictions require expensive CAUTION: Some systems are shipped
plumbing rework to correct the friction losses. This is WITHOUT the Reverse Osmosis Membrane
considered an installation error, and any plumbing or Element. This is to accommodate the
installation corrections are the owner’s responsibility. Builders that will install the System well in
Sea Recovery has no control over the system Feed Line advance of commissioning the boat and the
installations and does not cover such difficulties arising System.
from, or attributed to, the Feed Line installation.
DOES THIS SYSTEM HAVE R.O. MEMBRANE(S) INSTALLED
4. SYSTEM FEED INLET OR NOT?
The FEED INLET (THRU-HULL FITTING ON SHIP If not, is it your intention to install the R.O. membrane(s)
INSTALLATIONS) must be in constant contact with the at this time, or do you wish to install them at a later date
Feedwater. Any air suction leaks coming into the System when the boat is commissioned?
Feed Line may cause the system to shut down due to low
If the R.O. membrane elements are not installed and you
feed pressure. If the installation is aboard a vessel, care
wish to install them at this time, contact Sea Recovery
must be taken to plumb the Feed Line at the bottom of the
and provide your original Purchase Order Number, Sea
Sea Chest. This ensures an uninterrupted supply of air-free
Recovery’s Invoice Number, and the System’s Serial
Feedwater. The Inlet Thru-Hull Fitting should be dedicated
Number.
for only the R.O. System. Using a single Thru-Hull Fitting
for several auxiliary Systems can cause air suction leaks WARNING: IF THE REVERSE OSMOSIS
from other Systems competing for the same feedwater. MEMBRANE ELEMENT IS NOT TO BE
5. THE R.O. MEMBRANE VESSEL ASSEMBLY INSTALLED AT THIS TIME, ENSURE THAT
YOU LEAVE A VISIBLE NOTE AT THE
The RO Membrane Vessel Assembly must not be exposed SYSTEM CONTROLLER AND AT THE FRONT
to heat in excess of 103° F / 39.5 C. At temperatures OF THE CONTROL PANEL INFORMING
above 103° F (39.5° C) the R.O. Membrane Elements THE END USER OF THE FOLLOWING:
experience irreversible flux loss (loss in production). THE REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE
6. ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE ELEMENTS ARE NOT INSTALLED;
GIVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATION TO ACCESS FOR CONTACT THE FACTORY FOR THE
MAINTENANCE of all components. Such access would R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENTS; DO NOT
include, but not limited to: Pre-filtration Element removal, OPERATE THE SYSTEM WITHOUT THE
High Pressure Pump oil changes, R.O. Membrane Element R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENTS INSTALLED.
removal and Post Filtration Element removal. EXTENSIVE DAMAGE WILL OCCUR IF THE
7. THE CONTROLLER PANEL SYSTEM IS OPERATED WITHOUT THE
Controller Panel contains System controls, which must be R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENTS INSTALLED.
Page 2-3
DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM CAUSED B. SUCTION LINE SUBSYSTEM

BY THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM This section of the System filters suspended solids
WITHOUT R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENTS from the feedwater of the system before it reaches the
INSTALLED IS NOT COVERED BY THE SEA High Pressure Pump and R.O. Membrane Elements. The
RECOVERY WARRANTY, IS THE LIABILITY Feedwater may be collected directly from the source,
OF THE INSTALLER IF THE INSTALLER from a well, or through a ship’s Sea Chest / Inlet Thru Hull
DID NOT NOTIFY THE END USER, AND Fitting. The raw feed water is filtered to remove suspended
IS THE LIABILITY OF THE END USER IF solids larger than 5 micron in size (5/1,000,000 of a
THE INSTALLER NOTIFIED THE END USER meter). The pre-filtration protects the R.O. Membrane
THAT THE R.O. MEMBRANES WERE NOT Elements from fouling.
INSTALLED AND TO NOT OPERATE THE
Always ensure that the Pre-Filtration Subsystem is clear,
SYSTEM WITHOUT THE R.O. MEMBRANE
and monitor it frequently.
ELEMENTS INSTALLED.
1. Well water pump isolation valves allow for complete
Pre-installation
isolation and shut-off of the system feed water

Note: Symbol Used in this Section.
pump. These valves allow the pump to be removed
* Optional Accessory. for maintenance while maintaining the prime in the
** Indicates items supplied by installer system feed water line.
† Indicates optional items used on Land Based Installations 2. The feed water pump supplies positive pressure to
and/or where a Feed Pump is used. the inlet of the System booster pump. A feed water
pump may be required to deliver positive pressure
2.5 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS into the booster pump. Consult Sea Recovery’s
Components are installed in several modular skids forming application engineering department for details if the
a complete System. Refer to P&ID foldout in Section 10. supplied booster pump is unable to suck and deliver
the proper flow and pressure into the System.
A. FEED SOURCE EXTERNAL TO THE SYSTEM
3. System feed water pump priming / well purging valve
This section of the System collects, filters, and delivers the is used to prime the feed water pump as well as
system feed water into the system. The feed source may purge the beach well. Any new well must be purged
be collected directly from the source or through a well, for several days in order to clear it from fines and
other natural filter bed, or a ship’s sea chest. establish consistent flow.
A beach well lateral or feed source screen pickup is the 4. System feed water pump isolation valves allow for
initial point at which the feed water enters the System line. complete isolation and shut-off of the System feed
A lateral will be used if the inlet will be from a beach well water pump. These valves allow the pump to be
or other natural media filter. If the feed is taken directly removed for maintenance while maintaining the
from the source, then the suction line can be fitted with a prime in the system feed water line.
suction screen.
5. The booster pump skid inlet flange connection allows
1. Feed source, which will be direct from the ocean, for connection of the feed line into the booster pump.
river, well, or other natural body of water, is to be
6. The 3-way ball valve at the booster pump inlet
treated with the Sea Recovery Reverse Osmosis
controls the feed source direction, which can either
Desalination System.
be normal operating feed water or storage chemicals,
2. The feed line check valve (or non return valve) is used cleaning chemicals ,or fresh water for rinsing.
in the suction line to ensure that the feed line remains
7. The booster pump inlet pressure gauge (compound
full of feed water during shutdown periods.
gauge) -30 to 60 psi (-2.1 to 4 bar) monitors feed
3. The coarse strainer is a basket filter body with a water pressure or suction into the booster pump from
cleanable fine mesh filter screen. Its design allows the feed water source or feed water pump.
for quick bowl removal. The coarse strainer filters
8. The booster pump supplies a positive pressure to the
out large particulate matter. The fine element traps
pre-filtration section and, in turn, to the high pressure
suspended particles that would otherwise enter and
pump. Positive pressure will provide longer life to
damage the feed water and/or booster pump. The
the media filters and pre-filters, provide longer life to
result is lowered maintenance costs. The coarse
the high pressure pump and also decrease required
strainer is designed for vacuum use and will not
maintenance and associated maintenance costs. Sea
withstand pressure. The coarse strainer is not
Recovery utilizes a high efficiency, marine quality
necessary if the feed source is from a well or other
pump which delivers approximately 40 psi (2.8 bar)
natural filter bed.
Page 2-4
into the media filter. 3. The media filter backwash flow control meter
9. The booster pump outlet 3-way ball valve controls measures the rate of the backwash water’s progress
the direction of flow from the booster pump. Here, through the media filter. The flow meter is calibrated
the flow can be sent into the media filter for normal in gallon and liter per minute flow. This meter allows
operation, or to the R.O. membrane elements for the operator to regulate the media filter backwash
cleaning purposes. flow control valve to the required backwash velocity.
Since the meter is clear, the operator will know when
10. The flange connection booster pump outlet to System
the filter bed is clean by observing the condition and
at booster pump skid edge allows for connection of
clarity of the backwash water.
the booster pump skid outlet to the hydrocylone inlet
flange connection. 4. A low pressure gauge between the booster pump
outlet and media filter inlet allows the operator to
11. A hydrocyclone filter is an option that is
monitor the condition of the booster pump and media
recommended for systems that will be used in areas
filter when correlated to pressure gauge.
where the sea water is heavily laden with suspended
Pre-installation
solids. 5. The media filters are two RFP (Reinforced Fiberglass
Plastic) vessels, which contain a graduated media
Seperation Range: 15-50 Microns
filter bed (sand and gravel). The media traps
Capacities: Up to 250 GPM suspended solids that are larger than 30 microns,
Sizes: 3 in. (7.62 cm ) and 6 in. (15.24 cm ) providing added protection and longer life to the
12. The flange connection hydrocyclone outlet allows for pre-filter element. The media filter is backwashable,
connection of the prefilter inlet skid. which minimizes maintenance costs.
6. The media filter outlet / backwash inlet directional
C. PREFILTRATION SUBSYSTEM control 3-way ball valve controls the direction of
This section of the system receives the raw feed water water flow out of or into the media filter. In the
from the booster pump and filters any suspended solids “DOWN” position, the valve is set to normal and
down to a minimum 5 micron size (5/1,000,000 meter). allows filtered feed water to exit the bottom of the
Such controlled pre-filtration protects the SRC R.O. media filter. In the “UP” position, the valve is set to
Membrane Element from undue fouling. the backwash mode, allowing feed water to reverse
The pre-filtration subsystem must always be kept clean flow from the bottom of the media bed.
in order to allow the proper rate of System feed water 7. The media filter drain valve allows draining of the
to flow through it and into the high pressure pump. A media filter for maintenance.
partially or fully fouled pre-filtration subsystem will cause 8. 20-micron cartridge pre-filters, installed after
cavitation damage to the high pressure pump and will also the media filter, further filter the feed water to 20
permanently “foul” the R.O. membrane element. microns. These primary cartridge pre-filters consist
In order to ensure that it is clear, monitor the pre-filtration of RFP housings with a removable lid and specially
subsystem frequently. treated cartridge filter elements. There are over 200
1. A 3-way directional control ball valve directs feed square feet of actual filter surface within the two
water flow into the Media Filter when in the normal primary pre-filter housings. These unique primary
position or allows backwash wastewater to exit the pre-filter elements efficiently filter suspended solids
Media Filter when in the backwash position. In the from the System feed water. It is essential that the
“Down” position, the valve is set to normal which pre-filter elements be changed on a regular basis, as
allows feed water to enter the top of the media filter. they become fouled.
In the “Up” position, the valve is set to allow the 9. The cartridge pre-filter drain valve allows for draining
backwash waste water to exit the top of the media of the cartridge filter canisters during pre-filter
filter during the backwash maintenance operation. element changing and maintenance.
2. The media filter backwash flow control valve 10. The small ball valve located on top of each of the
controls the velocity (volume) of feed water allowed cartridge pre-filter housings allow for air to be
to backwash the media bed. The velocity of water released. Air must be removed from the housings for
must be controlled. If the backwash water velocity is safety reasons, and to ensure full utilization of the
too great, the media may be forced out of the filter cartridge pre-filter elements.
housing and be flushed to discharge. If the backwash 11. The low pressure gauges between the outlet of
water velocity is too low, the media will not be the media filter and inlet of the primary 20-micron
properly cleaned. cartridge pre-filter allow for observation of the
Page 2-5
condition of the media filter when correlated to the occurrence of a malfunction in other components.
pressure gauge. Therefore, the GPM feed water flow meter is
12. The 5-micron cartridge pre-filters, installed after important to the proper operation of the System, and
the 20-micron cartridge pre-filters, accomplish final must be monitored on a regular basis.
polishing filtration of the System’s feed water down D. PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM
to 5-microns. These secondary cartridge prefilters
consist of RFP housings with a removable lid and Proper pressure and proper flow across the SRC R.O.
specially treated cartridge filter elements. There are membrane element are two of the basic requirements for
over 200 square feet of actual filter surface within reverse osmosis. Both must be maintained at specified
the two secondary pre-filter housings. These unique levels, or the System simply will not function correctly.
secondary, or final polishing, pre-filter elements This is why it is important that the prefiltration subsystem
efficiently filter suspended solids from the System is maintained to ensure that the high pressure subsystem
feed water for final protection of the R.O. membrane receives a proper flow of feed water. The normal operating
pressure of the SRC system is 700-850 psi (48.1-55.2 bar)
Pre-installation
element. It is essential that the pre-filter elements be

changed on a regular basis, as they become fouled. for sea water use, or, 200 to 400 psi (13.8-27.6 bar) for
brackish water use. The maximum pressure the System
13. The small ball valve located on top of each of the will develop is 975 psi (67.2 bar), because the high
cartridge pre-filter housings allow for air to be pressure switch supplied with the System automatically
released. Air must be removed from the housings for shuts the System off at 925 psi +/-50 psi (63.8 bar +/-3.5
safety reasons, and to ensure full utilization of the bar).
cartridge pre-filter elements.
Proper pressure into the System and flow across the SRC
14. The low pressure gauges between the outlet of the R.O. membrane is listed in the specification section of this
primary 20-micron cartridge pre-filters and the manual. Excessive pressure will cause damage to the R.O.
inlet of the secondary 5-micron cartridge pre-filter membrane element, while insufficient pressure results in
allow for observation of the condition of the primary low product water production, as well as higher salinity
20-micron cartridge pre-filter elements when content in the product water. Inadequate flow of the feed
correlated to the pressure gauge. water into the R.O. membrane element will cause rapid
15. A low pressure protection switch will turn the System and premature fouling of the R.O. membrane element as
off automatically if feed water flow, through the pre- a result of higher than normal recovery (percentage of
filtration section, drops below the requirements of the recovered water to feed water).
high pressure pump. Shutdown due to low pressure Fluctuations in temperature of the feed water will affect
would indicate that the pre-filtration section requires System productivity.
maintenance, such as media filter backwashing
or cartridge pre-filter element changing. This low 1. The electric drive motor is an AC (alternating current)
pressure protection switch protects the high pressure electric motor and may be ordered with varying
pump, the R.O. membrane element, and the booster NEMA, or industry specifications, to fit virtually any
pump from damage. application or requirement. Consult Sea Recovery’s
Application Engineering Department for specific
16. The low pressure gauge [38] between the outlet of information on special drives.
the secondary 5-micron cartridge pre-filters and the
inlet of the high pressure pump allows for observation 2. High pressure pump (standard): The APP pumps are
of the condition of the secondary 5-micron cartridge based on the axial piston principle and are designed
pre-filter elements when correlated to the pressure so that lubrication of the moving parts in the pumps
gauge. is provided by the fluid itself. Thus, no oil lubrication
is required.
17. The gallon/liter per minute feed water flow meter
measures the rate of feed water progress through All parts included in the APP pumps are designed
the pre-filtration section, into the high pressure pump to provide long service life and minimum service is
and, in turn, into the R.O. membrane elements. The required.
flow meter is calibrated in gallons, and liters per The pumps are fixed displacement pumps in which
minute. This is one of the most important visual check the flow is proportional to the number of revolutions
points of the SRC System, and should be monitored of the input shaft and the pump displacement,
on a regular basis. regardless of any counter-pressure. .
Proper interpretation of the GPM water flow meter 3. High pressure pump (optional): This is a marine
readings and movements will allow the user quality positive displacement ceramic plunger pump
to determine the need for maintenance or the with a stainless steel manifold.
Page 2-6
4. The pressure relief valve (optional pump) works in the membrane element and back to the feed water
conjunction with an “over-pressure” switch to shut source. The proper flow of water is also essential
the System off should excessive pressure develop. to minimize fouling of the R.O. membrane element.
If the System is over pressurized, the pressure relief Reducing the flow of feed water would cause the
valve will open and allow water pressure to build R.O. membrane element to recover a higher
up at the pressure switch, which opens to shut the percentage of the feed water. Excessive recovery
System off. would rapidly foul the membrane.
5. The high pressure hose connects the outlet of the 11. High pressure lines transfer pressurized seawater
high pressure pump to the inlet of the pulsation from the pulsation dampener to the first SRC R.O.
dampener. membrane element vessel assembly, between R.O.
6. The pulsation dampener (optional pump) is built into membrane element vessel assemblies, and from the
the design and has no repairable parts. Therefore, last SRC R.O. membrane element vessel assembly
the pulsation dampener is maintenance free. The to the back pressure regulator assembly. These lines
Pre-installation
pulsation dampener assists the high pressure pump are constructed of a special high grade stainless steel
in delivering a smooth, pulsation free, supply of water alloy.
to the R.O. membrane elements. 12. The pressure by-pass valve must be open at each
7. The high pressure protection switch is a normally start up, and during system storage or membrane
closed (N.C.) switch and set to open at 975 psi (67.2 cleaning cycles, in order to relieve all pressure within
bar). At 975 psi (67.2 bar), when the high pressure the R.O. membrane element. The valve must be
switch opens, the System will shut off for safety closed for normal operation.
purposes. 13. The high pressure gauge, located at the outlet of the
8. The high pressure gauge, located at the outlet R.O. membrane vessel assemblies and inlet of the
of the high pressure pump and inlet of the first back pressure regulator valve, is a visual indication of
R.O. membrane element, is a visual indication of the differential pressure between the R.O. membrane
the pressure created by the high pressure pump vessel assemblies. Proper correlation of this pressure
and pressure within the R.O. membrane element gauge to pressure gauge [46] will allow the operator
assemblies. The high quality stainless steel gauge to determine R.O. membrane element fouling and
is glycerin oil filled for dampening, and provides an the necessity for cleaning of the R.O. membrane
accurate, smooth reading. elements.
9. The flow by-pass valve allows for the System to be 14. The back pressure regulator valve is of 316 Stainless
started with minimal shock to the R.O. membrane Steel construction. By turning the valve handle
elements. This valve should be opened at each start clockwise, a small orifice is created, resulting in
up of the System, which allows a large portion of pressure build up. By turning the valve handle
the feed water to by-pass the R.O. Membrane and clockwise and counter clockwise, pressure is
discharge back to the feed water. This helps protect increased and decreased accordingly, which in
the membrane from the sudden thrust of water at turn affects the System’s operating pressure and
each start up and, in turn, prolong the life of the R.O. productivity of the R.O. membrane element(s).
membrane element.
E. BRINE DISCHARGE SUBSYSTEM
10. Sea Recovery’s R.O. membrane & vessel assemblies
consists of an exclusive, unique, high pressure This section of the System carries the Brine Discharge
and corrosion resistant vessel, which houses two expelled from the R.O. Membrane Element back to the
or three special spiral wound reverse osmosis feed source.
membrane elements. The R.O. membrane elements 1. The pressure gauge at the brine discharge line
reject the salt ions present in the feed water, but allows the operator to determine if there is any
allow the potable H2O molecules to pass through the obstruction on the brine discharge line. This line must
thin membrane surface. A sufficient flow of water be kept free and clear of any blockages so that the
across the membrane surface must be continually brine water discharges with minimal pressure and
in progress in order for the correct percentage of restriction.
salt rejection to occur. Only about 5 to 10% (sea 2. The brine discharge pressure switch is a normally
water systems, per individual membrane element) closed (NC) switch and is set at 70 psi (4.8 bar).
of the system feed water becomes fresh product When the brine disharge pressure exceeds 70 psi, the
water. The remainder becomes a concentrated brine PLC will shutdown the System.
solution which carries rejected salt ions away from
Page 2-7
3. The brine discharge line atmospheric check valve 5. The temperature compensated salinity probe is
allows for natural drainage of the discharge line directly connected to the salinity controller, and sends
without creating a vacuum in the line. a continuous signal to it. It determines whether the
4. The brine discharge outlet flange connection is the salinity content of the product water is acceptable.
connection point for the brine discharge line back to This unique salinity probe automatically compensates
the feed source. for water temperature variations. A salinity probe
must be temperature compensated in order to
F. PRODUCT WATER MONITORING SUBSYSTEM provide accurate readings, and protect the health of
This section of the System gives a visual indication of the individuals consuming the product water.
clarity and quantity of product water being produced. By 6. The Gallon/Liter per minute product water flow
correlating the quantity of product water produced to the meter has a flow-through design which allows it to
System’s operating pressure, temperature, and salinity of measure the rate of product water progress from the
the system feed water, the user can establish whether the membrane toward the product water storage tank.
Pre-installation
SRC R.O. membrane element requires cleaning. This also This flow meter is essential for plotting records of
allows the user to estimate the running time required to fill membrane performance for maintenance purposes.
or refill the product water storage tank(s) or cistern(s). 7. The product water line pressure gauge registers
Post filtration of the SRC System, is the final step in the pressure on the product water line and assists
product water quality control. The type and quantity of the operator in diagnosing any line blockages. The
post filtration required is dependent on the quality of the product water line must be kept free and clear of any
System feed water and desired quality or conditions of blockages.
the product water. By the time the product water reaches 8. The three-way diversion actuator valve is made of
the post filtration stage, the R.O. membrane element has solid PVC and functions according to signals received
removed most of the dissolved solids present in the feed from the salinity controller. After the controller has
water. determined that potable (drinkable) water is being
The Sea Recovery exclusive temperature compensated produced (from the temperature compensated
electronic subsystem has rejected any high salinity salinity probe), the controller energizes the valve to
product water, so the water is potable from a salinity the “Potable” position. If the product water being
standpoint. The post filtration subsystem is designed to produced is “Unpotable” then the controller energizes
limit unpleasant odor, taste, and biological matter, such the valve to the “Unpotable” (discharge) position.
as bacteria, virus, and other microorganisms which may 9. The potable product water outlet flange connection is
have passed through the R.O. Membrane Element and provided at the skid edge for potable product routing
would therefore be present in the product water. Optional into the booster pump skid edge where the post
post treatment and post filtration, such as pH adjustment, filtration components are located.
hardness adjustment, biological control, and others may be
added to the product water line if specific conditions are 10. The potable product water outlet flange connection
required by the owner. at the booster pump skid edge serves to connect the
System product water outlet and booster pumps’ post
1. Product water test taps located at each end of the filtration section.
R.O. membrane element pressure vessel assemblies
allow the user to draw water samples from each of 11. The hose wash down valve and connection is
the individual R.O. membrane elements. supplied to the System’s skid edge, allowing the
operator to utilize the product water being produced
2. The product water manifold is designed to collect by the System for wash down and filling of the
all product water produced by the R.O. membrane pretreatment or cleaning tanks.
elements and routes the combined production on to
the product water flow meter. 12. The product water charcoal filter is designed to
assist in the removal of unpleasant odors from
3. The product water line check valve is vented to the the product water. A second charcoal filter may be
atmosphere for relief of vacuum pressure during the added between the product water storage tank or
occurance of natural osmosis. This can occur as a cistern and the point of use. This would be helpful in
result of power failure, during normal pressurized removing impurities, sediment particles, or the taste
operation, and while the System is in operation, but of chlorine, all of which may be present in the product
not pressurized. storage tank or cistern, due to sources other than the
4. The potable product water line check valve prevents SRC System.
foreign chemical intrusion into the product water line 13. The product water ultraviolet sterilizer destroys
from the product water storage tank or cistern.
Page 2-8
at least 99.9% of any virus, bacteria, and other The cleaning system flow restricter limits the flow or
microorganisms which may pass through the SRC velocity of the cleaning chemical to an effective flow
R.O. membrane element. The optional U.V. sterilizer rate.
is highly recommended if the product water storage
tank, or cistern, is not otherwise treated by any H. CHEMICAL PRE/POST TREATMENT SUBSYSTEM
means (e.g. chlorination). Use of the U.V. sterilizer is 1. Chemical pretreatment tank (optional):
also recommended if the system feed inlet is near PRETREATMENT: Flocculent, Antiscalant, Sequestriant,
a polluted source such as a raw sewage outlet. Sodium Bisulfite, Chlorine, Others
However, such polluted sources should always be
POST TREATMENT: Chlorine, Bromine, pH neutralizing,
avoided.
Hardness adjustment, Others
14. The product water delivery pump flow control switch
The flocculent pretreatment system is used in cases of
(optional) activates the optional product water
extreme turbidity of the feed water. If the feed water is
delivery pump motor starter relay when potable
taken directly from the feed source, it may be necessary
Pre-installation
product water production is in progress.
to add chemical pretreatment to the System feed water
15. The product water delivery pump pushes the potable prior to the media filter. Flocculent chemicals coagulate
product water onward from the SRC R.O. System the suspended solids and assist the media filter in trapping
to the product water storage tank or cistern. This them. If the System feed water is taken from a well, other
optional feature may or may not be necessary natural filter bed, or if the feed source is extremely clear, it
depending on the location of the product water will not be necessary to add flocculent to the System feed
storage tank, or cistern. Consult Sea Recovery’s line.
Application Engineering Department if the routing of
Introducing antiscalant or sequestriant chemicals to
the product water line will cause pressure build up on
the system protects the R.O. membrane element from
the product water line in excess of 20 psi (1.8 bar).
premature dissolved solids fouling. Such chemical
16. The potable product water outlet flange connection pretreatment will only be required if the System is
is provided at the booster pump skid edge for final subjected to excessive recovery, or if the feed water
potable product water collection. chemical make up indicates that fouling would occur.
Normal sea water feed will not require antiscalant or
G. CLEANING & RINSING SUBSYSTEM
sequestriant pretreatment.
This section consists of supplied valves and required tank
If the feed water has been treated with chlorine then it
or container for the cleaning, rinsing, or storage of the R.O.
must also be treated with sodium bisulfite in order to
System. The System should be rinsed, stored, and cleaned
neutralize the chlorine, as free chlorine will attack and
from time to time or as appropriate.
damage the R.O. membrane element.
1. The flange connections at the booster pump skid
Post treatment chlorine or bromine is recommended if
edge, cleaning tank skid edge and Controller skid
the product water will be stored in a cistern or tank for
edge allow for interconnection of the cleaning tank.
extended periods, or if biological intrusion is likely from the
2. The cleaning system drain valve is used for draining cistern, tank, or plumbing.
the cleaning tank.
The product water from an R.O. System is aggressive and
3. The cleaning solution tank holds the rinse water, R.O. slightly acidic. The product water, if not treated, will attack
membrane cleaning chemical, or storage solution metal piping systems. In order to neutralize the product
during the appropriate operation. water, pH neutralizing and hardness adjustment chemicals
4. The cleaning system pressure gauges allow the are available.
operator to monitor the amount of R.O. membrane 2. Pump (optional), chemical metering
fouling and subsequent cleaning effectiveness. The
greater the differential pressure observed at the I. ELECTRONIC SUBSYSTEM
onset of cleaning indicates a greater amount of R.O. This group of components includes the salinity controller,
membrane element fouling. The lower the differential optional soft motor starters, and optional power disconnect
pressure observed at the end of the cleaning switches. This subsystem measures water quality, controls
indicates the success of the cleaning operation. the direction of product water flow, and contains the
Vic connectors allow for simple connection of central electrical connection point of the System. It also
cleaning chemical routing hoses into and out of the serves as a safeguard, ensuring only potable product
R.O. membrane vessel assemblies. water is allowed to pass into the product water storage
tank.
Page 2-9
1. The salinity controller is the central point of 13. Flow meter - FL 1003 4-40 gpm (15.1-151 lpm)
connection for all electrical lines in the System. The measures the combined rate of the backwash water
controller monitors the salt content of the product through the media filters.
water (by means of the salinity probe), and signals
the PVC three-way diversion actuator valve, when K. ELECTRICAL CONTROLLER PANEL
potable water is being produced. The PVC three-way 1. Contactor, High Pressure Pump Motor Starter is rated
diversion actuator valve, motors, U.V. sterilizer, and for a maximum of 10 horsepower.
remote monitor are all directly connected to, and
governed by, the salinity controller.
Optional electrical equipment is also available, such
as soft motor starters and disconnect switches.
Consult Sea Recovery’s Application Engineering
Department.
Pre-installation
J. FRONT CONTROL PANEL

1. Pressure gauge -PI 1000 - 30 in. Hg to 70 psi (-1 to
4.8 bar) registers booster pump inlet vacuum suction
or pressure.
2. Pressure gauge - PI 1001 0 to 160 psi (0 to 11 bar)
registers booster pump outlet pressure, which is also
inlet pressure to the media filter.
3. & 4. Pressure gauges -PI 1002 0 to 160 psi (0 to 11
bar) registers combined media filter outlet pressures
as well as the 20-micron cartridge pre-filter inlet
pressures.
5. & 6. Pressure gauges -PI 1003 0 to 160 psi (0 to 11
bar) registers combined 20 micron cartridge pre-filter
outlet pressures as well as the 5-micron cartridge
pre-filter inlet pressures.
7. Pressure gauge -PI 1004 0 to 160 psi (0 to 11 bar)
registers combined 5-micron cartridge pre-filter
outlet pressure as well as the high pressure pump
inlet pressure.
8. Pressure gauge - PI 1005 0-2000 psi (0-138 bar)
registers outlet pressure from the high pressure
pump as well as the inlet pressure to the R.O.
membrane vessel assemblies.
registers outlet pressure from the R.O. membrane
vessel assemblies as well as the inlet pressure to the
back pressure regulator.
registers the combined outlet pressure from the
product water port of the R.O. membrane vessels
(product water line pressure).
registers the pressure present in the brine discharge
line.
12. Flow meter - FL 1001 10-80 gpm (37.8-302 lpm)
measures the rate of the feed water progress through
the System.
Page 2-10
Section 3
ELECTRICAL INFORMATION
Electrical
Electrical
3 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION
3.1 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS & INFORMATION

Normal operational amperage equals the normal operating
Following are general electrical requirements and
amperage of the booster pump electric motor plus the
information for an Tasman Sea.
normal operating amperage of the high pressure pump
CAUTION: DO NOT PERFORM electric motor.
INSTALLATION UNLESS:
B. POWER SOURCE REQUIREMENTS
- the System feed water sea cock valve is closed,
Check the line voltage and frequency to ensure that it
- the System main electrical disconnect switch is agrees with the system nameplate. Grounding and circuit
switched “OFF”, LOCKED, and TAGGED. protection should be done in accordance with National
WARNING: ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD. Electrical Code. See connection diagram on the nameplate
A volt/ohm meter will be necessary. The of the motor, or refer to the diagrams within this manual.
following installation procedures expose
the installer to high voltage and electrical
shock hazard. Only attempt this if you are a C. MOTOR ROTATION
qualified electrician and only if surrounding Refer to booster pump and high pressure pump directional
Electrical
conditions are safe. markings to determine proper rotation.
CAUTION: Always allow slack in electrical Three Phase Systems: Ensure proper rotation by jogging
cables. Allow the cable to enter or leave each motor from the manual operation mode.
from the strain relief in a straight manner
for several inches to ensure proper
connection, to relieve stress to the cable
and fitting, and to allow ease of detachment
and reattachment for maintenance or
replacement. If electrical cables are pulled
tight, causing them to bend at the strain
relief, they will pull out of the strain relief
causing a dangerous electrical shock
condition, the wire may break, and the strain
relief will lose its water-tight integrity.
A. AMPERAGE NOTES
The electric motors within the System start in sequence
(with a time delay between each motor) starting after the
touch screen “Start” switch is pressed. First, the booster
pump starts, then the main high pressure pump electric
motor starts. Alternatively, the booster pump and high
pressure pump may be started manually by accessing the
manual operation mode from the touch screen.
During start up, the current of the booster pump electric
motor surges to “Locked Rotor” amperage for a fraction
of a second after which the current drops to normal
running load. Soon after, the high pressure pump electric
motor starts and surges to “Locked Rotor” amperage for
a fraction of a second, after which the current drops to
normal running load.
Therefore, the maximum surge current equals the booster
pump electric motor normal running amperage plus the
high pressure pump electric motor starting amperage.
Page 4-1
3.2 RECOMMENDED CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE

The recommended circuit breaker size is dependent on the number of electric motors
the R.O. System is equipped with. If an optional Feed Pump is not used, the Circuit
Breaker may be resized appropriately to handle only two motors. Refer to System
Specifications in Section 2 for details.
3.3 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

WARNING: ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD. A volt/hm meter
will be necessary. The following installation procedures expose
the installer to High Voltage and electrical shock hazard. Only
attempt this if you are a qualified electrician and only if surrounding
conditions are safe.
Note: Refer to the bigger drawing foldout in Section 10.

Electrical
Page 4-2
[MODBUS COMMUNICATIONS SPECIFICATION] June 15, 2011
Danfoss Sea Recovery
Tasman Sea Control System
Modbus Communication Specification
PLC Software Versions 2.05+
Project: Doc: Version:

Danfoss Sea Recovery Tasman Sea 1010020 01b
Document Name: Aurthor: Page:
Modbus Communications Specification AGE Page 1 of 14
Document Revision:
Version Author Date Effected Pages Description

01a AGE 4-15-2011 All Initial Draft
01b AGE 06-15-2011 Page 7 General Notification Bit Addresses Added
Abbreviations:
RTU: Remote Terminal Unit

TCP/IP: Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol
ASCII: American Standard Code for Information Interexchange
OSI: Open System Interconnection
Definitions:
Modbus: A high-level protocol for industrial networks developed in 1979 by Modicon (now
Schneider Automation Inc.). Providing services at layer 7 of the OSI model, it defines a
request/response message structure for a client/server environment. Modbus runs over
various data links including its own Modbus+ token passing network and serial links such
as RS-232 and RS-485.
It is widely used with TCP/IP over Ethernet. Individual device networks connected to
Modbus+ or serial links hook into Ethernet via gateways for transport over an IP
network or the Internet. Modbus is governed by the Modbus-IDA Organization, a merger
of the Modbus Organization and IDA Group in 2003. For more information, visit
www.modbus.org.

Table of Contents:
1. Introduction ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 4
1.1 Purpose and Scope ………………………………………………………………………….. 4
1.2 Constraints …………..…………………………………………………………………………. 4
2. Information ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5
2.1 Commercial Water Maker Status ……………………………………………………… 5
2.2 Commercial Water Maker Control ……………………………………………………. 5
2.3 Commercial Water Maker Errors ……………………………………………………… 5
2.4 Commercial Water Maker Maintenance Information………………………. 5
2.5 Commercial Water Maker Process Analog Display Information ………. 6
2.6 Commercial Water Maker Timer Display Information ……………………… 6
3. Standard Communications Configuration ……………….…………………………………... 7
3.1 General Water Maker Notification Address Locations …………………….. 7
3.2 Water Maker Status Modbus Address Locations ..……………………………. 7
3.3 Water Maker Control Modbus Address Locations ……………………………. 9
3.4 Water Maker Error Modbus Address Locations ……………………………….. 10
3.5 Water Maker Maintenance Info. Modbus Address Locations ………….. 12
3.6 Water Maker Process Analog Display Value Address Locations ……….. 12
3.7 Water Maker Timer Display Value Address Locations ……………………… 14

1 Introduction:
The Danfoss Sea Recovery ‘Tasman Sea’ series of products now supports serial communications
protocols to aid in the seamless integration with consumer applications and local control
systems. Primarily this additional communication functionality makes use of the Modbus RTU
Protocol. However, other protocol versions are also available. This document addresses the
Modbus RTU Protocol and addressing only, if your unit was ordered with a different
communications protocol package, please refer to the communications specification supplied
with your unit.
1.1 Purpose and Scope:
The purpose of this document is to identify and describe the standard parameter groups,
definitions and registers used by the Danfoss Sea Recovery water maker, in order to operate
correctly on the Modbus RTU communications link.
1.2 Constraints:
Due to the nature of Modbus master and slave communication architecture, it is possible for the
master device to read or write to any address within any slave device currently connected to the
RS232/422/485 communication link. Your Danfoss Sea Recovery water maker is currently
configured as a slave device at whatever node address was requested at time of order. If no
address was specified at time of order, a default node address of Thirty (30) is programmed.
Reliable operation of your Danfoss Sea Recovery water maker is dependent on correct operation
of the dedicated controller logic. Therefore, attempting to read or write to any register within
the water maker controller, other than those specified in this document, is strictly prohibited.
Danfoss Sea Recovery will not be responsible for any damages incurred by failure to abide by
these constraints.

2 Information:
This section contains a short description of the information that is contained in the various
parameter groups.
If a Binary ‘1’ is present in any of the Modbus addresses listed in section 3 of this document, this
indicates that the ‘associated condition is true’.
2.1 Commercial Water Maker Status:
This parameter group contains various readable registers that relate directly to the current
operational state and health of your water maker. This group of parameters will allow the
master control system operator to assess if regular operational maintenance of the water maker
should be scheduled in the near future.
2.2 Commercial Water Maker Control:
This parameter group contains various writable register addresses that directly relate to the
remote operation of your water maker. This group of parameters will allow the control system
operator to remotely activate and shutdown the water maker
2.3 Commercial Water Maker Errors:
This parameter group contains various readable registers that relate directly to any errors in
automatic operation encountered by the water maker. This group of parameters will assist the
control system operator in immediately diagnosing any system faults, so that the required
corrective action can be initiated.
2.4 Commercial Water Maker Maintenance Information:
This parameter group contains various readable registers that relate directly to essential
maintenance issues that could affect reliable continued operation of your water maker if not
addressed promptly.

2.5 Commercial Water Maker Process Analog Display Values:
This parameter group contains various readable floating point 32 bit registers that relate directly
to live process instrument readings taking place onboard the water maker. This information can
be used to populate your own virtual P&ID of the system should you choose to create this level
if visual complexity on your monitoring system. Please note the locally requested user display
format is the same format in which the information will be transmitted over the modbus
communications link, for example if the local user has selected pressure to be viewed in PSI and
salinity in Us, then these are the formats in which the data will be transmitted to the supervisor
station over the modbus communications link.
2.6 Commercial Water Maker Timer Display Values:
This parameter group contains various readable registers that relate directly to essential system
timers within the water maker, timers such as emergency operation and high pressure pump
running hours can be viewed here by accessing and reading these 16bit word register addresses.

3 Standard Communications Configuration: (this configuration can be changed if requested)
Protocol Type: Modbus RTU

Port Type: RS485
Baud Rate: 9600bps
Parity Type: Even
No. of Data Bits: 8
No. of Stop Bits: 1
All Modbus register address information in this document is given in decimal (DEC) format
3.1 General Water Maker Address Locations:
Water maker general fault and performance notification status can be obtained by ‘reading’ the
following Modbus addresses:
Register Description
002867 Critical Fault. Present System Shutdown
003013 Performance Problem Present.
3.2 Water Maker Status:

Water maker status can be obtained by ‘reading’ the following Modbus addresses:
002921 Feed Pump Running in Manual Mode
002922 Feed Pump Running in Automatic Mode
002923 Product Pump Ready in Manual Mode
002924 Product Pump Running in Manual Mode
002925 Product Pump Running in Automatic Mode
002926 Feed Pump Ready For Automatic Start
002927 Product Pump Ready For Automatic Start
002928 Booster Pump Running in Manual Mode
002929 Booster Pump Running in Automatic Mode
002930 Booster Pump Ready For Automatic Start
002931 Booster Pump Cannot Run Without Feed Pump
002932 High Pressure Pump Running In Manual Mode
002933 HP Pump Running in Automatic Mode
002934 HP Pump Ready For Automatic Start
002935 HP Pump Cannot Run Without Feed Pump
002936 HP Pump Cannot Run Without Booster Pump
002937 HP Pump Cannot Run Because Inlet Pressure is too Low
002938 HP Pump Cannot Run Because Inlet Pressure is too High

002939 HP Pump Cannot Run Because Pump Outlet Pressure is too High
002940 HP Pump Cannot Run Because Membrane Outlet Pressure is too High
002941 E-Stop Button Has Been Pressed
002942 Not Currently Producing Potable Water (Initial)
002943 Not Making Potable Water Extended Delay
002944 Potable Water No Longer Detected. Not Producing Potable Water
002945 Potable Water Detected, Begining UV Warm Up Routine
002946 UV Sterilizer Warm Up Complete, Activating Diversion Valve
002947 Automatic Mode Producing Potable Water
002949 Producing Potable Water In Manual Mode
002950 UV Sterilizer Has Been Called In To Service Via Manual Mode
002951 UV Sterilizer In Shutdown Sequence
002952 Producing Potable Water In Manual Mode (No UV)
002953 High Pressure Valve Failed To Activate Successfully In Manual Mode
002954 Product Diversion Valve Failed To Activate Successfully In Manual Mode
002955 Product Diversion Valve Failed To Activate Successfully In Emergency Mode
002956 High Pressure Valve Failed To Activate Successfully In Emergency Mode
002957 Insufficient Fresh Water Flush Inlet Pressure
002958 System Operator Has Placed Sensor PT-1004 In By-pass Mode
002961 System Operator Has Placed Sensor TDS-1001 In By-pass Mode
002966 System Operator Has Placed Sensor FT-1001 In By-pass Mode
002967 System Operator Has Placed Sensor FT-1002 In By-pass Mode
002968 System Operator Has Placed Sensor CH10 In By-pass Mode
002969 Reserved
002974 PT-1005 In Bypass Mode, Operation Can Continue Until Timer Expires
002975 PT-1004 In Bypass Mode, Operation Can Continue Until Timer Expires
002976 System Membrane Pressure Below Minimum Specifications. Increase Pressure
002977 System Sensor TDS-1001 Faulty/By-passed. Diversion Valve Control In Manual
002978 System Sensor TDS-1001 Healthy. Diversion Valve Control In Automatic Mode
002979 System Auto Stop In Progress
002980 Fresh Water Flush Mode Active
002981 Fresh Water Flush Mode Flushing

002983 System Operator Has Placed Low Pressure Switch In By-pass Mode
002984 System Operator Has Placed High Pressure Switch In By-pass Mode
002986 Membrane Differential Pressure Exceeds Specification. Cleaning Required
002987 UV Sterilizer In Automatic Shutdown Sequence
002988 Salinity Probe Removed From System Piping
002989 Product Diversion Valve In Manual Mode And In Open Position After Shutdown
002990 Multi Media Filter Differential Pressure Exceeds Specified Maximum (Manual)
002991 Multi Media Filter Will Soon Begin An Auto Backwash Cycle
002992 Automatic Backwash Cycle Is In Progress
002993 Multi Media Filter Is Being Backwashed
002994 Multi Media Filter Is Being Rinsed
002995 Automatic Media Filter Function Has Been Disabled
002996 20u Cartridge Filter Is Significantly Fouled (>75%)
002997 5u Cartridge Filter Is Significantly Fouled (>75%)
002998 System Feed Flow Rate Is Unusually High. Possible Large Scale Leak
002999 System Feed Flow Rate Is Unusually Low. Possible HP Pump Wear Problem
003000 Permeate Flow Rates Are Below Nominal, Check System Settings
003001 Permeate Flow Rates Are Above Maximum, Check System Settings
003002 Chemical Cleaning In Place Valve Positioning Detected
003003 Fresh Water Flush System Counting 7 Day Cycle
003004 Single Point Tank Level Control Shut Down The System
003005 Multi-Point Tank Level Control Shut Down The System
003006 Multi-Point Tank Level Control Auto Started The System
003007 Please Wait VFD's Are Not Ready. Auto Start Was Aborted
003008 Booster Pump Cannot Run Because Feed Pump Has Not Sufficiently Primed Intake
3.3 Water Maker Control:
Water maker remote operation can be initiated by momentarily ‘writing’ to the following
Modbus addresses: (a write instruction of 1 second is all that is required)
003041 Remote Request To Start Water Maker
003042 Remote Request To Stop Water Maker
003043 Remote Request To Reset High Pressure Pump Running Hours
003044 Remote Request To Cancel FWF Cycle
003045 Remote Request To Clear Water Maker Faults
003046 Remote Request To Accept Water Maker Performance Notifications
Water maker remote operation status can obtained by ‘reading’ the following Modbus
addresses:

003033 Remote Start Not Available. Pump Operator Position Incorrect
003034 Remote Start Not Available. System Fault Present
003035 Remote Start Not Available. System Performance Message Present
003036 Remote Start Not Available. System Stop In Progress
003037 Remote Start Not Available. Pumps Currently Running In Manual Mode
003038 Remote Start Not Available. System Currently Running In Automatic Mode
003039 Remote Start Not Available. System Currently In Automatic Backwash Mode
3.4 Water Maker Error:
Water maker error messages can be obtained by ‘reading’ the following Modbus addresses:
002801 System Cannot Automatically Start When E-Stop Condition is Present
002802 Automatic Start was Aborted, E-Stop Condition Present
002803 System Cannot Automatically Start When Pump Operators are not in 'Auto'
002804 System Cannot Automatically Start When Diversion Valve Position Unknown
002805 System Cannot Automatically Start When High Pressure Valve Position Unknown
002806 System Cannot Automatically Start When Media Inlet Valve Position Unknown
002807 System Cannot Automatically Start When Media Outlet Valve Position Unknown
002808 System Cannot Automatically Start When Media Rinse Valve Position Unknown
002809 System Cannot Automatically Start When Analog CH0 Reports Unhealthy
002820 Reserved
002825 System Cannot Automatically Start. HP Pump Outlet Pressure To High
002826 Sensor PT-1005 In Override Mode And High Pressure Switch Detected Fault
002827 Sensor PT-1005 Override Time Limit Reached
002828 System Cannot Automatically Start. Membrane Outlet Pressure To High

002829 Feed Pump Did Not Respond To Autorun Command. Automatic Start Aborted
002830 Booster Pump Did Not Respond To Autorun Command. Automatic Start Aborted
002831 System Cannot Automatically Start. HP Pump Inlet Pressure To Low
002832 System Cannot Automatically Start. HP Pump Inlet Pressure To High
002833 Sensor PT-1004 Override Time Limit Reached
002834 Sensor PT-1004 In Override Mode And Low Pressure Switch Detected Fault
002835 HP Pump Did Not Respond To Autorun Command. Automatic Start Aborted
002836 System Output Pressure Was Below Operating Limits For Extended Time
002837 TDS-1001 Sensor Currently Disabled. Operation Cannot Continue In This Mode
002838 High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure Too Low (Manual Mode)
002839 High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure Too High (Manual Mode)
002840 High Pressure Pump Outlet Pressure Too High (Manual Mode)
002841 High Pressure Pump Inlet Low Pressure Switch Detected Fault
002842 High Pressure Pump Outlet High Pressure Switch Detected Fault
002843 Manual Start Failed. Low Pressure Sensor Fault Detected
002844 Manual Start Failed. High Pressure Sensor Fault Detected
002845 Automatic Backwashing Fault. Booster Pump Pressure Below Minimum Set-Point
002846 Automatic Backwashing Fault. Media Filter Inlet Valve Position Incorrect
002847 Automatic Backwashing Fault. Media Filter Outlet Valve Position Incorrect
002848 Automatic Backwashing Fault. Media Filter Rinse Valve Position Incorrect
002849 Chemical Pre-Treatment System Fault Reported
002850 Chemical Post-Treatment System Fault Reported
002851 20u Cartridge Filter 100% Fouled
002852 5u Cartridge Filter 100% Fouled
002853 System Feed Flow Exceeded Maximum Set-Point For 120 Seconds
002854 Chemical Cleaning Valve Placement Detected
002855 Feed Pump Failed To Successfully Prime Booster Pump Intake In Allotted Time
002856 Spare
002892 Valve M1 Was Fully Open, Then Position FeedBack Was Lost
002893 Valve M1 Did Not Respond To Open Command
002894 Valve M1 Did Not Complete Entire Open Movement
002895 Valve M1 Did Not Respond To Close Command
002896 Valve M1 Did Not Complete Entire Close Movement
002897 Valve M2 Was Fully Closed, Then Position FeedBack Was Lost
002898 Valve M2 Did Not Respond To Close Command
002899 Valve M2 Did Not Complete Entire Close Movement
002900 Valve M2 Did Not Respond To Open Command
002901 Valve M2 Did Not Complete Entire Open Movement
002902 Valve MA Was Fully Open, Then Position FeedBack Was Lost
002903 Valve MA Did Not Respond To Open Command
002904 Valve MA Did Not Complete Entire Open Movement
002905 Valve MA Did Not Respond To Close Command

002906 Valve MA Did Not Complete Entire Close Movement

002907 Valve MB Was Fully Open, Then Position FeedBack Was Lost
002908 Valve MB Did Not Respond To Open Command
002909 Valve MB Did Not Complete Entire Open Movement
002910 Valve MB Did Not Respond To Close Command
002911 Valve MB Did Not Complete Entire Close Movement
002912 Valve MC Was Fully Open, Then Position FeedBack Was Lost
002913 Valve MC Did Not Respond To Open Command
002914 Valve MC Did Not Complete Entire Open Movement
002915 Valve MC Did Not Respond To Close Command
002916 Valve MC Did Not Complete Entire Close Movement
002917 Spare
3.5 Water Maker Maintenance Information:
Water maker maintenance info can be obtained by ‘reading’ the following Modbus addresses:
002948 Diversion Valve Has Cycled 8 Times In the Past 60 Minutes. Check Settings
002982 High Pressure Pump Requires Servicing
002985 Manual Operation Not Possible Maximum Emergency Operation Hours Reached
3.6 Water Maker Process Analog Display Values:
Water maker process information can be obtained by ‘reading’ the following Modbus register
addresses, please note all registers are transmitted as floating point values hence require 32bits.
Therefore double register addresses are required per piece of information transmitted:
401901+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For CH0 (PT-1004)
401907+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For CH3 (TDS-1001)
401917+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For CH8 (FT-1001)
401919+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For CH9 (FT-1002)
401923+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For CH12 (Spare)


401931+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For Media Filter Differential Pressure
401933+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For 20u Filter Differential Pressure
401935+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For 5u Filter Differential Pressure
401937+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For Membrane Differential Pressure
401939+1 Appropriate Screen Display Value For Accumulated Permeate Produced
It is also important to note that data in these registers is presented in the same format as
requested by the user, hence if the user has requested pressures to be shown in PSI, this is the
data that will be presented to the device reading the data over Modbus, if however the user
chooses to change this format over to BAR, the data presented in the appropriate register over
Modbus will immediately change to the equivalent BAR value. This can cause problems if data
being monitored over Modbus is being used for trending purposes, hence additional data
registers are provided presenting data in fixed formats, these registers are given below:
METRIC INFORMATION
401801+1 Metric Screen Display Value For CH0 (PT-1004)
401807+1 Metric (US Conversion) Screen Display Value For CH3 (TDS-1001)
401809+1 Metric (EU Conversion) Screen Display Value For CH3 (TDS-1001)
401819+1 Metric Screen Display Value For CH8 (FT-1001)
401821+1 Metric Screen Display Value For CH9 (FT-1002)
401827+1 Metric Screen Display Value For CH13 (Spare)
401833+1 Metric Screen Display Value For Media Filter Differential Pressure
401835+1 Metric Screen Display Value For 20u Filter Differential Pressure
401837+1 Metric Screen Display Value For 5u Filter Differential Pressure
401839+1 Metric Screen Display Value For Membrane Differential Pressure
401841+1 Metric Screen Display Value For Accumulated Permeate Produced

IMPERIAL INFORMATION
401851+1 Imperial Screen Display Value For CH0 (PT-1004)
401857+1 Imperial (uS/CM) Screen Display Value For CH3 (TDS-1001)
401867+1 Imperial Screen Display Value For CH8 (FT-1001)
401869+1 Imperial Screen Display Value For CH9 (FT-1002)
401875+1 Imperial Screen Display Value For CH13 (Spare)
401881+1 Imperial Screen Display Value For Media Filter Differential Pressure
401883+1 Imperial Screen Display Value For 20u Filter Differential Pressure
401885+1 Imperial Screen Display Value For 5u Filter Differential Pressure
401887+1 Imperial Screen Display Value For Membrane Differential Pressure
401889+1 Imperial Screen Display Value For Accumulated Permeate Produced
3.7 Water Maker Timer Display Values:
Water maker timer information can be obtained by ‘reading’ the following Modbus register
addresses, please note all registers are transmitted as word values hence require only 16bits:
401951 Current High Pressure Sensor Override Running Hours
401952 Current High Pressure Sensor Override Running Minutes
401953 Current High Pressure Sensor Override Running Seconds
401954 Current Low Pressure Sensor Override Running Hours
401955 Current Low Pressure Sensor Override Running Minutes
401956 Current Low Pressure Sensor Override Running Seconds
401957 Current High Pressure Pump Running Hours
401958 Current High Pressure Pump Running Minutes
401959 Current High Pressure Pump Running Seconds
401960 Reserved For Future REM Transmissions

Section 4
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Installation
Installation
4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
LAND INSTALLATION NOTE: REFER TO SECTION 5.4 standard national pipe thread nipple for connection of
REGARDING FEED WATER INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAND the supplied 1” female national pipe threaded flange
INSTALLATIONS. REFER TO THE REST OF THIS SECTION fitting.
FOR INSTALLATION. Ferrous material should not be used, as the product
All mounting surfaces must be flat in order to avoid water is very aggressive and slightly acidic. Product
warping of brackets and frames. Any damage caused water will turn red or brown if ferrous material is
by attaching the system or its components to an uneven used in the product water distribution line or storage
surface is attributed to improper installation, is the liability tank.
of the installer, and is not covered by the Parker Sea There should be no valving in this line. Damage to the
Recovery warranty. Grind flat or use appropriate shims on system caused by a blocked product water line will
uneven surfaces to ensure that mounting of the system not be covered by warranty.
components does not cause bending or warping. 4. POWER CABLE WITH THE PROPER GAUGE RATING
Refer to the foldout illustrations at the back of this manual. FOR THIS SYSTEM’S POWER CONSUMPTION.
5. AN ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE CAPABLE OF
4.1 COMPONENTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER SUPPLYING THE PROPER CURRENT AND VOLTAGE TO
1 SUCTION PIPING WITH A MINIMUM 2” INSIDE THE SYSTEM.
DIAMETER. The suction line should include a quarter
turn quick shut-off valve with a minimum 2” orifice 4.2 FINAL LIFTING OF THE SKID INTO PLACE
and terminate with a 2” American standard national 1. Attach lift ropes only to the top portion of the frame’s
pipe thread nipple for connection of the supplied four corner posts. Use caution to protect the epoxy
Installation
2” female national pipe threaded flange fitting. coating with soft material. DO NOT attach slings to, or
The entire suction line, fitting, and valve assembly handle the System by, any of the piping, controls, or
must be of non-ferrous material. PVC, CPVC, Naval other components within the System. Lift each skid
bronze, or another noncorrosive material is correct. into place.
Any ferrous material will cause rust fouling of the
2. Set the skid onto wooden blocks in order to suspend
R.O. membrane element. Rust fouling of the R.O.
it above ground level while aligning the mounting
membrane element may not be cleanable and may
holes or studs.
render the R.O. membrane element permanently
damaged. Fouling of the R.O. Membrane Element by 3. Lift the skid and remove the wooden blocks from
rust is not covered under warranty. the final resting place. Once the skid is in its exact
location for installation, gently set the skid down to
2. BRINE DISCHARGE LINE SUFFICIENT ENOUGH TO
rest and secure it.
HANDLE THE SYSTEM BRINE DISCHARGE ALONG
WITH UNPOTABLE PRODUCT WATER DISCHARGE, AND 4. Secure each skid in place using vibration isolators as
THE MEDIA FILTER BACK FLUSH WASTE WATER. The required.
line and fitting must be a minimum 2” size, with 2”
piping up to the Parker Sea Recovery System and 4.3 INTERCONNECTING SKIDS
terminate with a 2” American standard national pipe
Refer to System Specifications regarding water line
thread nipple for connection of the supplied 2” female
capacities and electrical power consumption.
national pipe threaded flange fitting.
Ferrous material should not be used as the brine A. INSTALLING FLANGE PLUMBING
discharge water is high in salt content and very Install the interconnecting hose or pipe to skid flanges and
corrosive. There should be no valving in this line. fitting per Table 4-1 on Page 4-3.
Damage to the system caused by a blocked brine
discharge line will not be covered by warranty. B. INSTALLING COMPONENT PLUMBING
Install the component interconnecting tube per Table 4-2
3. PRODUCT WATER STORAGE TANK CONNECTION. This
on Page 4-3.
fitting must be a minimum 1” in size, with 1” piping
up to the System, and terminate with a 1” American
Page 4-1
C. INSTALLING COMPONENT WIRING installation details.

Install the booster pump and HP pump wiring to the control Do not install the membrane elements until the system is
box per system specifications and wiring diagram in ready for commissioning. This ensures that the membrane
Section 10. elements do not dry out and become fouled.
Install all other component wiring per system specification If the system was shipped with membrane elements
and wiring diagram. installed, refer to Section 7 for storage and cleaning
instructions.
D. INSTALLING MAIN POWER CABLE
Install main power wiring per system specifications and
wiring diagram in Section 10. CAUTION: The membrane and vessel
assembly is packaged with storage solution.
Avoid skin and eye contact with this solution.
IF SYSTEM COMMISSIONING AND In case of skin contact, rinse the skin
OPERATION WILL BEGIN WITHIN 1 OR thoroughly with water. In case of eye contact,
2 DAYS, THEN CONTINUE TO NEXT flush repeatedly with water and notify a
SECTION. physician immediately. (THE STORAGE
CHEMICAL CONSISTS OF WATER, SODIUM
4.4 COMPONENT PREPARATION BISULFITE, AND PROPYLENE GLYCOL).
A. MEDIA FILTER
a. Remove the top entrance cover. The material used in
the media filter consists of two grades of sand, which
must be placed into the media filter from the bottom
up as followed (quantities are per one filter housing,
if multiple filter housings are used then multiply
Installation
accordingly):
1) Add approximately 200 lbs (91 kg) of Fine Angular
Gravel or Garnet 1/8 - 1/16 inch (3 - 1.5 mm). Fill to
1 - 3 inches (25 - 75 mm) above the bottom laterals.
2) Add approximately 300 lbs (136 kg) of No. 20 grade
Silica Sand.
b. Upon completion of the sand loading, wash off the top
of the filter to remove all sand from the o-ring groove.
Lubricate and place the o-ring into its groove and
mount the top entrance cover onto the top of the filter
assembly.
c. Close the media filter valve on the System. This forces
the flow of feedwater from the booster pump through
the media filter before it returns to the pre-filter inlet.
Media Filter Connections:

NOTE: Media filter flange connections
are designed to mate directly to their
corresponding flanges on the side of the
System frame. If space limitations prevent
this, connect the system flanges to their
corresponding media filter flanges with
flexible hose or pipe.
B. RO MEMBRANE
If the System was shipped without R.O. membrane
elements installed, refer to Component Manuals for
Page 4-2
TABLE 4-1 TABEL 4-2

Refer to the P&ID illustration at the end of this manual. Refer to the P&ID illustration at the back of this manual.
Use the recommended hose or piping as required to Use the recommended tube to interconnect the System
interconnect the System skids: components:
1 1/2” - 2” Plumbing 1/4” Plumbing

Step Run Description Step Run Description
1. From: From Feed source 1. From: Booster Pump Press. Pickup
To: Booster Pump Feed Inlet To: BP Inlet Press. Guage
2. From: Booster Pump Feed Outlet 2. From: MMF Press. Pickup Tee
To: Cyclone Filter Inlet To: MMF Inlet Press. Gauge
3. From: Cyclone Filter Outlet 3. From: MMF Press. Tee
To: MMF Feed Inlet To: Pre-filter Tee
4. From: MMF Feed Outlet 4. From: Pre-filter Tee (4)
To: Pre-filter Inlet To: Pre-filter Press. Guage (4)
5. From: MMF Brine Discharge
To: Brine Discharge Line Notes:
6. From: Pre-filter Oulet 1: Connection from Clean/Rinse water tank should
To: HP Pump Inlet terminate below the water level.
7. From: HP Pump Outlet 2: Connection to Clean/Rinse water tank should terminate
To: Control Feed Inlet above the water level.
3: The Brine Discharge connection should terminate above
8. From: Control Brine Discharge water level.
Installation
To: Brine Discharge Line
9. From: Control Product Outlet
To: Post-filter Product Inlet
10. From: Post-filter Product Outlet
To: PH Neutralizer Product Inlet
11. From: PH Neutralizer Product Outlet
To: Storage Tank Product Inlet
Page 4-3
4.5 LAND FEED WATER PICK-UP

LAND INSTALLATION FEED WATER PICK-UP INFORMATION
Refer to the following illustrations.
Example of Feed Water Intake from a Deep Well for a Land Installation
Shut Off Valve for maintenance of

Check Valve Non Return to keep Strainer and Feed Water Pump
prime in place.
Deep Well Slide wall lined with PVC

Pipe or no lining if the natural
formation supports the wall. Do not
use iron piping. Recover any lost
Drill Bits.
Installation
Water Level
Deep Well Pump
If the System Booster Pump will be used then Size the
Well Pump to Deliver Minimum 5 psi, maximum 10 psi
into the inlet of the Booster Pump.
or
If the System Booster Pump will NOT be used then
Size the Well Pump to Deliver Minimum 25 psi, maxi-
mum 35 psi into the inlet of the System
Strainer Intake of the Deep Well

Pump Well below water level and
well below Draw Down Level.
Page 4-4
Example of Water intake from a Feed Source
Installation
5.6 UV STERILIZER INSTALLATION
If applicable, the UV Sterilizer is normally installed when
the System is shipped. Otherwise, install the UV Sterilizer
Assembly per System P&ID and wiring diagram.
Page 4-5
This page is intentionally left blank.

Installation
Page 4-6
Section 5
COMMISSIONING
Commissioning
Commissioning
5 COMMISSIONING 3. Close the air bleed valves located on top of the pre-
filter lids.
COMMISSIONING NOTES
4. Close the high-pressure by-pass valve fully.
These commissioning instructions must be carried out
during the initial start-up of a NEW system. Failure to 5. Close the flow by-pass valve fully.
follow these instructions will lead to system failure and 6. Position the media filter inlet valve to the back wash,
cause damage to components. handle-up, position (routing from the booster pump to
the bottom of the media filter).
5.1 CHECK INSTALLATION 7. Position the media filter outlet valve to the back
Ensure that the installation has been properly performed. wash, handle-up position (routing from the top of the
Do not assume the System has been installed correctly, media filter to the feed water flow meter.).
and refer to the preop checklist on Page 5-3.
5-3 8. Close fully the media backwash flow control valve,
WARNING: Damage caused to the system then open the valve 3 full turns.
due to operation of an improperly installed 9. Position the 3-way booster pump outlet valve to the
system is the liability of the installer and the normal feed water operational position from flange to
operator. the booster pump outlet.
10. Position the 3-way booster pump inlet valve to the
A. CHECK WIRING CONNECTIONS
normal feed water operational position from flange to
1. Make sure that the electrical power source to the the inlet of the booster pump.
System is switched OFF. When the electrical power
11. Open the feed water pump isolation valves fully.
source is turned off, no power should be present at
the controller. 12. Open the inlet sea cock valve fully if a valve is used in
place of a check valve.
2. Open the front panel of the Controller. While the front
panel of the controller is open, check all connections
for good electrical attachment and proper wiring, 5.3 MOTOR ROTATION CHECK
see illustration below. Refer to the wiring diagram in Prior to operation of the system, the rotation of each
Section 11 for details electric motor must be checked. This operation requires
3. Close the controller front panel. two operators.
Commissioning
B. PLUMBING WELL PUMP ROTATIONAL CHECK
Verify that the all plumbing on flanges and components are 1. Briefly place the Well Pump switch in the “Manual”
properly installed per Sytem P&ID. Refer to Section 11 for position (about one second), then move the switch
details. back to the “Off” position.
2. As the Well Pump motor slows, the second operator
C. PREPARE CHEMICAL MIX
must check the shaft to insure proper rotation. The
If chemicals will be used, prepare chemical mix per shaft must rotate in the direction of the arrow located
System requirements. Refer to Section 7 for Chemical on the front of the pump housing.
Mixing details.
If the rotation is incorrect, isolate incoming power to
the control panel and invert the termination points
5.2 POSITION VALVES of L2 and L3 in the control panel P-100 termination
The electric motors must be checked for rotation and the block, then repeat this test.
media filter must be back washed and rinsed before use.
BOOSTER PUMP ROTATIONAL CHECK:
For this reason, the corresponding valves must first be
positioned properly for the electric motor rotation check, 1. Repeat Step 1 & 2 above using the Booster Pump
then once again for back washing of the media filter. switch to check the Booster Pump rotation.
Refer to the P&ID Key References. If the rotation is incorrect, isolate incoming power to
the control panel and invert the termination points of
1. Open the media filter drain ball valve. L2 and L3 in the control panel P/VFD-101 termination
2. Open the pre-filter drain ball valve. block, then repeat this test.
Page 5-1
HIGH PRESSURE PUMP ROTATIONAL CHECK:

1. Repeat Step 1 & 2 above using the HP Pump switch
to check the HP Pump rotation.
If the rotation is incorrect, isolate incoming power to
the control panel and invert the termination points of
L2 and L3 in the control panel P/VFD-102 termination
block , then repeat this test.
PRODUCT PUMP ROTATIONAL CHECK (IF USED):

1. Switch the diversion valve mode over to manual by
turning the small black lever on the lower side casing
of the valve actuator to the ‘Manual’ position.
Using the manual handle, turn the product water
diversion valve to the open position.
2. Repeat Step 1 & 2 above using the product Pump
switch to check the HP Pump rotation.
If the rotation is incorrect isolate incoming power to
the control panel and invert the termination points
of L2 and L3 in the control panel P-100 termination
block and repeat this test.
3. Once correct rotation is confirmed switch the
diversion valve back to automatic mode by returning
the small black lever on the lower side casing of the
valve actuator back to the ‘Automatic’ position. The
valve will now automatically return to the closed 1. Position the Well pump switch in the “Manual”
position. position.
2. Position the Booster Pump control switch to the
5.4 MEDIA FILTER BACKWASHING “Manual”.
The Media Filter must be backwashed before System can 3. Open the media filter flow control valve one turn at a
be used. time while observing the media filter wastewater flow
Commissioning
meter. Continue opening valve until sand can be seen

Prior to Media filter backwashing, ensure that:
entering the flow meter.
a. The inlet sea cock valve is open.
4. Once sand is seen entering the flow meter close
b. The system shut off valve is open. valve one full turn or more until sand no longer enters
c. The 3-way booster pump feed directional control the flow meter. At this setting, the maximum flow of
valve is in the normal operating position. feed water is back washing the media filter without
d. The 3-way booster pump outlet directional control displacing the sand.
valve is set to the normal position. Allow this back washing to continue until the feed
e. The media filter inlet valve is set to the back wash water flowing through the flow meter is clear.
position. 5. Reset the media filter inlet valve to normal position.
f. The media filter back wash flow control valve is open 6. Close the media filter back wash flow control valve.
only 3 full turns. 7. Reset the media filter outlet valve to normal position.
g. The media filter outlet valve is set to the back wash 8. Switch the Booster Pump switch to the “OFF”
position. position.
h. The media filter drain valve is closed. 9. Switch the Well Pump switch to the “OFF” position.
i. Close the cartridge pre-filter drain valve.
To perform Media Filter Backwashing, perform the

following:
Page 5-2
PreOp Checklist: P&ID Key References:

Feed water selection valve Normal position Refer to System P&ID foldout for details.
Feed water pressure gauge < 10 PSI
Booster Pump Installed
Hydro cyclone Inlet pressure gauge Installed
Hydro cyclone Assembly Installed
Hydro cyclone outlet pressure gauge Installed
Hydro cyclone drain valve ¼ open
Media filter assembly inlet pressure gauge Installed
Media filter inlet valve Normal position
Media filter outlet valve Normal position
Media filter drain valve Closed position
Media filter backwash regulator valve Installed
Media filter backwash flow gauge Installed
Media filter assembly outlet pressure Installed
gauge
Media filter assembly Loaded with
media
20u Cartridge filter assembly Loaded with 20u
Filter
Right 20u filter outlet pressure gauge Installed
Left 20u filter outlet pressure gauge Installed
5u Cartridge filter assembly Loaded with 5u
Filter
Feed water flow gauge Installed
High pressure pump inlet pressure gauge Installed
Low pressure switch Installed
High pressure pump Installed
Commissioning
Membrane vessel inlet pressure gauge Installed
High pressure switch Installed
Membrane vessels Loaded with RO
Membrane
Membrane vessel outlet pressure Installed
Back pressure regulator Fully unwound
Back pressure regulator bypass valve Open position
Product water flow gauge Installed
Product water pressure gauge Installed
Product water salinity sensor Installed
Product water diversion valve Closed position
Charcoal filter assembly Loaded with
charcoal
elements
PH Neutralizer Loaded with
media
UV Sterilizer Installed
Brine line pressure gauge < 10 PSI
Brine line high pressure switch Installed
Brine water outlet selection valve Normal position
Page 5-3
BACKWASH CAUTIONS: c. Ensure the HP Pump ON button is illuminated.

If Feedwater Pressure does not register at the Media 5. Once the System is running, the System Auto Start
Filter Pressure Gauge within 30 seconds then stop all button will remain illuminated.
running pumps. The Feedwater Line may require priming If the low-pressure gauge registers below 10 psi
or there may be a valve positioned improperly. Check (0.68 bar) the low-pressure protection switch will
the Feedwater Line, ensure all valves are in the proper automatically stop the System.
position, and determine the cause of low feedwater
pressure or flow. 6. Once all the air is bled from the System, close all air
bleed valves.
At first, the feed water flowing through the wastewater
flow meter will be very dark and cloudy. The dirt seen 7. Check for air suction leaks or water leaks throughout
through the flow meter is coming from the media. As the the entire system and correct any problems as
flow continues for several minutes the feed water will necessary.
become clearer. The System is now in an un-pressurized mode of
operation.
5.5 POSITION VALVES FOR OPERATION 8. Slowly close the pressure by-pass valve.
1. Position the media filter inlet valve to the normal 9. Slowly increase the pressure in the system by turning
operating position (handle down). the Backpressure Regulator valve to 600 psi (41.4
bar).
2. Position the 3-way media filter outlet valve to the
normal operating position (handle down). If leaks develop, decrease pressure by turning the
backpressure regulator valve counter clockwise fully
3. Open the air bleed valves located on the top of each
open, then depress the system STOP button. Correct
of the cartridge pre-filters.
any problems, then restart the system,
4. Open the pressure by-pass valve.
The System is now in a pressurized mode of
5. Open fully the backpressure regulator valve. operation, but not yet producing potable product
water.
5.6 INITIAL STARTUP Note: If the feed source is an inland water
The System is now ready for operation check for way or other brackish water area, raise
Commissioning purposes. pressure slowly and only to the point at
1. Ensure Power Disconnect handle is in “ON” position. which the system produces product water
quantity within specifications:
Commissioning
2. Ensure the System “Power ON” indicator light is on.

3. The Emergency Stop button should not be pressed With 600 psi (41.4 bar) applied, product water is
in. To release Emergency Stop button, turn the produced.
mushroom-shaped valve counter-clockwise. Determine that product water is being produced, by
4. Perform the Auto Mode or Manual Mode Operation observing flow on the product flow meter.
sequence below. 10. Continue adjusting the backpressure regulator valve
Should the System encounter a critical error during clockwise slowly until 750-800 psi (48.3-55.2 bar) is
operation, the logic control will shutdown the system achieved at the high-pressure gauge.
and display a fault code. Refer to the Critical Fault The System is now in a pressurized mode of
Codes section on the next page for details. operation and should be producing potable product
water
Auto Mode:
11. Let the System run for one hour, then complete the
1. Position the Well Pump control switch to AUTO. Commissioning Form.
2. Position the Booster Pump control switch to AUTO. DO NOT PRODUCE A GREATER THAN
3. Position the High Pressure Pump control switch to SPECIFIED AMOUNT OF PRODUCT
AUTO. WATER AND DO NOT OPERATE THE
4. Push the System Auto Start control button. The SYSTEM ABOVE 900 PSI (62.1 BAR).
System Auto Start button will begin flashing while the
System is starting. Manual Mode:
1. Position the Well Pump control switch to ON. Ensure
a. Ensure the Well Pump ON button is illuminated.
the Well Pump ON button is illuminated.
b. Ensure the Booster Pump ON button is illuminated.
2. Position the Booster Pump control switch to ON.
Page 5-4
Ensure the Booster Pump ON button is illuminated. Ensure the System Power ON indicator light is off.
Wait for the Booster Pump to establish 10 psi (68 This eliminates the chance of accidentally starting the
kPa). System.
3. Position the High Pressure Pump control switch to
ON. Ensure the HP Pump ON button is illuminated. 5.9 CRITICAL FAULT CODES
System will start checking for potable water. These faults must be corrected before attempting to
4. After 20 seconds, verify 3-way diversion valve restart the System. Some Systems may also use the
positioning and movements. System will enable the Modbus Communication Link option to display faults/
UV light. status on a remote panel, refer to Appendix A for details.
If the System no longer detects potable water, it Number Fault Description and possible causes
will close the diversion valve and shutdown the Of Flashes
Product Pump. After 60 seconds, the UV light will be 2 Automatic Run Failed Due To E-Stop Mode Active.
shutdown. Release the E-stop button by turning the mush-
Once Potable Water is detected again, the System will room in a counter-clockwise direction.
restart the disabled components mentioned above. 3 Automatic Run Failed Due To Pump Switches Not
5. Let the System run for one hour, then complete the Set in Auto Position. Turn all pump switches to
the ‘Auto’ position.
Commissioning Form.
4 Automatic Run Failed Due To Diversion Valve Po-
sition Unknown. The Diversion valve is not report-
5.7 COMPLETE COMMISSIONING FORM ing that it is closed. This fault could be caused by
1. Log all System readings on the New System Initial a faulty actuator, or the valve is currently set in
Reading Form on Page 6-7. manual mode and is not in the closed position. To
attempt an automatic start up, this valve must be
Recording the proper system function is critical for switched into automatic mode and must be fully
future reference and comparison. functional.
2. After the Commissioning Form is complete, proceed 5 Automatic Run Failed Due To Membrane Pressure
to shutdown the System. Exceeded Pressure in the membrane vessels is
higher than preset limits allow. Open the back
pressure regulator bypass valve to bleed off
5.8 SHUTDOWN excess pressure.
Check the System performance prior to shutdown, any 6 Automatic Run Failed Due To Brine Line Pressure
Commissioning
deviations from normal operation can be identified and Exceeded Pressure in the brine line is higher than
corrected prior to the next run. the preset limits allow. Investigate the source of
If an observed problem is determined to be a minor one, this excess pressure and ensure the problem is
rectified.
and does not affect other System components, wait until
the Product Water Storage Tank is full before shutdown. 7 Automatic Run Failed Due To Low Booster Pres-
sure, Possible Filtration Blockage The system was
1. Release the operating pressure turning the not able to generate sufficient boost pressure at
Backpressure Regulator Valve counter clockwise fully the inlet to the high pressure pump. This fault
open. is often caused by a blockage in the filtration
2. Push the System Auto Stop control button. The system. The system can be restarted again for a
maximum of 30 seconds. This delay in shutdown
System Auto Stop button will begin flashing while the
will allow the operator to survey filter element
System is shutting down. System will close diversion
pressure differentials to determine where the
valve. problem arises.
a. Ensure the HP Pump ON button is not illuminated. 8 Automatic Run Failed Due To Well Pump Not
b. Ensure the Booster Pump ON button is not illuminated. Ready (If Enabled) The well pump switch was
moved from the ‘Auto’ position after the auto-
c. Ensure the Well Pump ON button is not illuminated. matic start was requested
3. Once the System has completely stopped, the System
Auto Stop button will stop illuminating. After 60
seconds the System will disable the UV light.
4. Turn the Power Disconnect handle to the OFF
position.
Page 5-5
9 Automatic Run Failed Due To Booster Pump Not

Ready The booster pump switch was moved from
the ‘Auto’ position after the automatic start was
requested A failure in the well pump (if enabled)
has occurred, which is preventing the booster
pump from running safely, and this failure has
occurred after initial start up tests.
RECALLING CRITICAL FAULT CODE

If the critical fault code was not observed when the
System automatically shutdown, the operator can recall
the fault code the System encountered.
To recall the ‘Critical Error’ code, press and hold the
‘System Auto Stop’ button, then within two seconds, press
and release the “System Auto Start” Button. This will
prompt the unit to retrieve the ‘Critical Error’ code.
This feature can be used repeatedly until the fault code is
cleared from the System memory.
CLEARING CRITICAL FAULT CODE

To clear the fault codes currently stored in the System
memory, either attempt a new automatic start, or press
and hold the ‘System Auto Stop’ button for 10 seconds.
HIGH TEMPERATURE CONDITION:

The Pre-filtration Subsystem, High Pressure Pump, and/or
R.O. Membrane Elements might be mounted in a location
subject to excessive heat as a matter of necessity. As an
example, overheating may occur when the components
are mounted in a vessel’s engine compartment, or in an
unventilated building. The transfer of atmospheric heat
could raise the standing water in these components above
Commissioning
103°F (39.5° C). At or above this temperature, pressurized

hot water could cause irreversible damage to the R.O.
Membrane Elements.
Therefore, it is recommended that the Backpressure
Regulator Valve be fully open at the time of Shutdown. This
ensures that un-pressurized Feedwater may enter and cool
the System at the next Start-up.
Page 5-6
Parker Sea Recovery Tasman Sea 60 T-2 Digital
NEW SYSTEM INITIAL READINGS

The following information must be determined and recorded at the time of system commissioning. The readings should correlate
closely with normal operation specifications. Keeping operational records allows the operator to identify abnormalities quickly and take
any necessary corrective action. Record at the time of commissioning following one hour of continuous trouble-free operation.
FORWARD A COPY TO:

Parker Sea Recovery Corp., 2630 El Presidio Street, Carson, CA 90810 U.S.A.
Attn: Commercial Division Customer Service
Serial Number:.............................................. Model Number:................................................
Name of Operator:.................................................................... Date:...................................
System Power:.....................................VAC, ........................Hz, ...........................Phase
PRESSURE READINGS:
Feed Water Pump Outlet / Media Filter Pressure Reading (if Media Filter used):................PSI/BAR
Media Filter Outlet / 5μ Pre-filter Inlet Pressure Reading (if Media Filter used):................PSI/BAR
Media Filter Outlet or Booster Pump Outlet / 5μ Pre-filter Inlet Pressure Reading:................PSI/BAR
5μ Pre-filter Outlet / Oil-Water Separator Inlet Pressure Reading:................PSI/BAR
Oil-Water Separator Outlet / H.P. Pump Inlet Pressure Reading:................PSI/BAR
RO Membrane Outlet / Backpressure Regulator Inlet Pressure Reading:................PSI/BAR
WATER FLOW READINGS:

Brine Discharge Water : ...................... GPM/LPM
Product Water : ...................... GPM/LPM
WATER QUALITY:
Feed Water Salinity: ...................... PPM
Product Water Salinity: ...................... PPM
Feedwater Temperature: ...............° Fahrenheit or ............... ° Celsius
Commissioning
Low Pressure Shutdown: ...............PSI/BAR
High Pressure Shutdown: ...............PSI/BAR
Hour Meter Reading: ...............hours
Unusual Occurrences: .............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
Operator Signature:.............................................................................................
Page 5-7

Commissioning
Page 5-8
Section 6
OPERATION
Operation
[CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATIONS MANUAL] July, 2010
Operations Manual
(Digital System)
PLC Firmware Version: 2.04

HMI Firmware Version: 2.01

Danfoss Sea Recovery Tasman Sea 1010009 01a
Document Name: Author: Page:
Control System Operations Manual AGE Page 1 of 150
Document Revision:
Version Author Date Effected Pages Description

01a AGE 07-02-2010 All Initial Draft
Abbreviations:
LPS: Low Pressure Switch

HPS: High Pressure Switch
PT: Pressure Transducer
FT: Flow Transducer
Analog CH: Variable PLC Input, ranging from 4-20mA
mA: Milli-Ampers (1.0 E-03)
DSRC: Danfoss Sea Recovery Corporation
FWF: Fresh Water Flush
Modbus: High level communications protocol for industrial networks
Definitions:
Modbus: A high-level protocol for industrial networks developed in 1979 by Modicon (now
Schneider Automation Inc.). Providing services at layer 7 of the OSI model, it defines a
request/response message structure for a client/server environment. Modbus runs over
various data links including its own Modbus+ token passing network and serial links such
as RS-232 and RS-485.
It is widely used with TCP/IP over Ethernet. Individual device networks connected to
Modbus+ or serial links hook into Ethernet via gateways for transport over an IP
network or the Internet. Modbus is governed by the Modbus-IDA Organization, a
merger of the Modbus Organization and IDA Group in 2003. For more information, visit
www.modbus.org.

Table of Contents:
1. Settings Prior To Attempting Operation ..…………………………………………………….. 7
2. The Control Panel…….….………..………………………………………………………………..…… 9
3. Initial System Checks/Commissioning …………………………………………………......... 12

3.1 Entering Commissioning Mode …………………………………………….. 12
3.2 Motor and Pump rotation Checks…………………………………………. 16
3.3 Valve Operation Checks…………………………………………..……………. 18
4. Editing System Set-points (Normal User)…..……………………………………..………….. 21

4.1 Entering Set-point Editing Mode As Normal User..………………… 21
4.2 Booster Pump Minimum Inlet Pressure ………………………………… 23
4.3 Booster Pump Maximum Inlet Pressure ……………………………….. 23
4.4 Booster Pump Minimum Outlet Pressure …………………………….. 24
4.5 Booster Pump Maximum Outlet Pressure …………………………….. 24
4.6 Booster Pump Output Error Maximum Operation Time ……….. 24
4.7 Maximum 20u Filter Differential Pressure …………………………….. 25
4.8 Maximum 5u Filter Differential Pressure ……………………..……….. 25
4.9 Minimum Feed System Flow Rate ………………………………….……… 25
4.10 Maximum Feed System Flow Rate …………………………………………. 26
4.11 Minimum High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure ……………………….. 26
4.12 Maximum High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure ………………………. 26
4.13 Maximum High Pressure Pump Outlet Pressure …………………… 27
4.15 Maximum High Pressure Pump Running Hours ……………………. 28
4.16 Maximum Individual Membrane Element Differential ………… 29
4.17 Maximum Permeate Line Pressure ………………………………………. 29
4.18 Acceptable Maximum Salinity Level …………………………………….. 29
4.19 Acceptable Minimum Salinity Level ……………………………………… 30
4.20 Fresh Water Flush Time ……………………………………………………….. 30
4.21 Minimum Allowable Fresh Water Flush Pressure ..……………….. 30
4.22 Low Pressure Valve Actuation Time ……………………………………… 31
4.23 High Pressure Valve Actuation Time …………………………………….. 31
4.24 PPM Conversion Factor ………………………………………………………… 31
4.25 Saving System Set-point Data Changes As Normal User ……….. 32
5. Editing System Set-points (Master User)…..……………………………………..………….. 33

5.1 Entering Set-point Editing Mode As Master User..…………….…… 33

5.2 Booster Pump Minimum Inlet Pressure ………………………………… 36

5.3 Booster Pump Maximum Inlet Pressure ……………………………….. 36
5.4 Booster Pump Minimum Outlet Pressure …………………………….. 37
5.5 Booster Pump Maximum Outlet Pressure …………………………….. 37
5.6 Booster Pump Output Error Maximum Operation Time ……….. 37
5.7 Maximum 20u Filter Differential Pressure …………………………….. 38
5.8 Maximum 5u Filter Differential Pressure ……………………..……….. 38
5.9 Minimum Feed System Flow Rate ………………………………….……… 38
5.10 Maximum Feed System Flow Rate …………………………………………. 39
5.11 Minimum High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure ……………………….. 39
5.12 Maximum High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure ………………………. 39
5.15 Maximum High Pressure Pump Running Hours ……………………. 41
5.16 Maximum Individual Membrane Element Differential ………… 42
5.17 Maximum Permeate Line Pressure ………………………………………. 42
5.18 Acceptable Maximum Salinity Level …………………………………….. 42
5.19 Acceptable Minimum Salinity Level ……………………………………… 43
5.20 Fresh Water Flush Time ……………………………………………………….. 43
5.21 Minimum Allowable Fresh Water Flush Pressure ..……………….. 43
5.22 Low Pressure Valve Actuation Time ……………………………………… 44
5.23 High Pressure Valve Actuation Time …………………………………….. 44
5.24 PPM Conversion Factor ………………………………………………………… 44
5.25 Feed Pump Output Error Maximum Operation Time ……………. 46
5.26 System Time and Date ………………………………………………………….. 46
5.27 System Size Selector ……………………………………………………………… 46
5.28 Minimum Allowable Permeate Production Flow Rate ………….. 46
5.29 Maximum Allowable Permeate Production Flow Rate ………….. 47
5.30 Maximum Total Membrane Rack Allowable Differential ………. 47
5.31 Saving System Set-point Data Changes As Master User ……….... 48
6. Normal Operation ………………………………………………………………………………………. 50

6.1 Overview ……………………………………………………………………………… 50
6.2 Starting the System Manually ………………………………………………. 50
6.3 Auxiliary Feed Pump Activation (if installed) ……………………….. 51
6.4 Booster Pump Activation ……………………………………………………… 51
6.5 High Pressure Pump Activation ……………………………………………. 52
6.6 Auxiliary Product Pump Activation (if installed) ………………….. 53
6.7 Automatic/Manual Activation of System Valves …………………. 53
6.8 Manual Salinity Control Operation ………………………………………. 56

7. Manual Shutdown ………………………………………………………………………………………. 60
8. Automatic Start-up Operation ………………………………………………………………………. 62
9. Automatic Shutdown Operation …………………………………………………………………… 74
10. Emergency Shutdown Operation ………………………………………………………………….. 75
11. System Critical Error Messages …………………………………………………………………….. 76

11.1 System Fault Codes and Possible Causes ……………………………….. 77
12. System Performance Messages …………………………………………………………………….. 89

12.1 System Performance Notification and Possible Causes ………….. 90
13. System Status Messages ……………………………………………………………………………….. 96
14. Menu Navigation …………………………………………………………………………………………… 97

14.1 Accessing The System Operation Screen ………………………….…….. 97
14.2 Accessing Feed Water System Health Monitors ……………………… 98
14.3 Accessing High Pressure System Health Monitors ………………….. 100
14.4 Accessing Permeate Water System Health Monitors ……………… 101
14.5 Accessing The Interactive Process $ Instrumentation Diagram.. 104
14.6 Accessing The High Pressure Pump Hour Meter ……………………… 105
14.7 Accessing System Message Centers ………………………………………… 106
14.8 Accessing Field Sensor Zero Point Calibration Screens …………… 109
14.9 Accessing Salinity Sensor Calibration Screens ………………………… 111
14.10 Accessing The System Information Screen ……………………………… 113
15. System Maintenance …………………………………………………………………………………….. 114

15.1 Performing Field Sensor Zero-point Calibrations ………….………… 114
15.2 Performing Salinity Sensor Calibrations …………………………………. 117
16. Emergency Operation …………………………………………………………………………………… 120

16.1 Accessing Emergency Override Menus …………………………………… 120
16.2 Accessing Emergency Override Operation Time …………………….. 123
17. Manual Actuation of System Valves ………...…………………………………………………… 126

17.1 Actuating the High Pressure Valve …………….…………………………… 126
17.2 Actuating the Product Diversion Valve …………………………….…….. 128
17.3 Actuating Media Filter Control Valves …………………………………….. 129

18. Fresh Water Flushing ……………………………………………………………………………………. 130
19. Activating Accessories ……………………………………………………………………………………. 132
20. Automatic Multi-Media Filter Functions ....…………………………………………………… 135

20.1 Accessing Multi-Media Filter Options….…….…………………………… 135
20.2 Auto MMF Sequence Delay Time (Minutes) ………..………….…….. 137
20.3 Auto MMF Backwashing Time (Minutes) ……………………………….. 137
20.4 Auto MMF Rinsing Time (Minutes) …………………………………………. 137
20.5 Auto MMF Differential Pressure (PSI) …………………………………….. 138
20.6 Saving Multi-Media filter Option Settings………………………………. 138
20.7 Activating the backwash while operating in manual…………..…. 139
20.8 Activating the backwash manually while operating in auto ….. 141
20.9 Automatic activation of the backwash cycle ………………………….. 142
20.10 Activating the backwash manually while in standby ……………… 143
20.11 The automatic multi-media backwashing sequence ………………. 144
20.12 Aborting automatic backwashing cycles ………………………………… 148
20.13 Automatic multi-media faults ………………………………………………… 149

1. System Settings prior to attempting operation:
Refer to the system P&ID and ensure the following items are in the correct position:
1. Feed water selection valve Normal position (Tab Down)

2. Booster Pump Inlet Pressure Gauge Not relevant
3. Booster Pump Inlet Pressure Transmitter Not relevant
4. Booster Pump Inlet Temperature Transmitter (optional) Not relevant
5. Booster Pump Not relevant
6. Hydro cyclone Port Diversion Valve Open if fitted/Closed if not
7. Media filter assembly inlet pressure transmitter Not relevant
8. Media filter assembly inlet pressure gauge Not relevant
9. Media filter inlet valve Normal position (Tab Right)
10. Media filter outlet valve Normal position (Tab Left)
11. Media filter by-pass valve Normal Position (Tab Right)
12. Media filter assembly Loaded with media
13. Media filter outlet pressure transmitter Not relevant
14. Media filter outlet pressure gauge Not relevant
15. Media filter rinse valve Normal position (Tab Down)
16. Feed flow meter/transmitter Not relevant
17. Cartridge and Media Filter Assembly drain valve Closed position
18. 20u Cartridge filter assembly Not relevant
19. 20u Outlet 5u Inlet pressure gauge Not relevant
20. 20u Outlet 5u Inlet pressure transmitter Not relevant
21. 5u Cartridge filter assembly Not relevant
22. High pressure pump inlet pressure gauge >20 PSI : < 75 PSI
23. High pressure pump inlet pressure switch Not relevant
24. High pressure pump inlet pressure transmitter Not relevant
25. High pressure pump Not relevant
26. High pressure pump outlet pressure gauge Not relevant
27. High pressure pump outlet pressure switch Not relevant
28. High pressure pump outlet pressure transmitter Not relevant
29. Pressure vessel Not relevant
30. Membrane outlet pressure gauge <950 PSI
31. Membrane outlet pressure transmitter <950 PSI
32. Back pressure regulator Fully Open
33. High pressure by-pass valve Fully Open
34. Brine water selection valve Normal Position (Tab Up)
35. Product water flow meter/transmitter Not relevant
36. Product water line pressure gauge Not relevant
37. Product water line pressure transmitter Not relevant
38. Salinity probe Not relevant
39. Product water diversion valve Fully Closed
40. Charcoal filter assemblies Not relevant

41. HP Check valve Not relevant

42. SS HP Pump Outlet check valve Not relevant
43. Check valve 1-1/2” PVC Not relevant
44. Check valve 1” PVC Not relevant
45. Check valve 1/2” PVC Not relevant
46. Fresh water flush carbon filter assembly Not relevant
47. Fresh water flush control valve Fully Closed
(Optional Equipment)
48. Hydro cyclone Inlet pressure gauge Not relevant
49. Hydro cyclone Assembly Not relevant
50. Hydro cyclone outlet pressure gauge Not relevant
51. Hydro cyclone drain valve ¼ open
52. Chemical Injection Pre-treatment system Not relevant
53. PH Neutralizer Not relevant
54. Chemical Injection Pre-treatment system Not relevant

2. The Control Panel
11
1
10
2
3
12
4 13
6 7 8 14 15

Item Number Item Description

--------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Touch Screen Interface
2 System Main Power Indicator
3 Emergency Stop Button
4 System Auto-Start Button
5 System Auto-Stop Button
6 Auxiliary Pump Control Operator
7 Booster Pump Control Operator
8 High Pressure Pump Control Operator
9 Fresh Water Flush Indicator
10 System Fault Indicator
11 Main Power Disconnect
12 Media Filter Auto Backwash Button/Indicator
13 Media Filter Auto Rinse Indicator
14 Chemical Pre-Treatment Control Operator
15 Chemical Post-Treatment control Operator

The new Tasman Sea control system incorporates the very latest in powerful control system technology
as well as highly intelligent programming. At the core of the control system is the all new 32 bit
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC); this device provides constant supervision of your water maker.
Should any problem arise during operation this intelligent hardware will first analyze if this fault could
possibly damage the water maker, if so it classifies this error as ‘critical’ and shuts the unit down to
prevent damage. However, if the controller deems the current problem as ‘non critical’ the water maker
is allowed to continue operating; meanwhile the control system will alert operators that service is
required by beeping and displaying a warning notification on the system touch screen; the controller will
continue to monitor the situation closely and if the current problem should become ‘critical’ the control
system will take action to prevent damage and shut the water maker down. The reason for the
shutdown will be displayed on the system touch screen.
The new Tasman Sea controller has also been designed to ensure maximum water maker productivity;
the system contains multiple programs to allow for operation even in ‘critical’ fault situations, ensuring
that whenever possible your water maker can produce the water essential for survival. Please see
“emergency operations” section for further details.
This manual has been written to help walk you through the various features offered by the installed
control system. During fault situations your water maker control system produces messages to help
point you to the problem; contained within this manual is a list of trouble shooting tips based on these
messages; each tip will detail the likely possibilities which resulted in the call for the associated fault
message.
The new Tasman Sea control system also comes with an available Modbus interface. This Modbus
interface can be used to create an open communications interface between locally hosted control
systems and the Tasman Sea water maker. Via the Modbus interface it is possible to monitor all control
system inputs and outputs; it is also possible to monitor data normally displayed on the control system
touch screen including alarm information, performance information, system pressure information and
salinity information.
For further information on the Modbus interface, please refer to the Tasman Sea Modbus Specification
documentation.

3. Initial System Checks/Commissioning.
The new Tasman Sea control system comes loaded with a special utility tool designed to aid in the initial
system checks and commissioning of the system. This utility can be accessed in the following manner.
Please note it is not possible to enter commissioning mode while the water maker is operating. Trying to
enter commissioning mode while the unit is running will simply not be permitted, and the
commissioning screens shown in this section will fail to appear as stated in this document.
Stop system operation before attempting to enter commissioning mode.
3.1 Entering Commissioning Mode
From the Main Splash screen press the arrow in the lower right corner.
Press Here
This will take you to the main menu screen. Once here press the arrow next to the ‘System Information’
text, as shown on the next page.

Press Here
This will take you to the ‘system information‘screen which details various pieces of machine
information. Press on the shown area to access the hidden commissioning mode screens.
Press Here
If the unit was not running pressing the illustrated area will switch the controller into commissioning
mode. This is confirmed by the system information screen being replaced with the first of many
diagnostic screens. The first screen as shown on the next page details all of the inputs currently being
received by the controller. This screen can be used to check for proper external sensor functionality. A
red indicator as detailed on the example signifies that either the channel is disabled or enabled and the
input is not present or at fault, if a field instrument is connected to this channel but this indicator
remains red, this implies there is a problem with the connected instrument or system wiring, when the
indicator is green this implies the channel is enabled and the input is present and as expected (healthy).

Press Here
Press on the ‘More’ button at the top right corner of the screen to move to the next screen.
This will take you to the second commissioning screen. The second screen as shown below details all of
the outputs currently being powered by the controller. This screen can be used to check for proper
external equipment functionality. A red indicator as seen below signifies that an output is currently
turned off, when the indicator is green this implies the output is powered and the connected external
device should be active.
Press Here
Press on the ‘More’ button at the top right corner of the screen to move to the next screen.

This will take you to the third commissioning screen. This screen can be used to jog all connected
pumps. Each time the jog button is pressed, the pump is energized for ¼ of a second. For a pump to jog
successfully, the pump must be enabled, and the pump operator must be in the ‘Off’ position.
Press Here
Press Here
To Exit
Press Here
Press Here
Press Here
Details on performing motor rotation checks can be found in section 3.2
If you do not wish to carry out motor rotation checks at this time, press on the ‘More’ button in the top
right hand corner of the screen to move to the ‘System Valve Checks’ screen. Information on valve
checks can be found in section 3.3.

3.2 Motor and Pump Rotation Checks
Step 1.
Once at the motor jog screen press the auxiliary pump button to jog the external pump. If the button
will not activate this is because the auxiliary pump option is not enabled, therefore skip this step. If the
button does activate and the pump spins in the correct direction proceed to the next step. However, if
the pump spins in the incorrect direction, press the booster pump jog button, if the booster pump jogs
in the correct direction switch the main power disconnect on the control panel door to the ‘Off’
position, using a screw driver release the lock on the control panel door and open the control panel
door. Locate the external pump contactor (DCP-100). Turn the switch at the top of the contactor to the
‘Off’ position. Loosen the screw clamps holding the field L2 and L3 wires in the contactor output
terminals, swap the wires over and re-secure them in the contactor output terminals, turn the switch at
the top of the device back to the ‘On’ position, close and lock the enclosure door, and switch the main
disconnect back to the ‘On’ position. Navigate back to the commissioning screens and finally to the
motor jog screen, jog the pump once again to ensure correct rotation.
Extremely High Outgoing Voltage Present!

Always ensure incoming power to the unit has been disconnected and locked off
before proceeding with altering outgoing power connections. Failure to do so
could result in injury or death.
If the booster pump spins in the incorrect direction shutdown main incoming power to the unit and
switch the main power disconnect on the control panel to the ‘Off’ position, using a screw driver release
the lock on the control panel door and open the control panel door. Locate the main incoming power
disconnect switch DS-100. Loosen the screw clamps holding the incoming power L2 and L3 wires into the
disconnect switch input terminals, swap the wires over and re-secure them into the disconnect switch
input terminals, close and lock the enclosure door. Switch main incoming power back on and rotate the
main disconnect switch back to the ‘On’ position. Navigate back to the commissioning screens and
finally to the motor jog screen, jog the external pump once again to ensure correct rotation.
Extremely High Incoming Voltage Present!

before proceeding with altering incoming power connections. Failure to do so

Step 2.
If the auxiliary pump spun in the correct direction, press the booster pump jog button, check to see if
the booster pump spins in the correct direction, if it does proceed to step three, if the booster pump
does not spin in the correction direction shutdown main incoming power to the unit and switch the
main power disconnect on the control panel to the ‘Off’ position, using a screw driver release the lock
on the control panel door and open the control panel door. Locate the main incoming power disconnect
switch DS-100. Loosen the screw clamps holding the incoming power L2 and L3 wires into the disconnect
switch input terminals, swap the wires over and re-secure them into the disconnect switch input
terminals. Locate the external pump contactor (DCP-100). Turn the switch at the top of the contactor to
the ‘Off’ position. Loosen the screw clamps holding the field L2 and L3 wires in the contactor output
terminals, swap the wires over and re-secure them in the contactor output terminals, close and lock the
enclosure door. Switch main incoming power back on and rotate the main disconnect switch back to
the ‘On’ position. Navigate back to the commissioning screens and finally to the motor jog screen, jog
the external pump and booster pump once again to ensure correct rotation.
Extremely High Incoming Voltage Present!

before proceeding with altering incoming power connections. Failure to do so
Extremely High Outgoing Voltage Present!

before proceeding with altering outgoing power connections. Failure to do so
If there is no external pump fitted and the booster pump spun in the correct direction, proceed to step
three.
Step 3.
As correct rotation of both booster and High pressure pump are checked and confirmed during the FAT
test there is no need to check rotation of the High pressure pump. However, it is still recommended as a
final check that you still do so. Press the High Pressure pump jog button and confirm correct rotation of
the pump.
Once these tests have been completed and correct rotation of all connected pumps has been confirmed
you may exit commissioning mode by pressing the arrow in the top left corner four times. This will
return you to the main operations menu.

3.3 Valve Operation Checks
While viewing the ‘Motor Rotation Checks’ Screen press on the ‘More’ button at the top right corner of
the screen.
This will take you to the fourth commissioning screen. This screen can be used to manually drive all of
the automatic valves currently connected to the control system. To activate a valve simply press on the
action you require. If the tested valve indicates a fault condition, the ‘Fault Log’ button will appear which
will allow you to view what fault has been detected.
Press Here Press Here
Press Here
Press Here
Press Here
Press Here
Press Here
If the tested valve indicates a fault condition, the ‘Fault Log’ button will appear which will allow you to
view what fault has been detected, as shown below.
Press Here
Press the ‘Fault Log’ button to be taken to the fault message center screen

Pressing ‘Highlight Alarm Message’ will highlight the first alarm item.
Pressing ‘Scroll Up’ will scroll up through the alarm list
Pressing ‘Scroll Down’ will scroll down through the alarm list
Pressing ‘Accept & Clear Alarm Message’ will clear the listed alarm notifications and return you to the
previous screen.
Pressing ‘Back’ will exit the alarm list. Please note the ‘Back’ button is only active if no faults or errors
are currently displayed, if errors or faults are displayed, press ‘Accept & Clear Alarm Message’ to exit
this screen.
Pressing ‘Help Me With This Fault’ will call up the on-line interactive help files associated with this fault
condition, these on-line help files will assist you in diagnosing and solving the problem (if installed)

If your system is equipped with an automatic media filter additional ‘Media System Checks’ screens will
be available to you, this is indicated by the ‘More’ indicator and arrow in the upper right hand corner of
the primary ‘System Valve Checks’ Screen, if no such indicator is visible, the automatic media filter
option is not included in your system configuration, if this indicator is visible press on the arrow in the
upper right hand corner of the ‘System Valve Checks’ screen to access these additional screens, as
shown below:
Press Here
Press Here
Again additional screens are available, press on the arrow in the upper right hand corner of the ‘Media
System Checks’ Screen to access these additional diagnostic screens, as shown below:
Press Here

4. Editing System Set-points (Normal User).
The new Tasman Sea control system comes pre-loaded with typical alarm level set points, system
shutdown values, etc. However, these set-points can be accessed and changed should the need arise. It
should be noted that changing these configurations is not recommended. Hence access to the system
set-point editing mode has been restricted with a password. To gain access to these features, please
contact Danfoss Sea Recovery to obtain the required password.
4.1 Entering Set-point Editing Mode As Normal User
Press Here
This will take you to the main menu screen. Press on the shown area to access the hidden system set-
point editing mode screens.
Press Here

Once this area has been pressed the password entry dialogue box will appear. Enter the password given
to you by Danfoss Sea Recovery, and press the ‘ENT’ key. To cancel this operation press the ‘CAN’ key as
shown below:
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here
Entry of an incorrect password will result in the password prompt screen remaining visible. The
password you have entered will be erased and the password screen will wait for you to attempt again.
Press the ‘CAN’ key to cancel this request.
Entering the correct password will bring you to the following screen.
Press Here For

Press on value Next Page
to change
From this screen it is possible to change the following system set-points:

To change a value press on the currently entered value, a number entry pop up screen will be displayed.
Enter the newly required set-point and press the ‘ENT’ button to complete entry, to cancel the request
press the ‘CAN’ button as illustrated below:
Enter desired set-

point value here
To cancel
press here
Enter Value
and press here
If you enter a value that is not valid for that particular entry field the numerical entry pad will not accept
your entry and will instead display a “??”, in order for you to proceed you must enter a value that is
within allowable tolerances for that entry field, or press ‘CAN’ to abort set-point entry and return to the
old value, allowable tolerances for a particular entry field are listed in the fields description.
4.2 Booster Pump Minimum Inlet Pressure (Absolute) [Range = > 10]
This value determines the alarm level associated with the booster pump inlet pressure. During normal
operation the booster pump will pull a small vacuum at its inlet, an excessive vacuum can indicate a feed
water problem, when an excessive vacuum is detected the system will not shut down the water maker
but it will indicate the problem by flashing the booster pump inlet pressure bar on the feed system
monitors page.
Typical values entered here are 10 PSI [ABSOLUTE]
4.3 Booster Pump Maximum Inlet Pressure (Absolute) [Range = < 25]
This value determines the alarm level associated with the booster pump inlet pressure. The water maker
can function with either just a flooded line or a small amount of positive pressure feeding the booster
pump. Too much positive pressure however will result in over pressurization of system components
once the system activates the booster pump, hence the amount of positive pressure being feed into the
booster pump must be within specifications. If this inlet pressure is above specifications the system will
not shutdown the water maker but it will indicate the problem by flashing the booster pump inlet
pressure bar on the feed system monitors page.

4.4 Booster Pump Minimum Outlet Pressure [Range = > 10 & < 25]
This value determines the alarm and shutdown level associated with the performance output of the
booster pump. During normal operation the booster pump output should be in the range of 60 to 80 PSI,
when the booster pump output falls below the value set here it is usually because of either mechanical
failure within the booster pump, booster pump motor overload trips, or the booster pump has lost
prime and is now running dry. Once the system detects the output pressure of the pump has dropped
below the value specified here, it will generate an alarm that results in complete shutdown of the water
maker.
Typical values entered here are 20 PSI
4.5 Booster Pump Maximum Outlet Pressure [Range = > 60 & < 85]
This value determines the alarm level associated with the performance output of the booster pump.
During normal operation the booster pump output should be in the range of 60 to 80 PSI, when the
booster pump output rises above the value set here it is usually because of either flow from the pump
has been restricted, or inlet pressure into the water maker is above specifications. Once the system
detects the output pressure of the pump has exceeded the value specified here, it will not shutdown the
water maker generate an alarm that results in complete shutdown of the water maker but it will
indicate the problem by flashing the Media Filter Inlet pressure bar on the feed system monitors page.
4.6 Booster Pump Output Error Maximum Operation Time [Range = > 5 & < 30]
This value determines how many seconds the control system will wait before acknowledging a booster
pump output error fault, for example when a value of ‘10’ is entered, the system will not trigger a
shutdown unless the output of the booster pump has been detected as below the value set in 4.4
consistently for 10 seconds. This entry field helps eliminate system shutdowns due to momentary
fluctuations in booster pump outlet pressure
Typical values entered here are 10 SECONDS

4.7 Maximum 20u Filter Differential Pressure [Range = > 10 & < 25]
This value determines at what differential pressure the control system will alert you that the 20u
cartridge filter requires replacement, as the cartridge filter begins to fill with dirt, its differential
pressure will increase, if a filter is allowed to run with too high a differential pressure bypass can occur,
this is potentially dangerous to the health of the water maker therefore it is advised to select a value
based on the filter manufactures recommendations. The value also drives the interactive graphic shown
on the P&ID and ‘Feed System Monitors’ page, as the filter becomes more and more clogged this
graphic will change to give you a visual indication of the current dirt level.
4.8 Maximum 5u Filter Differential Pressure [Range = > 10 & < 25]
4.9 Minimum Feed system Flow Rate [Range = > 28 & < 33]
This value determines at what feed flow rate the control system will alert you that the system is
experiencing difficulty. During normal operation the control system would expect to see approximately
35 GPM for Danfoss pump applications and 32 GPM for CAT pump applications. If the control system
sees flow drop below the value stated here it will not shutdown the water maker but it will indicate the
problem by flashing the feed system flow rate bar on the feed system monitors page, it will also raise a
‘System Performance Monitor’ alarm indicating the detected problem. If system flow drops below the
value specified here it could indicate a high pressure pump failure is imminent.
Typical values entered here are 33 GPM for Danfoss Applications

Typical values entered here are 30 GPM for CAT Applications

4.10 Maximum Feed system Flow Rate [Range = > 35 & < 40]
sees flow rise above the value stated here it will not immediately shutdown the water maker but it will
indicate the problem by flashing the feed system flow rate bar on the feed system monitors page, it will
also raise a performance warning (See Performance Warning Messages) indicating the detected
problem. If system flow continues to exceed the value specified here for 2 minutes the control system
will shutdown the water maker. High flow rates can be an indication of a breached line/significant leak,
therefore after 2 minutes action is taken to protect the integrity of the location in which the water
maker is housed.

4.11 Minimum High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure [Range = > 10 & < 30]
This value determines at what minimum inlet pressure the system will shut down and indicate a High
Pressure pump inlet pressure low fault. In order for the Danfoss high pressure pump to operate
correctly there must always be a minimum inlet pressure of 20 PSI at the inlet of the pump, pressure
below this limit cause the pump to cavitate, if the control system is connected to a CAT pump this value
can be much lower.
Typical values entered here are 20 PSI in Danfoss pump applications

Typical values entered here are 10 PSI in CAT pump applications
4.12 Maximum High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure [Range = > 65 & < 75]
This value determines at what maximum inlet pressure the system will shut down and indicate a High
Pressure pump inlet pressure high fault. In order for the Danfoss high pressure pump to operate
correctly there cannot be a pressure greater than 75 PSI at the inlet of the pump, pressure above this
limit causes the pump to shear off the piston shoes as it initially begins to rotate. This type of damage is
not covered by warranty should these settings report being changed by the user, if the control system is
connected to a CAT pump this value should remain at 75 PSI.
Typical values entered here are 75 PSI in all pump applications

4.13 Minimum High Pressure Pump Outlet Pressure [Range = > 275 & < 350]
This value determines at what minimum outlet pressure the system will allow the high pressure pump to
operate for extended periods of time. Operation below the inputted value triggers an alarm, and after
10 minutes a total system shutdown. Setting this value too low can severely damage the high pressure
pump, as there is not enough internal pressure to lift the piston shoes off the pump back plate. This
causes rapid wear of the piston shoes and eventual failure of the pump. This type of damage is not
covered by warranty should these settings report being changed by the user, if the control system is
connected to a CAT pump this value can be reduced.
Press the arrow in the upper right hand corner of the screen to move into the next menu
Pressing the arrow in the top right hand corner of the screen will bring you to the following screen:
System Lifetime
Operation Timer
Press on value
(Not affected by
to change
client hour meter
resets)
Press Here To
Save Your
Settings and Exit
These Screens
Again from this screen it is possible to change the following system set-points:
press the ‘CAN’ button as illustrated on the next page:

Enter desired set-

point value here
To cancel
press here
Enter Value
and press here
If you enter a value that is not valid for that particular entry field the numerical entry pad will not accept
your entry and will instead display a “??”, in order for you to proceed you must enter a value that is
within allowable tolerances for that entry field, or press ‘CAN’ to abort set-point entry and return to the
old value, allowable tolerances for a particular entry field are listed in the fields description.
4.14 Maximum High Pressure Pump Outlet Pressure [Range = > 500 & < 995]
This value determines at what maximum outlet pressure the system will allow the high pressure pump
to operate. Operation above the inputted value triggers an instant shutdown of the system. Setting this
value too high can severely damage the high pressure pump motor, as there is not enough available
horsepower to drive the high pressure pump beyond these limits. This causes rapid overheating of the
high pressure pump electric motor, and eventual failure of the motor. This type of damage is not
connected to a CAT pump this value should remain the same.
4.15 Maximum High Pressure Pump Running Hours [Range = > 2000 & < 8000]
The value here determines at what number of operational hours the water maker will call for high
pressure pump servicing. Once the entered number of hours is exceeded the system will raise a
performance warning (See Performance Warning Messages), stating the high pressure pump is due for
servicing. Operation over these hours is allowed, but is not recommended.
Typical values entered here are 8000 Hrs in Danfoss pump applications
Typical values entered here are 2000 Hrs in CAT pump applications

4.16 Maximum Individual Membrane Element Differential Pressure [Range = > 100]
This value determines how the controller re-acts to membrane differential pressures. As a membrane
becomes fouled the differential pressure across the membrane inlet and outlet ports increases, the
control system can be used to monitor the current fouling status of the membranes but this feature is
only provided as a visual aid to the operator. To calculate the value being entered here it is first required
that the system be operated as normal. Once system operation has been established and has become
stable note down the differential pressure detected across the system membrane rack as indicated on
the P&ID or ‘High Pressure System Monitors’ page. Next enter back in to these configuration settings
and input the recorded value into this entry field. From this point on the control system will attempt to
indicate membrane fouling status, but it must be noted that this feature is only a guide and should not
take the place of your regular cleaning cycle.
If you wish to deactivate this feature enter a value of ‘100’ in the entry field
4.17 Maximum Permeate Line Pressure [Range = > 45]
This value determines the alarm level at which the control system will begin notifying you of permeate
line back pressure problems, during normal operation the permeate line should never see in excess of
50 PSI of back pressure, excessive back pressure can cause cracking of the carbon filter housings which
can lead to leaks and loss of production
4.18 Acceptable Maximum Salinity Level [Range = > 500 & < 1800]
This value stated in uS/cm determines at what product water conductivity level the system will activate
the diversion valve and UV sterilizer (if fitted). It should be noted that during normal operation
activation of the diversion valve will only take place once the system has completed start up, and system
pressure has been raised above minimum. Once all of these conditions are met, the water maker will
begin a 2 minute delay, this delay is provided to allow the product water salinity to drop down to levels
that can be accurately monitored, after this delay has expired the control system will begin actively
monitoring the product water salinity. Once the product water measured conductivity drops below the
number inputted here, the water maker deems the water as acceptable.
Typical values entered here are 1200 uS/cm in all applications

4.19 Acceptable Minimum Salinity Level [Range = > 50 & < 150]
This setting allows you to determine what minimum salinity level from the salinity probe will be
accepted. Domestic systems cannot produce product water with salinity lower than the value entered
here, therefore any readings below this value causes the water maker control system to reject the
salinity probe input under the suspicion that the salinity probe has been removed from the system pipe
work and is currently sitting in air. It should be noted that the system has to be fully operation and the
salinity reading must be consistently below the value set here for 30 seconds before the system will re-
act. Once it has been determined that the salinity probe has been removed from the system pipe work
the control system will drop into ‘Manual Salinity Control Operation’ (See Section 6.8)
Typical values entered here are 100 in domestic water applications
4.20 Fresh Water Flush Time [Range = > 300 & < 900]
The value entered here (in seconds) determines how long the fresh water system will operate for once
active pumps have been stopped by pressing the ‘Auto-Stop’ button. It should be noted that Fresh
Water Flush mode can only be activated when shutting the system down using the “Auto-Stop’ button,
any other method of shutdown excluding automatic backwashes will de-activate the Fresh Water
Flushing Mode for that occurrence. Once the allotted time has expired the fresh water flush system will
enter a dormant mode for 7 days before repeating the flushing cycle. The dormant cycle of 7 days is not
alterable by the system user.
Typical values entered here are 600 Seconds in all applications
4.21 Minimum Allowable Fresh Water Flush Pressure [Range = > 25 & < 60]
This value determines the alarm level associated with Fresh Water Flushing faults. In order for the fresh
water flush system to operate correctly there must be sufficient pressure in the system to ensure the
high pressure pump bypass check valve opens. If there is not sufficient pressure to allow this, the control
system will raise an alarm to notify the operator that Fresh Water Flushing is not taking place as
designed. It should be noted that during a Fresh Water Flushing Cycle the incoming fresh water pressure
must be below the value entered here consistently for 60 seconds before the control system will re-act
to it.

4.22 Low Pressure Valve Actuation Time [Range = > 10 & < 25]
The value entered here (in seconds) determines how long the control system will wait for movement of
an automated low pressure valve to complete. If the correct feedback from the valve has not been
received before this time expires, the system will either generate a performance warning, or shutdown
the unit and generate a fault warning, the action taken depends on what operational state the water
maker was in at the time of failure. It should be noted that entering a value that is less than the stated
actuator actuation time will result in constant errors from the control system. This value is pre-set at
DSRC and should not be changed unless you are instructed to do so by a member of DSRC technical
support staff.
4.23 High Pressure Valve Actuation Time [Range = > 2 & < 15]
an automated high pressure valve to complete. If the correct feedback from the valve has not been
support staff.
4.24 PPM Conversion Factor
Europe and the US use different scaling factors when converting uS/cm in to PPM. Within the US a
scaling factor of approximately 0.5 is used, within Europe a factor of 0.67 is used. Press on the
conversion factor you desire, once set the selected conversion factor button will remain depressed.
Changing this scaling factor results in a different bar and numbering system on the product water
salinity monitoring page when ‘PPM’ is selected as the preferred viewing unit.

4.25 Saving System Set-point Data Changes As Normal User
Once you have completed your system changes you must save your data before being allowed to exit
the system set-point editing screens. To save your changes navigate to the final set-point editing screen
and press the ‘Save Settings To EEPROM’ button as shown below:
Press Here
If you do not save your settings by pressing the button as shown, the system will automatically save your
settings if it monitors that you have not touched the touch screen for 60 seconds, in either case when
system settings are being saved the following screen will be shown briefly. Once the saving procedure
has been completed, the controller will return to the main splash screen as illustrated below:

5. Editing System Set-points (Master User).
The new Tasman Sea control system comes pre-loaded with typical alarm level set points, system
shutdown values, etc. However, these set-points can be accessed and changed should the need arise. It
should be noted that changing these configurations is not recommended. Hence access to the system
set-point editing mode has been restricted with a password. To gain access to these features, please
contact Danfoss Sea Recovery to obtain the required password.
5.1 Entering Set-point Editing Mode As Master User
Press Here
This will take you to the main menu screen. Press on the shown area to access the hidden system set-
point editing mode screens.
Press Here

shown below.
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here
Press Here To
Enter Master
User Settings
shown on the next page.

To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here
Press Here For

Next Page
Please Note:
‘Master User
Button’ No
Longer Available

Enter desired set-

point value here
To cancel
press here
Enter Value
and press here
As a master user there are no limitations on values that you can enter in a specific field. As a master user
it should be noted that you can alter set-point data outside of that originally established at DSRC factory,
entry of data in this mode should only be attempted by a skilled representative of DSRC or by an
operator under the direct guidance of DSRC technical staff. Entry of data in this mode that is not
sanctioned by DSRC will result in all warranties of the equipment being voided.
5.2 Booster Pump Minimum Inlet Pressure (Absolute) [Range = No Limit]
This value determines the alarm level associated with the booster pump inlet pressure. During normal
operation the booster pump will pull a small vacuum at its inlet, an excessive vacuum can indicate a feed
water problem, when an excessive vacuum is detected the system will not shut down the water maker
but it will indicate the problem by flashing the booster pump inlet pressure bar on the feed system
monitors page.
5.3 Booster Pump Maximum Inlet Pressure (Absolute) [Range = No Limit]
This value determines the alarm level associated with the booster pump inlet pressure. The water maker
can function with either just a flooded line or a small amount of positive pressure feeding the booster
pump. Too much positive pressure however will result in over pressurization of system components
once the system activates the booster pump, hence the amount of positive pressure being feed into the
booster pump must be within specifications. If this inlet pressure is above specifications the system will
not shutdown the water maker but it will indicate the problem by flashing the booster pump inlet
pressure bar on the feed system monitors page.

5.4 Booster Pump Minimum Outlet Pressure [Range = No Limit]
This value determines the alarm and shutdown level associated with the performance output of the
booster pump. During normal operation the booster pump output should be in the range of 60 to 80 PSI,
when the booster pump output falls below the value set here it is usually because of either mechanical
failure within the booster pump, booster pump motor overload trips, or the booster pump has lost
prime and is now running dry. Once the system detects the output pressure of the pump has dropped
below the value specified here, it will generate an alarm that results in complete shutdown of the water
maker.
5.5 Booster Pump Maximum Outlet Pressure [Range = No Limit]
This value determines the alarm level associated with the performance output of the booster pump.
During normal operation the booster pump output should be in the range of 60 to 80 PSI, when the
booster pump output rises above the value set here it is usually because of either flow from the pump
has been restricted, or inlet pressure into the water maker is above specifications. Once the system
detects the output pressure of the pump has exceeded the value specified here, it will not shutdown the
water maker generate an alarm that results in complete shutdown of the water maker but it will
indicate the problem by flashing the Media Filter Inlet pressure bar on the feed system monitors page.
5.6 Booster Pump Output Error Maximum Operation Time [Range = No Limit]
This value determines how many seconds the control system will wait before acknowledging a booster
pump output error fault, for example when a value of ‘10’ is entered, the system will not trigger a
shutdown unless the output of the booster pump has been detected as below the value set in 4.4
consistently for 10 seconds. This entry field helps eliminate system shutdowns due to momentary
fluctuations in booster pump outlet pressure
Typical values entered here are 10 SECONDS

5.7 Maximum 20u Filter Differential Pressure [Range = No Limit]
5.8 Maximum 5u Filter Differential Pressure [Range = No Limit]
5.9 Minimum Feed system Flow Rate [Range = No Limit]
sees flow drop below the value stated here it will not shutdown the water maker but it will indicate the
problem by flashing the feed system flow rate bar on the feed system monitors page, it will also raise a
‘System Performance Monitor’ alarm indicating the detected problem. If system flow drops below the
value specified here it could indicate a high pressure pump failure is imminent.


5.10 Maximum Feed system Flow Rate [Range = No Limit]
sees flow rise above the value stated here it will not immediately shutdown the water maker but it will
indicate the problem by flashing the feed system flow rate bar on the feed system monitors page, it will
also raise a performance warning (See Performance Warning Messages) indicating the detected
problem. If system flow continues to exceed the value specified here for 2 minutes the control system
will shutdown the water maker. High flow rates can be an indication of a breached line/significant leak,
therefore after 2 minutes action is taken to protect the integrity of the location in which the water
maker is housed.

5.11 Minimum High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure [Range =No Limit]
This value determines at what minimum inlet pressure the system will shut down and indicate a High
Pressure pump inlet pressure low fault. In order for the Danfoss high pressure pump to operate
correctly there must always be a minimum inlet pressure of 20 PSI at the inlet of the pump, pressure
below this limit cause the pump to cavitate, if the control system is connected to a CAT pump this value
can be much lower.
Typical values entered here are 20 PSI in Danfoss pump applications

Typical values entered here are 10 PSI in CAT pump applications
5.12 Maximum High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure [Range = No Limit]
This value determines at what maximum inlet pressure the system will shut down and indicate a High
Pressure pump inlet pressure high fault. In order for the Danfoss high pressure pump to operate
correctly there cannot be a pressure greater than 75 PSI at the inlet of the pump, pressure above this
limit causes the pump to shear off the piston shoes as it initially begins to rotate. This type of damage is
not covered by warranty should these settings report being changed by the user, if the control system is
connected to a CAT pump this value should remain at 75 PSI.

5.13 Minimum High Pressure Pump Outlet Pressure [Range = No Limit]
This value determines at what minimum outlet pressure the system will allow the high pressure pump to
operate for extended periods of time. Operation below the inputted value triggers an alarm, and after
10 minutes a total system shutdown. Setting this value too low can severely damage the high pressure
pump, as there is not enough internal pressure to lift the piston shoes off the pump back plate. This
causes rapid wear of the piston shoes and eventual failure of the pump. This type of damage is not
connected to a CAT pump this value can be reduced.
Press Here For

Next Page
Press on value
to change
press the ‘CAN’ button as illustrated on the next page:

Enter desired set-

point value here
To cancel
press here
Enter Value
and press here
5.14 Maximum High Pressure Pump Outlet Pressure [Range = No Limit]
This value determines at what maximum outlet pressure the system will allow the high pressure pump
to operate. Operation above the inputted value triggers an instant shutdown of the system. Setting this
value too high can severely damage the high pressure pump motor, as there is not enough available
horsepower to drive the high pressure pump beyond these limits. This causes rapid overheating of the
high pressure pump electric motor, and eventual failure of the motor. This type of damage is not
connected to a CAT pump this value should remain the same.
5.15 Maximum High Pressure Pump Running Hours [Range = No Limit]
The value here determines at what number of operational hours the water maker will call for high
pressure pump servicing. Once the entered number of hours is exceeded the system will raise a
performance warning (See Performance Warning Messages), stating the high pressure pump is due for
servicing. Operation over these hours is allowed, but is not recommended.
Typical values entered here are 8000 Hrs in Danfoss pump applications
Typical values entered here are 2000 Hrs in CAT pump applications

5.16 Maximum Individual Membrane Element Differential Pressure [Range = No Limit]
This value determines how the controller re-acts to membrane differential pressures. As a membrane
becomes fouled the differential pressure across the membrane inlet and outlet ports increases, the
control system can be used to monitor the current fouling status of the membranes but this feature is
only provided as a visual aid to the operator. To calculate the value being entered here it is first required
that the system be operated as normal. Once system operation has been established and has become
stable note down the differential pressure detected across the system membrane rack as indicated on
the P&ID or ‘High Pressure System Monitors’ page. Next enter back in to these configuration settings
and input the recorded value into this entry field. From this point on the control system will attempt to
indicate membrane fouling status, but it must be noted that this feature is only a guide and should not
take the place of your regular cleaning cycle.
If you wish to deactivate this feature enter a value of ‘100’ in the entry field
5.17 Maximum Permeate Line Pressure [Range = No Limit]
This value determines the alarm level at which the control system will begin notifying you of permeate
line back pressure problems, during normal operation the permeate line should never see in excess of
50 PSI of back pressure, excessive back pressure can cause cracking of the carbon filter housings which
can lead to leaks and loss of production
5.18 Acceptable Maximum Salinity Level [Range = No Limit]
This value stated in uS/cm determines at what product water conductivity level the system will activate
the diversion valve and UV sterilizer (if fitted). It should be noted that during normal operation
activation of the diversion valve will only take place once the system has completed start up, and system
pressure has been raised above minimum. Once all of these conditions are met, the water maker will
begin a 2 minute delay, this delay is provided to allow the product water salinity to drop down to levels
that can be accurately monitored, after this delay has expired the control system will begin actively
monitoring the product water salinity. Once the product water measured conductivity drops below the
number inputted here, the water maker deems the water as acceptable.
Typical values entered here are 1200 uS/cm in all applications

5.19 Acceptable Minimum Salinity Level [Range =No Limit]
This setting allows you to determine what minimum salinity level from the salinity probe will be
accepted. Domestic systems cannot produce product water with salinity lower than the value entered
here, therefore any readings below this value causes the water maker control system to reject the
salinity probe input under the suspicion that the salinity probe has been removed from the system pipe
work and is currently sitting in air. It should be noted that the system has to be fully operation and the
salinity reading must be consistently below the value set here for 30 seconds before the system will re-
act. Once it has been determined that the salinity probe has been removed from the system pipe work
the control system will drop into ‘Manual Salinity Control Operation’ (See Section 6.8)
Typical values entered here are 100 in domestic water applications
5.20 Fresh Water Flush Time [Range =No Limit]
The value entered here (in seconds) determines how long the fresh water system will operate for once
active pumps have been stopped by pressing the ‘Auto-Stop’ button. It should be noted that Fresh
Water Flush mode can only be activated when shutting the system down using the “Auto-Stop’ button,
any other method of shutdown excluding automatic backwashes will de-activate the Fresh Water
Flushing Mode for that occurrence. Once the allotted time has expired the fresh water flush system will
enter a dormant mode for 7 days before repeating the flushing cycle. The dormant cycle of 7 days is not
alterable by the system user.
5.21 Minimum Allowable Fresh Water Flush Pressure [Range = No Limit]
This value determines the alarm level associated with Fresh Water Flushing faults. In order for the fresh
water flush system to operate correctly there must be sufficient pressure in the system to ensure the
high pressure pump bypass check valve opens. If there is not sufficient pressure to allow this, the control
system will raise an alarm to notify the operator that Fresh Water Flushing is not taking place as
designed. It should be noted that during a Fresh Water Flushing Cycle the incoming fresh water pressure
must be below the value entered here consistently for 60 seconds before the control system will re-act
to it.

5.22 Low Pressure Valve Actuation Time [Range = No Limit]
an automated low pressure valve to complete. If the correct feedback from the valve has not been
support staff.
5.23 High Pressure Valve Actuation Time [Range = No Limit]
an automated high pressure valve to complete. If the correct feedback from the valve has not been
support staff.
5.24 PPM Conversion Factor
Europe and the US use different scaling factors when converting uS/cm in to PPM. Within the US a
scaling factor of approximately 0.5 is used, within Europe a factor of 0.67 is used. Press on the
conversion factor you desire, once set the selected conversion factor button will remain depressed.
Changing this scaling factor results in a different bar and numbering system on the product water
salinity monitoring page when ‘PPM’ is selected as the preferred viewing unit.

Press on value
to change
System Size
Notification
Window
Manual System
System Size
Size Program
Selection
Button
Button
Press Here To
System Lifetime Save Your
Operation Timer Settings and Exit
(Not affected by These Screens
client hour meter
resets)
Enter desired set-

point value here
To cancel
press here
Enter Value
and press here

5.25 Feed Pump Output Error Maximum Operation Time [Range = No Limit]
This value determines how many seconds the control system will wait before acknowledging a feed
pump output error fault. In some applications a feed pump is required to lift water from the water
source up to the water maker intake. This entry field allows the user to set how long the water maker
will allow the feed pump to run. During this time the feed pump must begin pumping water up to the
water maker, in these types of applications the booster pump minimum inlet pressure set-point ‘5.3’
should be set at a positive pressure level (i.e. 20 PSI ABSOLUTE) this way once asked to start the water
maker will energize the feed pump and wait for the positive pressure to appear at the inlet to the
booster pump. Once this positive pressure has been detected the water maker will continue the start-up
process. If the positive pressure is not achieved within the time entered in this input field, the control
system will abort the automatic start-up process and shutdown the water maker to protect system
components from damage
Typical values entered here depend on the system setup, default is 10 SECONDS
5.26 System Time and Date
This will allow you to change the time and date stored within the touch screen. To access this high level
editing screen an additional password is required. Contact Danfoss Sea Recovery for further details.
5.27 System Size Selector
Pressing this button causes the control system scroll through the available system recovery sizes within
Tasman Sea product line, each time the button is pressed the system will increment to the next available
size as listed here: 25, 45, 60, 72 & 90. Once the maximum system size has been reached pressing the
system size selection button again will cause the system to return the beginning of the list.
5.28 Minimum Allowable Permeate Production Flow Rate [Range = No Limit]
* Please note: *
Entering data into this field is only permitted if the user has selected ‘Manual System Production
Variable Settings’, confirmation that this mode is enabled is given by the ‘System Size Notification
Window’. Once manual settings are enabled the text within the window will change from a standard
system production size to ‘MANUAL MODE’. To enter manual mode, press the ‘Manual System
Production Variable Settings’ button.

This value determines what minimum permeate flow rates the controller should expect to see during
normal operation, if the controller sees permeate flow rates drop below this level consistently for 60
seconds it will alert you by raising a performance warning (See Performance Warning Messages)
indicating the detected problem, the water maker will not shut down and will continue to function at
these lower permeate flow rates. However attempts should be made to discover why permeate flow
rates have fallen.
Normal values are automatically entered here as system sizes are adjusted using the ‘System Size
Selector’ button. However in manual mode any value can be entered here.
5.29 Maximum Allowable Permeate Production Flow Rate [Range = No Limit]
* Please note: *
Entering data into this field is only permitted if the user has selected ‘Manual System Production
Variable Settings’, confirmation that this mode is enabled is given by the ‘System Size Notification
Window’. Once manual settings are enabled the text within the window will change from a standard
system production size to ‘MANUAL MODE’. To enter manual mode, press the ‘Manual System
Production Variable Settings’ button.
This value determines what maximum permeate flow rates the controller should expect to see during
normal operation, if the controller sees permeate flow rates rise above this level consistently for 60
seconds it will alert you by raising a performance warning (See Performance Warning Messages)
indicating the detected problem, the water maker will not shut down and will continue to function at
these higher permeate flow rates. However attempts should be made to discover why permeate flow
rates have risen, and corrections performed to bring them back to within normal levels before
membrane damage occurs.
Normal values are automatically entered here as system sizes are adjusted using the ‘System Size
Selector’ button. However in manual mode any value can be entered here.
5.30 Maximum Total Membrane Rack Allowable Pressure Differential [Range = No Limit]
This value determines the calculated pressure differential allowable for the connected/configured
membrane rack. This number should not be tampered with unless absolutely required. This number is
only valid once the system commissioning engineer has successfully set up the ‘Maximum Individual
Membrane Element Differential Pressure’ (5.16) entry field. This number is used by the system to
calculate the current membrane fouling state and drive the indication graphic in the ‘Monitors’ section

5.31 Saving System Set-point Data Changes As Master User
Once you have completed your system changes you must save your data before being allowed to exit
the system set-point editing screens. To save your changes navigate to the final set-point editing screen
and press the ‘Save Settings To EEPROM’ button as shown below:
Press Here
If you do not save your settings by pressing the button as shown, the system will automatically save your
settings if it monitors that you have not touched the touch screen for 60 seconds, in either case when
system settings are being saved the following screen will be shown briefly. Once the saving procedure
has been completed, the controller will return to the main splash screen as illustrated on the next page:

Once the system has returned to the main splash screen, set-point data saving is complete and ‘Master
User’ Editing mode is canceled. To enter set-point data as a master user entry into the master set-point
editing mode must be carried out once again as detailed in section 5.1.

6. Normal Operation
6.1 Overview
The new Tasman Sea control system has two possible methods of operation; these are manual mode
and automatic mode. In manual mode the controller requires that the operator activate the pumps by
turning the relative pump operator switches to the ‘Pump On’ position. If the user attempts to operate a
pump when it is determined by the control system as unsafe to do so, the controller will raise a
performance warning (See Performance Warning Messages) detailing the specific reason why the
requested pump cannot be started, it will also flash the appropriate pump control switch which is being
prevented from operating. The operator must correct the situation before attempting to run the pump
again. To request further attempts to run the pump simply turn the relative pump operator switch to
the ‘Off’ position, then back to the ‘Pump On’ position. If the problem has been rectified the pump will
start, if problems still persist further performance warning messages will be raised.
Once successful start up of all connected and enabled pumps has been completed by the operator, the
control system will attempt to automatically activate the connected system valves. If the connected
valves cannot be successfully activated the control system will raise performance warning messages
(See Performance Warning Messages), but will continue to hold the system in an operational state. In
the event of these types of failures manual actuation of the vales will be required.
6.2 Starting the System Manually
The Tasman Sea has a variety of different pump configuration options available; therefore this manual
start up procedure will cover all available options. If your system does not have a discussed option
installed simply ignore the relative descriptions.
Before attempting a manual start up procedure it is important to check that all valves are in the correct
position as previously identified in the section titled, “System settings prior to attempting operation”.
Ensure that the main circuit breaker located in the top right corner of the control panel is in the ‘ON’
position and that the ‘Power On’ Indicator on the front of the control panel is illuminated.
Ensure that the E-Stop button is not pressed in. If the E-stop button is illuminated, the button is pressed
in, release it by turning the mushroom in a clockwise direction.
Ensure no alarms or faults are currently being indicated. If the alarm light is illuminated or flashing an
alarm or performance warning is present, accept or clear these alarms before attempting to proceed.

6.3 Auxiliary Feed Pump Activation: (If installed)
Turn the ‘Aux. Pump’ operator switch to the ‘Pump On’ position. The white stop light on the control
panel door as well as the ‘Aux. Pump’ operator switch indicator will illuminate. To stop the pump either
turn the ‘Aux. Pump’ operator back to the ‘Off’ position, or press the system ‘Auto-Stop’ button.
6.4 Booster Pump Activation:
Turn the ‘Booster Pump’ operator switch to the ‘Pump On’ position. If the optional feed pump is fitted
and running the ‘Booster Pump’ operator switch indicator will illuminate. If the optional feed pump is
fitted but not running or sufficient inlet pressure has not been detected at the booster pump inlet the
control system will raise a performance warning.
Pressing ‘Highlight Alert Message’ will highlight the first alarm item.
Pressing ‘Accept This Notification’ will clear the listed alarm notifications and return you to the previous
screen.
are currently displayed, if errors or faults are displayed, press ‘Accept’ to exit this screen.
Pressing ‘More Information On This Notice’ will call up the on-line interactive help files associated with
this alarm condition, these on-line help files will assist you in diagnosing and solving the problem (if
installed)

The operator must correct the situation before attempting to continue or restart the pump. To stop the
pump either turn the ‘Booster Pump’ operator back to the ‘Off’ position, or press the system ‘Auto-Stop’
button to stop all pumps simultaneously.
6.5 High Pressure Pump Activation:
Turn the ‘High Pressure Pump’ operator switch to the ‘Pump On’ position. If the optional feed pump is
fitted and running and the ‘Booster Pump’ is currently running, and no system faults are present, the
‘High Pressure Pump’ operator switch indicator will illuminate. If there are any problems preventing the
high pressure pump from operating the control system will raise a performance warning detailing the
problem.
screen.
installed)

The operator must correct the situation before attempting to continue or restart the pump. To stop the
pump either turn the ‘High Pressure Pump’ operator back to the ‘Off’ position, or press the system
‘Auto-Stop’ button to stop all pumps simultaneously.
6.6 Auxiliary Product Pump Activation: (If installed)
Turn the ‘Aux. Pump’ operator switch to the ‘Pump On’ position. The pump operator indicator will not
illuminate and the pump will not run until potable water has been detected and successful activation of
the product diversion valve has been completed. To stop the pump either turn the ‘Aux. Pump’ operator
back to the ‘Off’ position, or press the system ‘Auto-Stop’ button to stop all pumps simultaneously.
6.7 Automatic/Manual Activation of System Valves
Once the operator has successfully started all connected and enabled pumps the control system will
examine the health of the system salinity sensor, if the salinity sensor reports an unhealthy state refer to
the section labeled (Manual Salinity Control Operation), if the sensor reports a healthy state the control
system will attempt to close the high pressure by-pass valve, this action should take no more than a few
seconds. If the valve fails to activate properly the control system will raise a performance warning
message detailing the problem.

screen.
installed)
The system will continue to run but will not be able to progress any further. The operator must manually
actuate the high pressure by-pass valve (See Manual Actuation of System Valves). Once the operator
has manually actuated the high pressure by-pass valve the controller will begin to monitor product
water salinity levels. Once acceptable salinity levels are detected the controller will activate the UV
Sterilizer for 30 seconds (if fitted), if the UV sterilizer is not fitted the controller will skip this step. Once
the UV Sterilizer has completed its warm up cycle, or if the controller has skipped this step, it will then
attempt to activate the product water diversion valve. If the valve fails to activate properly the control
system will raise a performance warning message detailing the problem.
screen.

installed)
The system will continue to run but will not be able to progress any further. The operator must manually
actuate the product diversion valve (See Manual Actuation of System Valves). Once the operator has
manually actuated the product diversion valve the controller will activate the product water pump (if
enabled) and continue to monitor product water salinity levels. If the salinity levels become
unacceptable the controller will attempt the close the diversion valve. If the valve fails to activate
properly the control system will raise a performance warning message detailing the problem.
screen.
installed)
The operator must now manually close the product diversion valve as soon as possible to prevent
contamination of the potable water supply.

6.8 Manual Salinity Control Operation:
When operating in manual mode, the control system monitors the health of the salinity sensor, if the
salinity sensor reports as unhealthy it is still possible to operate the system, however monitoring of the
salinity levels will not be available, therefore the operator is required to monitor the salinity levels of the
product water manually via the sample ports and using a hand held salinity meter.
In the event that the salinity sensor has failed the control system will present you with the following
screen approximately 30 seconds after a successful high pressure pump start up.
From this screen you can monitor all available system pressures and salinity readings if they become
available, you can also control system valves directly from this screen. As this screen was brought up by
the control system, it automatically attempted to close the high pressure by-pass valve. If the valve fails
to activate properly the control system will raise a performance warning message detailing the problem.

screen.
installed)
Pressing ‘Accept’ returns you to the manual control screen.
The operator must manually actuate the high pressure by-pass valve in order to continue (See Manual
Actuation of System Valves). Once the valve has been manually actuated, the option to activate the UV
Sterilizer (if fitted) becomes available; if the UV sterilizer is not fitted the option the control the product
diversion valve becomes available. In systems with a UV Sterilizer, once acceptable salinity levels have
been measured by the operator turn on the UV system by pressing the button, once you do so a ‘Wait’
instruction will appear next to the product diversion valve control; this indicator is present while the UV
Sterilizer performs its warm up cycle. Once the UV sterilizer is ready this ‘Wait’ indictor changes into the
option to control the product diversion valve, activate the product diversion valve buy pressing the
control button on the touch screen. The system will now attempt to open the product diversion valve. If
the valve fails to activate properly the control system will raise a performance warning message
detailing the problem.

screen.
installed)

The operator must manually actuate the product diversion valve in order to continue (See Manual
Actuation of System Valves). Once the valve has been manually actuated, the system will report as
‘producing water in manual mode’. Manual control of the product pump is now available (if fitted).The
operator must continuously check product water salinity levels to ensure good product water. If high
salinity levels are measured again press the diversion valve control button to close the valve. Once this
button is pressed the control system will attempt to close the product diversion valve. If the valve fails
to activate properly the control system will raise a performance warning message detailing the problem.
screen.
installed)
The operator must manually actuate the product diversion valve as soon as possible to prevent
contamination of the potable water supply. (See Manual Actuation of System Valves).

7. Manual Shutdown
To stop the system at any point within manual mode operation simply press the ‘Auto-Stop’ button, all
pumps will stop simultaneously and all activated valves will be requested to return to their home
positions. If any valve fails to activate properly the control system will raise performance warning
messages or system fault messages detailing the problem(s). Once all pumps have successfully stopped
the control system will activate the fresh water flush (if fitted).
To perform a phased stop of the system in manual mode, individually turn off running pumps. To
prevent fault screens from being displayed, it is advisable to shut the pumps down in the reverse order
in which they were started.
Turn off the product pump (if fitted), turn off the high pressure pump, when doing so the control system
will attempt to return the high pressure by-pass and product diversion valves to their home position. If
any valve fails to activate properly the control system will raise a performance warning message
detailing the problem, as shown below:
screen.

installed)
The system will continue to run in this state, the operator should manually actuate the failed valve (See
Manual Actuation of Valves). Once valves have been manually placed in the correct position turn the
booster pump off, then turn off the feed pump (if fitted). When the system is shut down manually in this
manner fresh water flushing will not take place.

8. Automatic Start up Operation
Automatic start up operation is a new feature added to the Tasman Sea Series of products. It allows for
virtually hands free start up of the system and all associated equipment. This automatic start up
operation can also be carried out remotely via the Modbus communications link (if installed).
Before attempting automatic start up, it is important to check that all valves are in the correct position
as previously identified in the section titled, “System settings prior to attempting operation”.
Ensure that the main circuit breaker located in the top right corner of the control panel is in the ‘ON’
position and that the ‘Power On’ Indicator on the front of the control panel is illuminated.
Ensure that the E-Stop button is not pressed in. If the E-stop button is illuminated, the button is pressed
in, release it by turning the mushroom in a clockwise direction.
Ensure no alarms or faults are currently being indicated. If the alarm light is illuminated or flashing an
alarm or performance warning is present, accept or clear these alarms before attempting to proceed.
To initiate an automatic start up of the system simply press the ‘Auto-Start’ button on the control panel
door or navigate to the ‘System Operation’ screen (See Menu Navigation). Once the screen has been
accessed press the ‘Start System’ button.
Immediately after the ‘Auto-Start’ button is pressed, the green indicator light embedded in the button
will begin to flash rapidly, at this moment the system is performing system pre-checks, if a problem is
detected the system will abort the automatic start-up routine and display a system fault notification
screen detailing the problem (See System Critical Error Messages), as shown on the next page:

previous screen.
this screen.
The operator must correct the detected problem before re-attempting automatic operation.
If no pre-check errors are detected the control system will begin a 10 second count-down. During the
count-down the system will beep intermittently and display a warning screen as shown on the next
page, if the user wishes to abort the start-up they may do so by either pressing the ‘Auto-Stop’ button,
Emergency Stop’ button or by pressing the abort start-up button displayed on the system start-up
countdown timer screen as illustrated on the next page:

Once the 10 second count-down has been completed the control system will activate the auxiliary feed
pump (if fitted), once the auxiliary feed pump has been detected as successfully runing, or if the
auxiliary feed pump is not fitted the control system will start the booster pump. The control system now
performs system pressure checks before continuing. If system pressures fail to reach expected levels the
system will abort the automatic operation routine. All running pumps will be shutdown and the
controller will display a system fault notification screen detailing the problem (See System Critical Error
Messages), as shown below:
previous screen.

this screen.
If pre-filtration pressures reach expected levels the control system will activate the high pressure pump.
Once activated the control system will attempt to close the high pressure by-pass valve, if the valve fails
to actuate correctly the system will abort the automatic operation routine. All running pumps will be
shutdown and the controller will display a system fault notification screen detailing the problem (See
System Critical Error Messages), as shown below:
previous screen.
this screen.

If the high pressure relief valve actuated as expected the control system will begin to monitor high
pressure pump inlet and outlet pressures, if inlet pressures drop below pre-set limits the automatic
operation routine is aborted. All running pumps are shutdown and the controller will display a system
fault notification screen detailing the problem (See System Critical Error Messages), as shown below:
previous screen.
this screen.
If inlet pressure remains at acceptable levels the system will monitor the high pressure pumps outlet
pressure. If after 60 seconds of operation the outlet pressure of the pump is too low the control system
will display a performance warning message detailing the problem, an example of this notification
screen can be seen on the next page:

screen.
installed)
The system will continue to operate in this state for a further 10 minutes. If the system pressure has not
been raised above minimum levels within this time the automatic operation routine will be aborted. All
running pumps are shutdown, all activated valves will be requested to return to their home position,
and the controller will display a system fault notification screen detailing the problem (See System
Critical Error Messages), as shown on the next page:

previous screen.
this screen.
The operator must increase pressure within the specified time in order to avoid this system fault. High
pressure pump outlet pressure monitoring is provided to protect the high pressure pumps internal
moving parts. If the high pressure pump is operated at too lower a pressure there is not enough internal
pressure to effectively lubricate the pumps moving surfaces, this will result in rapid wear of the pump
piston shoes and other essential moving parts.
If high pressure pump outlet pressures are deemed above minimum and below maximum the system
will begin a 2 minute countdown, once this countdown has expired the control system will begin
monitoring product water salinity levels. If at any point high pressure pump outlet or inlet pressures
stray beyond acceptable levels the automatic operation routine will be aborted. All running pumps are
shutdown, all activated valves are requested to return to their home position, and the controller will
display a system fault notification screen detailing the problem (See System Critical Error Messages), as
shown on the next page:

previous screen.
this screen.
If all systems are reporting healthy and within expected limits, the system will continue monitoring
product water salinity levels. If acceptable salinity levels are not detected within 10 minutes of
operation the control system will display a performance warning message detailing an extended delay in
the production of permeate water, this could be caused by insufficient membrane pressure for the
current feed water conditions, or by some internal failure of the membrane itself. In these instances the
control system will display the problem, as shown on the next page:

screen.
installed)
The system will continue to operate in this state continuously or until shutdown by the operator or a
critical fault is detected.
Once acceptable salinity levels have been detected and appear stable. On systems with UV Sterilizers (if
fitted), the control system will activate the UV Sterilizer warm up routine. Once the UV Sterilizer has
completed the warm up cycle, or if a UV Sterilizer is not fitted to the system, the control system will
attempt to activate the diversion valve. If the valve fails to activate correctly the automatic operation
routine will be aborted. All running pumps are shutdown, all activated valves are requested to return to
their home position, and the controller will display a system fault notification screen detailing the
problem (See System Critical Error Messages), as shown on the next page:

previous screen.
this screen.
If the product diversion valve activates successfully the control system will activate the product auxiliary
pump (if fitted). At this point the unit is classified as fully operational. If product water salinity levels
stray beyond acceptable limits the control system will raise a performance warning detailing the
problem, as shown on the next page:

screen.
installed)
It will also de-activate the product diversion valve, deactivate the product auxiliary pump, and place the
UV Sterilizer system into a shutdown routine (if fitted). If acceptable salinity levels are detected once
again, the control system will activate the UV Sterilizer warm up routine (if fitted), and when
appropriate re-activate the product water diversion valve. The system will remain in this cycle until
shutdown by the operator or until a system fault is detected.
If the product diversion valve cycles 8 times within a 60 minute period, the control system will issue a
performance warning message detailing the problem; it is advisable to check system settings at this time
to ensure optimum performance. This type of message is usually generated when system pressures are
insufficient to generate acceptable potable water given the quality of the current feed water.

screen.
installed)
The system will continue to operate in this state continuously or until shutdown by the operator, or a
fault is detected.

9. Automatic Shut down Operation:
At any time in the automatic start up process the system can be shut down by pressing the ‘Auto-Stop’
button, pressing this button results in a controlled shutdown of the system. This controlled shut down
can take up to 45 seconds to complete depending on where the system was in its automatic start up
routine at the time the ‘Auto-Stop’ button was pressed.
Once pressed the ‘Auto-Stop’ button will begin to flash. This response is to inform you a system
shutdown is now in progress. Once the system shut down is completed the ‘System Auto Stop’ light will
remain steadily illuminated.
If a system fault is detected during shutdown the controller will display a system fault notification screen
detailing the problem (See System Critical Error Messages), as shown below:
previous screen.
this screen.

10. Emergency Shutdown Operation:
To shut down the system in an emergency press the E-Stop button, pressing this button cause all
rotating equipment to cease immediately. Once the E-Stop is released the system will move any
activated valves to their home position (if applicable), the ‘Auto-Stop’ button will remain steadily
illuminated once this action is completed.
The controller will also display a system fault notification screen detailing that the E-Stop button was
activated during operation (See System Critical Error Messages), as shown below:
previous screen.
this screen.
The operator must release the E-Stop button and accept this warning before re-attempting automatic
operation.

11. System Critical Error Messages
The Tasman Sea control system contains three message centers, all of which are intended to provide as
much information to the operator as possible. The main of the three message centers is the critical error
message center.
During operation if a system failure occurs which could result in the unsafe operation of the water
maker, the fault is deemed as a ‘Critical Error’. These types or faults cause an immediate shutdown of
the water maker and all associated equipment. The critical error message center is the information
window used by the operator to examine system faults of this nature. Typically when these faults occur
they are preceded by a ‘System Warning’ screen as shown below:
previous screen.
this screen.
When a system fault is detected the system fault light remains steadily illuminated, and the general
alarm contact also changes state until the fault is cleared by the operator, this can be done by pressing
the ‘Accept & Clear Alarm Message’ button on the touch screen or by pressing and holding the ‘Auto-
Stop’ button for 2 seconds.

11.1 System fault codes and possible causes
Number Fault Displayed Possible Causes
E-Stop Condition Present, Start-Up The E-Stop button was pressed in when an automatic
1 Aborted. Release E-Stop And Try start was requested. Release the E-stop button by
Again turning it in a clockwise direction before continuing
E-Stop Condition Present After Once the system was running the E-Stop button was
2 Automatic Run Started. System pressed. Release the E-Stop button by turning it in a
Stopped clockwise direction before continuing
Pump Operators Must Be In ‘Auto’ All enabled pump operator switches must be placed
3 Position For Auto Start. Start-Up into the 'Auto' position. If these switches are not in
Aborted the 'Auto' position, auto starting will be prohibited.
The product diversion valve is not currently in the

Diversion Valve Position Error.
correct position (closed) for starting. Check that the
4 Start-Up Aborted. Check Feedback
valve is switched to auto and that the current position
Wiring
is correct.
The high pressure by-pass valve is not currently in the
High Pressure Valve Position Error.
correct position (open) for starting. Check that the
Wiring
is correct
The media filter inlet valve is not currently in the
Media Inlet Valve Position Error.
Wiring **
is correct
The media filter outlet valve is not currently in the
Media Outlet Valve Position Error.
Wiring **
is correct
The media filter rinse valve is not currently in the
Media Rinse Valve Position Error.
Wiring **
is correct
Pressure transducer PT-1004 is reporting a fault.
PT-1004 Sensor Malfunction.
Check the system messaging area for help diagnosing
9 Start-Up Aborted. Check Status
the type of failure detected, and rectify before
Messages Log For Details
continuing


continuing
continuing
TDS-1001 Sensor Malfunction. Salinity transmitter TDS-100 is reporting a fault. Check

12 Start-Up Aborted. Check Status the system messaging area for help diagnosing the
Messages Log For Details type of failure detected, and rectify before continuing

continuing
continuing
continuing
continuing
FT-1001 Sensor Malfunction. Flow transducer FT-1001 is reporting a fault. Check the
17 Start-Up Aborted. Check Status system messaging area for help diagnosing the type of
Messages Log For Details failure detected, and rectify before continuing


continuing
The automatic back pressure regulator valve is
Automatic BPR Fault. Start-Up reporting an error, check the system messaging area
20
Aborted ** for further details, and rectify before continuing. (only
on fully automatic models)
High Pressure Pump Outlet The outlet pressure of the high pressure pump was
Pressure Too High. Please Check driven too high; this caused the control system to
21
Pressure Settings. Start-Up shutdown the unit. Run the system at pressures below
Aborted maximum (975 PSI)
High Pressure Sensor Overridden The system was operating in emergency mode (PT-
When High Pressure Switch 1005 By-passed) when the high pressure switch
22
Detected Fault. Please Check detected an over pressure situation. Check system
Settings pressures and ensure they are below maximum.
High Pressure Sensor Emergency The system was operating in emergency mode (PT-
Override Time Limit Reached. 1005 By-passed) for the maximum allowable time
23
Please Contact DSRC +1(310)637- (100hrs). Replace the by-passed sensor before
3400 continuing, or contact DSRC for further help.
The outlet pressure of the membrane chain was
Membrane Outlet Pressure Too driven too high; this caused the control system to
24
High. Start-Up Aborted shutdown the unit. Run the system at pressures below
maximum (975 PSI)
Feed Pump Did Not Respond To Auto-start attempted to start the feed pump but for
25 Auto run Command. System some reason the pump did not start, check system
Stopped contactors and overloads for fault indication
Booster Pump Did Not Respond To Auto-start attempted to start the booster pump but
26 Auto run Command. System for some reason the pump did not start, check system
Auto-start could not start the high pressure pump

High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure because inlet pressures to the pump did not reach
27
Too Low. Start-Up Aborted required values. Check the system filtration chain for
clogged filters, backwash the sand filter if required


because inlet pressures to the pump exceeded
High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure
28 specifications. Check feed line pressure regulation
Too High. Start-Up Aborted
equipment and ensure inlet pressure to the system is
not exceeding specified maximums (10 PSI)
Low Pressure Sensor Emergency The system was operating in emergency mode (PT-
29
Please Contact DSRC +1(310) 637- (100hrs). Replace the by-passed sensor before
The system was operating in emergency mode (PT-
Low Pressure Sensor Overridden 1004 By-passed) when the low pressure switch
30 When Low Pressure Switch detected an under pressure situation. Check filtration
Detected Fault system for blockages, and backwash the sand filter if
required.
High Pressure Pump Did Not Auto-start attempted to start the high pressure pump
31 Respond To Auto run Command. but for some reason the pump did not start, check
System Stopped system contactors and fuses for fault indication
Auto-start energized all connected pumps, but the

system operator did not increase system operating
Operator Did Not Increase System
32 pressure to above minimum within allowable time. Re-
Pressure Within Allowed Time
start unit and increase system pressures to within
normal operating specifications
Auto-start cannot start and control the system

TDS-1001 Commissioning Error.
because the salinity sensor is reporting as disabled.
33 Start-Up Aborted. Please Contact
This has been caused by a configuration error. Contact
DSRC +1(310) 637-3400
DSRC for assistance
The system was attempting to backwash and rinse the
Booster Pump Outlet Pressure
media filter when it detected the output of the
34 Below Minimum Set-Point. System
booster pump drop below minimum allowable set-
Stopped
points, this condition triggered a shutdown of the unit
Automatic Backwash Fault. Multi- The system was attempting to backwash and rinse the
Media Inlet Valve Position media filter when a position feedback failure of the
35
Inappropriate. Please Check Valve media inlet valve was detected, the failure in position
Status ** feedback has triggered a shutdown.
Media Outlet Valve Position media filter when a position feedback failure of the
36
Inappropriate. Please Check Valve media outlet valve was detected, the failure in
Status ** position feedback has triggered a shutdown.

Media Rinse Valve Position media filter when a position feedback failure of the
37
Status ** feedback has triggered a shutdown
E-Stop Condition During
media filter when the system operator pressed the E-
38 Automatic Backwash, Sequence
stop. This action triggered a full abort of the media
Has Been Aborted**
backwash cycle and shutdown the unit.
The control system has received an error signal from
Chemical Pre-treatment System
the chemical pre-treatment system, check the pre-
39 Fault Detected. Please Check
treatment system for further details, errors usually
Dosing Unit For Further Details
consist of, power failure, hose breakages, etc
Chemical Post-treatment System
the chemical post-treatment system, check the pre-
20u Cartridge Filter Assembly Is The 20u cartridge filter is completely filled up with
Currently Reading as 100% Fouled. dirt. Isolate the incoming water supply, drain the
41
System Stopped. Replacement cartridge filter assemblies and replace the filter with a
Needed new one.
5u Cartridge Filter Assembly Is
The 5u cartridge filter is completely filled up with dirt.
Currently Reading as 100% Fouled.
42 Isolate the incoming water supply, drain the cartridge
System Stopped. Replacement
filter assemblies and replace the filter with a new one.
Needed
The control system has detected that system flow
System Feed Rate Consistently
rates are high, verify flow meter readings using visual
Greater Than 130% Of Normal.
43 panel mounted flow gauge, if readings are confirmed,
Possible Large Scale Leak. System
check system for leaks. If readings are not confirmed,
Stopped
check flow transducer for calibration errors.
Valve Positions and System The control system has detected that you have
Pressures Indicate a Chemical attempted to start the system in automatic mode
44
Cleaning Is In Progress. Start-Up while the inlet valving is positioned for chemical
Aborted. cleaning. Correct the valving position and try again
45 Spare Not Currently Used

The system was operating in manual mode when the

High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure inlet pressure to the high pressure pump dropped
46
Too Low (Manual Mode) below minimum levels. Check filtration chain for
blockages and back wash media filter if required
The system was operating in manual mode when inlet

pressures to the high pressure pump exceeded
Too High (Manual Mode)
The outlet pressure of the high pressure pump was

High Pressure Pump Outlet driven too high; this caused the control system to
48
Pressure Too High (Manual Mode) shutdown the unit. Run the system at pressures below
maximum (975 PSI)

High Pressure Pump Inlet Low pressures to the high pressure pump dropped below
49 Pressure Switch Fault. System minimum specifications and detected via the low
Stopped pressure switch. Check filtration chain for blockages
and back wash the media filter if required
The system was operating in manual mode when

High Pressure Pump Outlet High outlet pressures of the high pressure pump exceeded
50 Pressure Switch Fault. System specifications and detected via the high pressure
Stopped switch. Run the system at pressures below maximum
(975 PSI)
The operator attempted to run the system in manual
mode but during the start-up procedure the control
system detected a fault with the low pressure sensor
Manual Start Failed. Low Pressure
51 (PT-1004) and the manual run was aborted to protect
Sensor Fault Detected
the system from damage. Enter the system status
message center for further details of the fault. Rectify
the fault or override the sensor before continuing.
system detected a fault with the high pressure sensor
Manual Start Failed. High Pressure

The control system has lost all position feedback from

Product Diversion Valve Position the product diversion valve. Check valve wiring for
53
Feedback Lost breaks or snags, check 5 x 20mm fuses within the
control panel for failures (indicated by red light)
The control system commanded the product diversion

valve to open but the valve did not respond to the
Product Diversion Valve Did Not
command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
54 Attempt To Open. Possible Power
'Auto' and that all power wiring is free from breaks or
Problem
snags. Check 5 x 20mm fuses within the control panel
for failures (indicated by red light)

valve to open. The valve responded to the command
Product Diversion Valve Failed To
but failed to open fully in the time allowed. Probable
55 Complete Open Motion. Check
cause of failure is either power loss to the valve, or a
Actuator
worn and failing actuator. Check 5 x 20 mm fuses
within control panel for failures (indicated by red light)
This fault indicator is usually raised along with either a

Product Diversion Valve Opening
56 failure to respond to open command fault, or an open
Fault
command motion failed to complete.

Product Diversion Valve Closing
57 failure to respond to close command fault, or a close
Fault

valve to close but the valve did not respond to the
Product Diversion Valve Did Not
58 Attempt To Close. Possible Power
Problem

valve to close. The valve responded to the command
Product Diversion Valve Failed To but failed to close completely in the time allowed.
59 Complete Close Motion. Check Probable cause of failure is either power loss to the
Actuator valve, or a worn and failing actuator. Check 5 x 20 mm
fuses within control panel for failures (indicated by red
light)


High Pressure Valve Position the product diversion valve. Check valve wiring for
60

High Pressure Valve Did Not
Problem

High Pressure Valve Failed To but failed to close completely in the time allowed.
light)

63 High Pressure Valve Closing Fault failure to respond to close command fault, or an open

64 High Pressure Valve Opening Fault failure to respond to open command fault, or a close

High Pressure Valve Did Not
Problem


High Pressure Valve Failed To but failed to close completely in the time allowed.
66 Complete Open Motion. Check Probable cause of failure is either power loss to the
light)

Media Filter Inlet Valve Position the media filter inlet valve. Check valve wiring for
67
Feedback Lost** breaks or snags, check 5 x 20mm fuses within the
The control system commanded the media filter inlet

Media Filter Inlet Valve Did Not
Problem**

Media Filter Inlet Valve Failed To
Actuator**

Media Filter Inlet Valve Opening
Fault**

Media Filter Inlet Valve Closing
Fault**

Media Filter Inlet Valve Did Not
Problem**


Media Filter Inlet Valve Failed To but failed to close completely in the time allowed.
Actuator** valve, or a worn and failing actuator. Check 5 x 20 mm
light)

Media Filter Outlet Valve Position the media filter outlet valve. Check valve wiring for
74
The control system commanded the media filter outlet

Media Filter Outlet Valve Did Not
Problem**

Media Filter Outlet Valve Failed To
Actuator**

Media Filter Outlet Valve Opening
Fault**

Media Filter Outlet Valve Closing
Fault**

Media Filter Outlet Valve Did Not
Problem**


Media Filter Outlet Valve Failed To but failed to close completely in the time allowed.
light)

Media Filter Rinse Valve Position the media filter inlet rinse. Check valve wiring for
81
The control system commanded the media filter rinse

Media Filter Rinse Valve Did Not
Problem**

Media Filter Rinse Valve Failed To
Actuator**

Media Filter Rinse Valve Opening
Fault**

Media Filter Rinse Valve Closing
Fault**

Media Filter Rinse Valve Did Not
Problem**


Media Filter Rinse Valve Failed To but failed to close completely in the time allowed.
light)
** = Indicates optional components

12. System Performance Messages
much information to the operator as possible. The most commonly displayed of the three message
centers is the performance message center.
During operation, if a system fault which results in the water maker not operating at peak efficiency is
detected, the fault is deemed as a ‘Non Critical Error’. These types of faults do not require an immediate
shutdown of the water maker. While safe to do so the water maker will continue to run and prompt the
operator that attention is required by logging the fault in the performance message center. The
performance message center is the information window used by the operator to examine system faults
of this nature. Typically when these faults occur they are preceded by a ‘Performance Warning’ screen
as shown below:
screen.
installed)

When a system performance fault is detected the system fault indicator will blink at 0.5 second
intervals, the general alarm contact will not change state in these situations. The system fault indicator
will continue to blink until the fault is accepted by the operator; this can be done by pressing the ‘Accept
This Notification’ button in the performance message center. Once a fault has been accepted the
system fault indicator will stop blinking, but a log of the fault is kept within the performance message
center. This list of potential problems can be viewed at any time by manually navigating back to the
performance message center (See Menu Navigation)
12.1 System performance notifications and possible causes
Number Message Displayed Possible Causes

The operator is attempting to manually run the
Booster Pump Cannot Run
booster pump but has neglected to start the enabled
1 Without Feed Pump. Start Feed
auxiliary feed pump first. Switch off the booster, and
Pump First
start the auxiliary feed pump before continuing
The operator is attempting to manually run the high

High Pressure Pump Cannot Run pressure pump but has neglected to start the enabled
2 Without Feed Pump. Start Feed auxiliary feed pump first. Switch off the high pressure
Pump First pump, and start the auxiliary feed pump before
continuing

High Pressure Pump Cannot Run
pressure pump but has neglected to start the booster
3 Without Booster Pump. Start
pump first. Switch off the high pressure pump, and
Booster Pump First
start the booster pump before continuing

High Pressure Pump Cannot Be
pressure pump, but inlet pressure to the pump is too
4 Started Because Inlet Pressure is
low. Check the filtration chain, and backwash the
too Low
media filter if required

High Pressure Pump Cannot Be pressure pump, but inlet pressure to the pump is too
5 Started Because Inlet Pressure is high. Check feed line pressure regulation equipment
too High and ensure inlet pressure to the system is not
exceeding specified maximums (10 PSI)

pressure pump, but the outlet pressure of the pump is
6 Started Because Outlet Pressure is
currently too high. Relieve pressure in the system by
too High
adjusting the back pressure regulator setting


High Pressure Pump Cannot Run pressure pump, but the outlet pressure of the
7 Membrane Outlet Pressure is too membrane chain is currently too high. Relieve
High pressure in the system by adjusting the back pressure
regulator setting
The operator is attempting to run a pump, but the E-

Pumps Cannot Be Operated When
Stop system has been activated. Check all E-Stop
8 E-Stop Button Activated, Release
buttons and release any currently pressed in by
E-Stop
turning in a clockwise direction
The operator has entered the emergency override

screen and activated the emergency by-pass of the PT-
9 Sensor PT-1004 In By-pass Mode 1004 pressure sensor. The system can only operate in
this state for a limited time. Consult DSRC for
additional information


Sensor PT-1006 In By-pass
11 screen and activated the emergency by-pass of the PT-
Mode
1006 pressure sensor.

screen and activated the emergency by-pass of the
Sensor TDS-1001 In By-pass Mode
12 TDS-1001 salinity transmitter. Operation of the unit is
(Manual Mode Active)
still possible. However operation of the product
diversion valve will need to be carried out manually.

Mode

Mode


Mode

Mode

Sensor FT-1001 In By-pass
17 screen and activated the emergency by-pass of the FT-
Mode

Mode

Mode
The operator has activated the emergency by-pass of

PT-1005 In Emergency Bypass pressure sensor PT-1005, and is now operating the
25 Mode, Emergency Production system. Operation is allowed to continue until the
Mode Active maximum preset time has elapsed (100hrs). Contact
DSRC for additional information

The operator is running the system in automatic

System Membrane Pressure mode, but has failed to increase system operating
27 Below Min Specifications, Increase pressures to normal levels. The currently pressure is
Pressure too low for continuous operation; failure to increase
pressure will result in an automatic shutdown.

The system is running in automatic mode, but has not

Not Currently Producing Potable
28 been able to product potable water within the normal
Water (Extended)
time frames. Check system pressure settings
The system is running in automatic mode and was

producing potable water, but for some unknown
Potable Water Quality Dropped
29 reason the water quality of the product water
Below Specifications
deteriorated and is no longer acceptable. Check
system pressure settings

Diversion Valve Has Cycled 8 reason the water quality of the product water
30
Times In the Past 60 Minutes fluctuated between potable and non potable 8 times
within the last 60 minutes. Check system pressure
settings
High Pressure Pump Requires The high pressure pump has run for more than 8000
31
Rebuild/Servicing. Please Inspect hrs and now requires servicing
The operator is running the system manually, and

High Pressure Relief Valve Has automatic activation of the high pressure relief valve
32
Failed To Activate (Manual Mode) failed to complete successfully. To continue the
operator must actuate the valve manually
Product Diversion Valve Has Failed automatic activation of the product diversion valve
33
To Activate (Manual Mode) failed to complete successfully. To continue the
Insufficient Fresh Water Flush Fresh water flush mode is currently active but
36 Inlet Pressure. Please Check insufficient pressure is detected at the fresh water
Supply** flush inlet.

System Operator Has Placed Low
37 screen and activated the emergency by-pass of the
Pressure Switch In By-pass Mode
low pressure switch.

System Operator Has Placed High
high pressure switch.

System Operation Is Not Possible.

The system has been running in emergency override
Max Emergency Hours Reached.
39 mode for the maximum allowable time. The damaged
Please Contact DSRC +1(310) 637-
sensor must be replaced to continue.
3400
The differential pressure across the membrane chain
Membrane Differential Pressure
has exceeded specifications. Chemical cleaning is
40 Exceeds Specifications, Cleaning
required to remove scaling. If this does not solve the
Recommended.
problem, membrane replacement may be required.
The salinity probe is reporting values only seen when
the probe element is not submerged in water. This can
happen when the system has been dormant for
Salinity Probe Reading as ‘In Air’.
extended periods of time. In these eventualities
41 Values Cannot Be Trusted, Manual
running the system in manual salinity control mode is
Mode Active
possible. Once the probe senses water this mode will
be turned off. On the next automatic start up
automatic mode will be used.
The operator ran the system in manual mode during
the last run, and for some reason was forced to
Product Diversion Valve In Open operate the product diversion valve manually.
42 Position. Please Close Before However, when the operator shut the system down
Trying To Start they did not return the product diversion valve to the
closed position. The valve must be manually turned to
the closed position before you can continue
Multi-Media Filter Differential The system has detected the differential pressure
43 Pressure Exceeds Limits, across the media filter has exceeded specified set-
Backwashing Is Needed** points; the filter should be backwashed soon.
The system has detected a problem with sensors

Automatic Media Filter Function required for the operation of the automatic
44
Has been Disabled** multimedia function, therefore until these sensors
have been repaired, this function has been disabled
The 20u cartridge filter is becoming blocked; soon it
20u Cartridge Filter Assembly Is will cause the control system to shutdown to protect
45 Currently Reading as 75% Fouled. components from filter bypass. Maintenance crews
Replacement Required Soon should be alerted that a filter change out will soon be
required
The 5u cartridge filter is becoming blocked; soon it will
5u Cartridge Filter Assembly Is cause the control system to shutdown to protect
required

The control system has detected that system feed flow

System Feed Flow Rate Is Greater
rates are higher than specified, this could be due to a
Than 130% Of Normal. Possible
47 system leak, if this situation does not soon correct
Large Scale Leak. Please Check
itself, the control system will shutdown the water
System
maker.
System Feed Flow Rate Is Less rates are lower than specified, verify flow transducer
Than 70% Of Normal. Possible readings using visual panel mounted flow gauge, If
48
Advanced Pump Wear. Please readings are confirmed advanced pump wear could be
Check System present. If readings are not confirmed, check flow
transducer for calibration errors.
The control system has detected that system
System Permeate Flow Rates Are permeate flow rates are low, verify flow meter
30% Below Nominal. Check readings using visual panel mounted flow gauge, if
49
system Pressure readings are confirmed, increase system pressure. If
Settings/Membrane Health readings are not confirmed, check flow transducer for
calibration errors.
System Permeate Flow Rates Are permeate flow rates are high, verify flow meter
30% Above Nominal. Check readings using visual panel mounted flow gauge, if
50
system Pressure readings are confirmed, reduce system pressure. If
calibration errors.
Valve Positions and System The control system has detected that you have tried to
Pressure Indicate a Chemical activate the High Pressure pump in Manual Mode
51
Cleaning is In Progress. HP Pump whilst system valving is configured for chemical
Is Disabled. cleaning. Correct valve positions and try again.

13. System Status Messages
much information to the operator as possible. The most commonly used of the three message centers is
usually the system status message center.
During operation, anytime the water maker senses a change in external input, or if the water maker
makes a decision to operate any part of the water maker a message detailing what is currently
happening will be displayed in the system status message center. The system status message center is
the information window used by the operator to examine any internal messages generated by the water
maker.
To access this messaging screen navigate to the system message selection menu (See Menu Navigation)
and press the arrow alongside the ‘System Status Messages’ text. Doing so will present you with the
following screen:
Pressing ‘Highlight Message’ will highlight the first alarm item.

Pressing ‘Back’ will exit the message list.
Pressing ‘Help Me With This Message’ will call up the on-line interactive help files associated with this
message condition, these on-line help files will assist you in diagnosing and solving the problem (if
installed)
When a system status message is displayed, the system fault indicator will not illuminate and the
general alarm contact will not change state.

14. Menu Navigation
The new Tasman Sea control system has many user interface menus and screens, all of which are
designed to present as much information to the operator as possible. Navigating these screens is quite
simple and begins when moving from the home screen by pressing the arrow in the lower right corner of
the screen. Once you press this arrow the screen will change to the main operation menu as shown
below:
14.1 Accessing the ‘System Operation’ Screen:
From the System Main Menu screen, system functions and secondary menu systems can be accessed. To
enter the system operation screen press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Operation’ as shown
below:

Pressing the arrow in the top left hand corner of the system operation screen will return you to the
Main Menu Screen, as shown below:
14.2 Accessing Feed Water System Health Monitors:
To view all information relating to the water makers feed water system health, access the ‘Feed Water
System Monitoring’ screen. This is done in the following manner; from the System Main Menu Screen
press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Monitors’ as shown below:
This will display the ‘System Monitor Selection’ Screen, from this screen you can access various machine
monitors including the feed water system health monitor. Accessing the feed water system health
monitor requires one further step. Press on the large colored button surrounding the text ‘Feed Water
System’ as detailed on the next page:

By default the system will display system pressures in PSI and system flow rates in GPM. This can be
changed to Bar and M3Hr respectively if the user prefers this measuring system. To change from
Imperial to Metric display press the ‘Metric’ button in the upper right section of the monitoring screen.
As you press the ‘Metric’ button it will change to ‘Imperial’, to return to Imperial display press the
‘Imperial’ button and vice versa as shown below. Please note when switching between Imperial and
Metric units the system will remember the last chosen unit of display and will automatically select it
next time you access any system monitor:
Imperial or Metric
Press
Here
Readings displayed in PSI & GPM Readings displayed in Bar and M3Hr
Pressing the arrow next to the text ‘Back’ will return you to the ‘System Monitors Selector’ screen,
pressing it again will return you to the System Main Menu Screen.

14.3 Accessing High Pressure System Health Monitors:
To view all information relating to the water makers high pressure system health, access the ‘High
Pressure System Monitoring’ screen. This is done in the following manner; from the System Main Menu
Screen press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Monitors’ as shown below:
monitors including the high pressure system health monitor. Accessing the high pressure system health
monitor requires one further step. Press on the large colored button surrounding the text ‘High Pressure
System’ as detailed below:
By default the system will display system pressures in PSI and system flow rates in GPM. This can be
changed to Bar and M3Hr respectively if the user prefers this measuring system. To change from
Imperial to Metric display press the ‘Metric’ button in the upper left section of the monitoring screen. As
you press the ‘Metric’ button it will change to ‘Imperial’, to return to Imperial display press the

‘Imperial’ button and vice versa as detailed below. Please note when switching between Imperial and
Metric units the system will remember the last chosen unit of display and will automatically select it
next time you access any system monitor:
Imperial or Metric
Press
Here
14.4 Accessing Permeate Water System Health Monitors:
To view all information relating to the water makers permeate water system health, access the
‘Permeate Water System Monitoring’ screen. This is done in the following manner; from the System
Main Menu Screen press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Monitors’ as shown below:

monitors including the permeate water system health monitor. Accessing the permeate water system
health monitor requires one further step. Press on the large colored button surrounding the text
‘Permeate Water System’ as detailed below:
By default the system will display system pressures in PSI, system flow rates in GPM and permeate
water salinity in PPM. Pressure and flow readings can be changed to Bar and M3Hr respectively, while
permeate water salinity can be changed to uS/CM if the user prefers these measuring systems. To
change pressure and flow readings from Imperial to Metric display press the ‘Metric’ button in the
upper left section of the monitoring screen. As you press the ‘Metric’ button it will change to ‘Imperial’,
to return to Imperial display press the ‘Imperial’ button and vice versa as shown below. Please note
when switching between Imperial and Metric units the system will remember the last chosen unit of
display and will automatically select it next time you access any system monitor:
Imperial or Metric

To change system permeate readings from Imperial to Metric display press the ‘uS/CM’ button in the
upper left section of the monitoring screen. As you press the ‘uS/CM’ button it will change to ‘PPM’, to
return to PPM display press the ‘PPM’ button and vice versa as shown below:
PPM or uS/CM
Press
Here
Readings displayed in PPM Readings displayed in uS/CM
As you press the ‘PPM’ button the type of display you see will differ depending on what the regional
settings are within the water maker (US/EU)
When switching between uS/cm and PPM the system will remember the last chosen unit of display and
will automatically return to it when you next access the permeate system monitoring feature.

14.5 Accessing The Interactive System Process & Instrumentation Diagram
The Tasman Sea Digital Control system comes loaded with a new interactive process and
instrumentation feature. This interactive diagram displays system flow direction motorized valve
position, complete system pressures and flow rates in real time. To view this interactive diagram access
the ‘System P&ID’ screen. This is done in the following manner; from the System Main Menu Screen
press on the arrow next to the text ‘System P&ID’ as shown below:
Pressing the arrow in the top left hand corner of the System P&ID screen will return you to the Main
Menu screen, as shown below:

14.6 Accessing The High Pressure Pump Hour Meter
The water maker control system is equipped with a high pressure pump hour meter. At all times when
the high pressure pump is in operation this hour meter is activated. This allows the system operator to
see how much usage the high pressure pump has endured since its last re-build by a simple press of a
button. Viewing this hour meter is done in the following manner; from the System Main Menu Screen
press on the arrow next to the text ‘High Pressure Pump Hour Meter’ as shown below:
Press here
to go back
Press here
to reset
From this ‘System Maintenance Information’ screen it is possible to view the total amount of running
hours endured by the high pressure pump. It is also possible to reset this number after servicing has
been completed to prevent continuous system performance warning messages from being called during
operation. Resetting of this accumulated hour meter can only be done once the counter has reached or
exceeded 8000hrs for Danfoss pump applications and 2000hrs for Cat pump applications, until this time,
the ‘Reset’ button is not active.
Pressing the arrow in the top left hand corner of the System Maintenance Information screen once will
return you to the Main Menu screen.

14.7 Accessing System Message Centers
To view system message centers, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Message Centers’ as
shown below:
Press here
to go back
Pressing this button will lead you to the ‘System Message Centers Menu’ Screen, from here you can
access all three of the control system message centers.
To access the ‘System Critical Fault’ message center, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Critical
Fault Messages’, doing so will open the requested message center as shown below:
Press here
to go back
To return back to the menu screen press the back button

To access the ‘System Performance’ message center, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System
Performance Messages’, doing so will open the requested message center as shown below:
Press here
to go back
To access the ‘System Status’ message center, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Status
Messages’, doing so will open the requested message center as shown below:
Press here
to go back
To return to the main menu screen press the arrow in the top left corner of the screen, pressing this
button will return you to the main menu screen as shown on the next page:

Press here

14.8 Accessing Field Sensor Zero Point Calibration Screens
To access the field sensor zero point calibration screen, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System
Sensor Calibration’, doing this will bring you to the ‘System Sensor Calibration Menu’ screen as shown
below:
Press here
to go back
From this screen you can access the field sensor zero point calibration screen by pressing on the arrow
next to the text ‘Field Sensor Zero-Point Calibration’, doing this will bring you to the ‘Password Required’
screen as shown below:
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here

From this screen you can perform a zero-point calibration of all connected field sensors simultaneously.
Please see the ‘System Maintenance’ section for further details.
Pressing the arrow in the top left had corner of the ‘Field Sensor Zero Point Calibration’ screen will
return you to the ‘System Sensor Calibration Menu’ screen, pressing the arrow in the top left hand
corner of the ‘System sensor Calibration Menu’ screen will return you to the System Main Menu, as
shown below:

14.9 Accessing Salinity Sensor Calibration
To access the salinity sensor calibration screen, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Sensor
Calibration’, doing this will bring you to the ‘System Sensor Calibration Menu’ screen as shown below:
Press here
to go back
From this screen you can access the salinity sensor calibration screen by pressing on the arrow next to
the text ‘Salinity Sensor Calibration’, doing this will bring you to the ‘Password Required’ screen as
shown below:
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here

From this screen you can perform a calibration of the salinity sensor system. Please see the ‘System
Maintenance’ section for further details.
Pressing the arrow in the top left had corner of the ‘Salinity Sensor Calibration’ screen will return you to
the ‘System Sensor Calibration Menu’ screen, pressing the arrow in the top left hand corner of the
‘System sensor Calibration Menu’ screen will return you to the System Main Menu, as shown below:

14.10 Accessing The System Information Screen
To access the system information screen, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Information’,
doing this will bring you to the ‘System Information’ screen as shown below:
From the screen you can view important information such as software versions and system
installed features. Accessing this screen may be required when talking with DSRC technical
personnel.
Pressing the arrow in the top left had corner of the ‘System Information’ screen will return you to the
‘System Main Menu’ screen, as shown below:

15. System Maintenance
15.1 Performing Field Sensor Zero-Point Calibrations
To access the field sensor zero point calibration screen, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System
Sensor Calibration’, doing this will bring you to the ‘System Sensor Calibration Menu’ screen as shown
below:
Press here
to go back
From this screen you can access the field sensor zero point calibration screen by pressing on the arrow
next to the text ‘Field Sensor Zero-Point Calibration’, doing this will bring you to the ‘Password Required’
screen as shown below:
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here

From this screen you can perform a zero-point calibration of all connected field sensors simultaneously,
with the exception of sensor PT-1000 as this sensor is an absolute sensor, and therefore cannot be
zeroed.
Before performing zero point calibrations it is extremely important that the following steps are
performed, failure to do so may result in the control system reporting ‘consistent calibration errors’
while these types of errors will not prevent the system from running, they will affect the accuracy of the
affected field sensors measurement, which could in turn affect the water makers performance.
1. Shut the system down

2. Isolate the incoming water supply
3. Isolate the brine water line
4. Isolate the product water line
5. Perform a complete system drain
Once you have completed all of these steps press the ‘Perform Field Sensor Zero Point Calibration’
button on the display, once pressed the control system will perform all required calculations to zero out
any static readings.

If there is a problem detected with a field instrument the control system will alert you by displaying a
‘xT-100x Fault!!’, where ‘x’ denotes the sensor type and number. In these situations the zero point
calibration feature will be disabled. Indication of this status is given to the user as shown below:
Notification of
defective sensor
channels
Notification that
calibration function
not available
In these situations the affected field sensor must be repaired or replaced before zero-point calibration
can continue.
Once you have completed your zero point calibrations pressing the arrow in the top left had corner of
the ‘Field Sensor Zero Point Calibration’ screen will return you to the ‘System Sensor Calibration Menu’
screen, pressing the arrow in the top left hand corner of the ‘System sensor Calibration Menu’ screen
will return you to the System Main Menu, as shown below:

15.2 Performing Salinity Sensor Calibrations
To access the salinity sensor calibration screen, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Sensor
Calibration’, doing this will bring you to the ‘System Sensor Calibration Menu’ screen as shown below:
Press here
to go back
From this screen you can access the salinity sensor calibration screen by pressing on the arrow next to
the text ‘Salinity Sensor Calibration’, doing this will bring you to the ‘Password Required’ screen as
shown below:
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here

From this screen you can perform a calibration of the salinity sensor system.
Before performing a calibration please perform the requested actions listed on the screen, these
requests have been expanded here for further clarification.
1. Shut the system down

2. Isolate the clients permeate line pipe work (if applicable) and drain the product water line
within the water maker frame.
3. Remove the salinity sensor from the water maker.
4. Place the salinity sensor probe into a bag of uS/cm testing solution.
If required change the value of the testing solution within the controller calibration software by pressing
on the value currently entered, a number entry pop up screen will be displayed. Enter the newly
required calibration solution value and press the ‘ENT’ button to complete entry, to cancel the request
Enter desired set-

point value here
To cancel
press here
Enter Value
and press here

5. Once the new value has been entered or if this step is not required, simply press the ‘Calibrate
Salinity Probe’ button, the moment this button is pressed the displayed salinity reading will be
automatically adjusted to reflect the same value as the testing solution.
6. Remove the salinity sensor from the bag of testing solution and re fit it into the water maker.
7. Open all product water valves on the clients pipe work (if required)
Salinity sensor calibration is now complete.
If there is a problem detected with the salinity probe the control system will alert you by displaying a
‘Salinity Sensor Fault Detected’ message. In these situations the salinity sensor calibration feature will be
disabled. Indication of this status is given to the user as shown below:
Notification of
defective salinity
sensor
Notification that
calibration function
not available
In these situations the salinity sensor fault must be located and be repaired or the sensor replaced
before calibration can continue.
Once you have completed your salinity sensor calibrations, pressing the arrow in the top left had corner
of the screen twice will return you to the System Main Menu, as shown below:

16. Emergency Operation
16.1 Accessing Emergency Override Menus:
One of the newer features of the Tasman Sea control system is the ability to operate with damaged
sensors. It is possible to override faulty/damaged sensors and still run the system in these emergencies
to ensure potable water is still available.
Operation in emergency mode is only possible for brief periods of time; therefore it is vital that the
required sensor is ordered as soon as possible to prevent water shortages.
Once emergency mode has completed its full operation cycle, it cannot be activated again. Each time
the unit is started the control system will abort operation automatically and indicate to the operator
that the maximum allowable time for emergency mode operation has been reached. Manual operation
of the system is also inhibited.
Accessing the emergency override system is a password restricted procedure. Passwords must be
obtained from DSRC. To access the emergency override menu screen press in the top left hand corner of
the ‘System Main Menu’ screen, this will return you to the water maker splash screen, as shown below:
From this splash screen it is possible to enter into the emergency by-pass operation screens. To do so
press on the area indicated on the next page to. As you press on the indicated area you will be asked to
enter the user password. You must contact DSRC in order to obtain this password.

To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here
Or
The illustrated ‘User Error’ screen will only appear if the system was in operation at the time you tried to
access the emergency by-pass menu. Shutdown the system and try to access this feature again. If the
system was off-line the ‘Emergency Sensor Override’ screen would have been displayed.
From the ‘Emergency Sensor Override’ screen it is possible to disable system sensors by pressing on the
associated sensor button, as you press the button the buttons face changes to reflect the current
operational state of the associated sensor.

It is not possible to disable both the low pressure sensor and the low pressure switch at the same time.
If you attempt to do this, the button to the second device being disabled will become un-responsive.
Each time you disable a sensor the system fault light will begin to flash, this indicates that a ‘System
Performance Warning’ has been raised. Once you exit the ‘Emergency Sensor Override’ screen the
control system will provide you with a performance warning prompt so you can review new messages as
shown below:
screen.
installed)
Once ‘Accept This Notification’ has been pressed the system fault light will cease flashing, and remain
off until new messages are raised.

16.2 Accessing Emergency Override Operation Time:
To view the total number of operational hours in emergency mode you must first access the ‘Emergency
Sensor Override’ screen. Accessing the emergency override system is a password restricted procedure.
Passwords must be obtained from DSRC. To access the emergency override menu screen press in the
top left hand corner of the first ‘System Menu’ screen, this will return you to the water maker splash
screen, as shown below:
From this spash screen it is possible to enter into the emergency by-pass operation screens. To do so
press on the area indicated on the next page to. As you press on the indicated area you will be asked to
enter the user password. You must contact DSRC in order to obtain this password.
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here

Or
The illustrated ‘User Error’ screen will only appear if the system was in operation at the time you tired to
access the emergency by-pass menu. Shutdown the system and try to access this feature again. If the
system was off-line the ‘Emergency Sensor Override’ screen would have been displayed.
From the ‘Emergency Sensor Override’ screen press the arrow in the upper right hand corner of the
screen. Pressing this area will change the display over to the current emergency operation timer display.
Press here
to reset

From this screen it is possible to view the total accumulated emergency operation hours. As these
timers approach 100Hrs the system will shut down and further operation in any mode will not be
permitted.
If the operator presses the ‘Reset’ button the emergency override time will not be cleared. Instead the
control system will prompt for a secondary password as shown below:
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here
In extreme emergencies it is possible to clear the timers and allow the system to run for a further 100
Hours, in these situations DSRC will void all equipment warranties.
Once the damaged sensor has been replaced with a new one, the control system will automatically
detect this and clear the ‘Emergency Override Operation’ timer associated with the replaced part. The
operator must manually remove the override to prevent further system shutdowns. Failure to do so will
result in the system still operating in emergency sensor override mode, and faulting out after the 100
hour limit has been reached.
An easy way to remove sensor overrides is to simply cycle power to the water maker, each time power
to the water maker is turned off and then back on again, any disabled sensors are automatically re-
enabled.

17. Manual Actuation of System Valves.
Manual actuation of system valves maybe required in emergency situations. Actuating these valves can
be carried out in the following manner:
17.1 Actuating the High Pressure By-pass Valve
To manually actuate this valve the operator must first remove power from the valve actuator motor.
This is done by locating the valve power plug hidden in the Tasman Sea electrical tray work located
directly beneath the valve itself (See figure 1.1)
Figure 1.1
Once the power plug has been located separate the plug, by pressing on the button located on the top
of the plug. Once pressed pull the plug a part (See figure 1.2)
Figure 1.2

You can now manually actuate the high pressure by-pass valve by moving the yellow handle into the
position required (See figure 1.3)
Figure 1.3

17.2 Actuating the Product Diversion Valve
To manually actuate this valve the operator must first select manual mode on the value actuator body.
This can be done by locating the small switch located beneath the valve actuator power and feedback
plugs. Once this switch is located, switch it to the ‘Manual’ position. (See figure 2.1)
Figure 2.1
Once the switch has been set to the ‘Manual’ Position the valve can be actuated by turning the handle
on top of the valve to the position required (See figure 2.2)
Figure 2.2

17.3 Actuating Media Filter Control Valves
To manually actuate these valves the operator must first select manual mode on the value actuator
body. This can be done by locating the small switch located beneath the valve actuator power and
feedback plugs. Once this switch is located, switch it to the ‘Manual’ position. (See figure 3.1)
Figure 3.1
Once the switch has been set to the ‘Manual’ Position the valve can be actuated by turning the handle
on top of the valve to the position required (See figure 3.2)
Figure 3.2

18. Fresh Water Flushing
Each time a running pump is stopped using the ‘Auto-Stop’ button the fresh water flush system will
automatically be activated. Once all running pumps have been stopped the fresh water flush valve will
open allowing fresh water into the system. The valve will remain open for 10 minutes to allow fresh
water to completely fill the water maker pipe work and membrane vessels, during this time the fresh
water flush indicator on the control panel door will remain steadily illuminated.
After the 10 minute fresh water flush cycle has ended, the valve will close and the fresh water flush
indicator light on the panel door will extinguish. The control system will now enter ‘Sleep Mode’, while
in this state the fresh water flush indicator light will illuminate for 1 second each hour. This brief flashing
is indicating that the fresh water flush mode is still active but currently waiting for the next fresh water
flush cycle to begin.
7 Days after the initial fresh water flush cycle completed, a secondary fresh water flush cycle will begin;
the valve will re-open for 10 minutes allowing fresh water to flood the system once again. While the
valve is open the fresh water flush indicator light on the panel door will remain steadily illuminated.
After the 10 minute cycle has elapsed the control system will return to ‘Sleep Mode’.
This cycle will continue indefinitely, unless a system pump is started by the operator, or the operator
cancels the fresh water flush sequence by pressing and holding the “Auto-Stop’ button for 2 seconds.
When the fresh water flush system is flushing; the control system examines the available fresh water
pressure, if pressures are detected as being below the system set-point a performance warning
notification is raised by the control system as shown below:

screen.
installed)
If fresh water pressure increases above the set-point, this warning screen will be canceled. The fresh
water flush system will continue to operate while this warning is present.

19. Activating Accessories
To access the accessory activation screen, press on the arrow next to the text ‘System Accessory
Controls’ found on the system main menu screen, as shown below:
From this screen you can access all available system accessories, to switch on or off a system accessory
press on the arrow next to the text describing your required accessory (Automatic UV Sterilizer selected
during this example). Doing so will call up the accessory password request screen. If you do not have the
password to your required accessory contact Danfoss Sea Recovery in order to obtain it (A surcharge for
accessories may apply if your unit was not originally purchased with the currently selected accessory)
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here

Once the correct password has been entered, the control system will pass you on to the accessory
enable/disable screen, form this screen it is possible to activate or de-activate your selected accessory.
The text within the control button reflects the accessories current state. To change the state press on
the control button, as you do so the text within the control button will change to show the accessories
new state as shown below:
Press to
save
changes
Press for additional
Press to change state
accessory functions
Some accessory enable/disable control screens also offer additional abilities as seen here. These
additional abilities relate directly to the functionality of accessory itself, as seen in this example you are
given the option to test if the connected UV sterilizer system is actually functioning correctly or not by
being given the ability to manually force the UV system into an ‘ON’ state. Please note however that
these additional function buttons are only active once you have enabled the accessory. If you accidently
leave the accessory in the ‘ON’ state, it will automatically be switched off when you exit this screen.
Once you have changed the accessory state to your requirements, press ‘Save Setting To EEPROM ’
button in the lower right corner of the screen to store these changes into system EEPROM. Once the
‘Save Setting TO EEPROM’ button has been pressed the system will advise you that these changes are
being stored, once the store is complete the system will return to the main splash screen as shown on
the next page:

Wait approx. 3 seconds
Your accessory state has been saved and the system is now ready for operation.

20. Automatic Multi-Media Filter Functions
If your system is equipped with an automatic media filter you will be able to perform backwash and
rinse cycles of your media filter at the press of a button, your control system will also perform these
cleaning cycles automatically when needed.
20.1 Accessing Multi-Media Filter Options
To access the multi-media filter options screen, you will first need to access the accessory control menu,
this can be done by pressing the arrow next to the text ‘System Accessory Controls’ found on the
‘System Main Menu’ screen as shown below:
Press Here
Press on the arrow next to the text ‘Automatic Media Filter’. Doing so will call up the accessory
password request screen. If you do not have the password to your required accessory contact Danfoss
Sea Recovery in order to obtain it.
To cancel
press here
Enter Password
and press here

Once the correct password has been entered, the control system will pass you on to the multi-media
enable/disable screen, form this screen it is possible to enter into the multi-media system settings
screens. To do this, simply press on the button labeled ‘Multi-Media Filter Settings’ as shown below:
Press to change
media settings
Pressing the indicated button will bring you to the following screen:
Press on value
to change

Enter desired set-

point value here
To cancel
press here
Enter Value
and press here
20.2 Auto MMF Sequence Delay Time (Minutes) [Range = > 1 & < 15]
This value stated in minutes determines how long the system will wait before initiating an automatic
backwash cycle once the pre-determined differential pressure across the media filter housing has been
detected. Once this time expires the controller will shutdown the water maker and prepare the system
for an automatic backwash cycle.
Typical values entered here are 5 minutes in all applications
20.3 Auto MMF Backwashing Time (Minutes) [Range = > 5 & < 10]
This value stated in minutes determines how long the system will backwash the multi-media filter for.
Once this time has expired the controller will shutdown the water maker booster pump and prepare the
system for rinsing.
20.4 Auto MMF Rinsing Time (Minutes) [Range = > 10 & < 25]
This value stated in minutes determines how long the system will rinse the multi-media filter for. Once
this time has expired the controller will shutdown the water maker booster pump and prepare the
system for normal operation.

20.5 Auto MMF Differential Pressure (PSI) [Range = > 15 & < 35]
This value stated in PSI determines at what differential pressure the controller will initiate an automatic
backwashing of the multi-media filter assembly. Once the measured differential pressure reaches this
set point the control system will initiate a shutdown timer (if operating in automatic mode) or display a
performance warning (if operating in manual mode).
Typical values entered here are 25 PSI in all applications
20.6 Saving Multi-Media Filter Option Settings
Once you are finished inputting these settings press the arrow in the top left hand corner of the screen,
doing so will return you to the enable/disable control screen as detailed below:
Press Here to
Save Setting
Once you have changed the multi-media system settings to your requirements, press ‘Save Settings To
EEPROM’ button in the lower right corner of the screen to store these changes into system EEPROM.
Once the ‘Save Settings To EEPROM’ button has been pressed the system will advise you that these
changes are being stored, once the store is complete the system will return to the main splash screen as
shown on the next page:

Wait approx. 3 seconds
Your multi-media system settings have now been saved and the system is now ready for operation.
20.7 Activating the backwash cycle while operating the system in manual mode
The Tasman Sea control system is fully capable of initiating multi-media backwash cycles automatically
however this will only occur if the system is operating in fully automatic mode. If the system is operating
in manual mode automatic backwashing of the multi-media filter assembly is disabled, instead the
system will raise a performance warning notification indicating to the user that the detected multi-
media filter differential pressure has exceeded specifications, as shown below:

screen.
installed)
Once the user has accepted this alarm the system will continue to function in manual mode and no
further notifications will be given. Please note that ultimately a clogged multi-media filter will lead to a
filtration chain failure, so although the system will continue to operate please bear in mind that it will
not operate for too much longer before shutting down due to low feed system output pressure faults.
Once you have received the above indicated notification you can activate the multi-media sequence by
pressing panel button #12 ‘Back Wash Status’ (illustrated on page 7), once you press this button the
controller touch screen will display the following screen:
Press Here To
Cancel Request
System Live Press Here To

Operation Data Start Backwash
Current Media
Filter Operation
State Information
If you wish to cancel your request to initiate the backwashing cycle at this time press the ‘Cancel
Request’ button or simply ignore this screen, after 60 seconds it will self cancel. If you wish to initiate
the backwashing procedure press the ‘Stop System’ button on the touch screen or press panel button
#12 ‘Back Wash Status’ again.
Once you press either panel button #12 or the ‘Stop System’ button on the touch screen the system will
enter the automatic backwashing sequence.

20.8 Activating the backwash cycle manually while operating the system in automatic mode
If your system is operating in automatic mode the control system will automatically initiate multi-media
backwashing cycles when needed, however you can still initiate these backwash cycles manually if you
choose to do so. Please note that if you manually initiate a backwash cycle during automatic operation
the system will see this as a manual intervention; hence once the backwash cycle has been completed
the system will remain shutdown and will not automatically re-start and re-enter production mode by
itself.
To manually initiate a backwashing cycle during automatic mode press panel button #12 ‘Back Wash
Status’ (illustrated on page 7), once you press this button the controller touch screen will display the
following screen:
Press Here To
Cancel Request
System Live Press Here To

Operation Data Start Backwash
Current Media
Filter Operation
State Information
If you wish to cancel your request to initiate the backwashing cycle at this time press the ‘No’ button,
doing so will cancel the above screen and automatically schedule a backwashing cycle for the next time
the system is shutdown normally, if you do not wish to initiate a backwash or schedule a backwash for
later simply ignore this screen, after 60 seconds it will self cancel. If you wish to initiate the backwashing
procedure press the ‘Yes’ button on the touch screen or press panel button #12 ‘Back Wash Status’
again.
Once you press either panel button #12 or the ‘Yes’ button on the touch screen the system will begin an
automatic shutdown of the water maker and enter the automatic backwashing sequence.

20.9 Automatic activation of the backwash cycle
If your system is operating in automatic mode the control system will automatically initiate multi-media
backwashing cycles when needed, when the control system initiates a backwashing cycle automatically
its begins by shutting down the water maker, once the backwashing cycle has completed the control
system will automatically re-start the water maker and place it back into production. The control system
initiates an automatic backwashing cycle when it detects a high differential pressure across the multi-
media filter assembly, before initiating the automatic shutdown procedure the control system will alert
the system operator by displaying the following screen:
System Live Delay Before

Operation Data Backwash Starts
Current Media
Filter Operation
State Information
Once the indicated time has elapsed the system will begin an automatic shutdown of the water maker
and enter the automatic backwashing sequence. Once the backwashing sequence has completed the
system will re-start and re-enter production mode automatically.
If you wish to skip the countdown time and initiate a backwash cycle manually press the panel button
#12 ‘Back Wash Status’ twice, pressing this button in this manner will abort the 5 minute count down
and initiate the backwashing cycle immediately. Please note, as a manual intervention was detected the
system will no longer automatically re-start and re-enter production mode, instead it will simply remain
in shutdown mode once the backwashing cycle has completed.

20.10 Activating the backwash cycle manually while in standby mode
If your system is currently in standby mode you can initiate a backwash cycle by pressing panel button
#12 ‘Back Wash Status’ (illustrated on page 7), once you press this button the controller touch screen
will display the following screen as shown below:
Press Here To
Start Backwash
Press Here To
Cancel Request
Last Known Media

Filter Status
Information
If you wish to cancel your request to initiate the backwashing cycle at this time press the ‘Cancel
Request’ button, doing so will cancel the above screen and return you to the previously displayed screen
If you do not wish to initiate a backwash or cancel the request within 60 seconds this screen will self
cancel. If you wish to initiate the backwashing procedure press the ‘Backwash Now’ button on the touch
screen or press panel button #12 ‘Back Wash Status’ again.
Once you press either panel button #12 or the ‘Yes’ button on the touch screen the system will begin an
automatic backwashing sequence, once the sequence has completed the water maker will return to
standby mode.

20.11 The automatic multi-media backwashing sequence
Once the automatic backwashing sequence begins the system will display the following screen:
While this screen is displayed the control system is preparing the water maker for backwashing, this
means that if the water maker was operating when the request was initiated the system is being
shutdown before the backwashing process starts. Once the system is ready for backwashing this screen
will be replaced with the following screen as shown below:
During the time this screen is displayed the water maker will beep, once the warning time has elapsed
this screen will be replaced with the screen illustrated on the next page:

The water maker is now backwashing the multi-media filter, this action will continue until the time has
elapsed or unless a fault is detected. Once the back flushing timer has elapsed this screen will be
replaced with the following screen:
The water maker is now preparing the system for rinsing the multi-media filter. Once the system is ready
for rinsing this screen will be replaced with the screen shown on the next page:

During the time this screen is displayed the water maker will beep, once the warning time has elapsed
this screen will be replaced with the following screen:
The water maker is now rinsing the multi-media filter, this action will continue until the time has elapsed
or unless a fault is detected. Once the rinsing timer has elapsed this screen will be replaced with the
screen illustrated on the next page:

The water maker is now preparing the system for return to normal operation. Once the system is ready
this screen will be replaced with the screen shown below:
This screen will remain displayed for approximately 4 seconds, after this delay the system will return to
the main menu. If your control system initiated the backwash cycle automatically, the system will now
automatically re-start and re-enter production mode. If not, the unit will remain in a standby state.

After a manual backwashing cycle has been completed a 10 minute timer begins, if the unit is not
operated during this time a fresh water flushing cycle is initiated. This cycle repeats every 7 days as
described in the ‘Fresh Water Flushing’ section of this manual.
20.12 Aborting automatic backwashing cycles
During a backwashing cycle you can abort the cycle at any time by simply pressing panel button #5
‘System Auto-Stop’, once you press this button the system will stop al pumps and display the following
screen:
The control system will now reset all valves and return the water maker to standby mode, once this has
been completed the display will switch back to the system main menu, as shown below:

20.13 Automatic multi-media faults
During multi-media backwashing sequences the control system constantly monitors all critical system
elements for health, if a fault is detected the backwashing cycle is aborted, all pumps are de-activated
the system resets all valves to their home position and returns the water maker to standby mode.
During the abort the system will display the following screens to notify the user which alarm caused the
abort and shutdown:
This screen will be displayed as soon as a system fault is detected. Once the system reset has completed
this screen switch to the fault warning screen as shown below:

previous screen.
this screen.
The operator must correct the detected problem before re-attempting automatic backwashing
operation.

Section 7
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
Maintenance
Maintenance
7 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
From time to time, Parker Sea Recovery may make 4. Use of non-Parker Sea Recovery parts will cause
programming changes to the Control Logic. damage to the System and void all warranty. USE
ONLY PARKER SEA RECOVERY SUPPLIED PARTS.
Other production changes are tracked by Parker Sea
Recovery through the System serial number. WARNING: ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD.
Troubleshooting methods and results can vary depending A Volt / Ohm Meter will be necessary. The
on the operating conditions indicated on the System following installation procedures expose
control panels. the installer to high voltage and electrical
shock hazard. Only attempt this if you are a
When ever requesting assistance from Parker Sea qualified electrician, and only if surrounding
Recovery or one of Parker Sea Recovery’s service dealers, conditions are safe.
ALWAYS PROVIDE ALL INFORMATION AND
OPERATION CONDITIONS DISPLAYED ON THE REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE ELEMENT SUSCEPTIBILITY
SYSTEM CONTROL PANELS. TO CHEMICAL ATTACK:
CAUTION: Do not expose the Parker Sea
SERIAL NUMBER: Helps us to determine the latest Recovery System to the following chemicals
physical version and configuration of your system, which is or any other specific chemical not approved
necessary to ensure that we provide you with the correct in writing by Parker Sea Recovery:
information or parts.
Hydrogen peroxide Chloramines-T
TYPE: Tells us the production capacity of your system, Chlorine dioxide Chlorine
which gives us a bench mark in diagnosing product water
Bromine Phenolic disinfectants
flow and pressure concerns.
Chloramines N-chlorioisocyanurates
TIME RUNNING: Assists us in diagnosing abnormalities
Hypochlorite Iodine
that can occur at any given operational time interval,
such as required pump maintenance, or R.O. membrane Bromide Petroleum products
element condition. Use of non-authorized, or misuse of authorized chemicals,
VERSION: Allows us to determine the specific sequential voids warranty. Never use third party so called “Reverse
operation of the system based on the version of the Osmosis Chemicals” for storage or cleaning. Third party
programmed control logic. chemicals will dissolve copolymer components within the
ALWAYS provide us with the System Operating Voltage, Parker Sea Recovery System and will destroy the R.O.
Cycles, and Phase. membrane element. Use of, and subsequent damage
caused by, non-Parker Sea Recovery chemicals are the
QUALIFICATIONS liability and responsibility of the operator and are not
Technicians must have technical knowledge and ability in covered by the Parker Sea Recovery warranty.
the following fields: Do not connect any water line to the Parker Sea Recovery
a) Electrical, Electronic, Electric Motors & Circuits R.O. System that may contain any of the above listed
chemicals. Examples: Do not connect the Parker Sea
b) Electromechanical & Mechanical Systems
Recovery R.O. System to the ships potable product water
c) Hydraulic and Liquid Pressure & Flow Systems tank if that tank has been treated with a Brominator as
Maintenance
d) Piping and Plumbing Systems Bromine destroys the copolymer components within the
e) Water Suction & Pressure Lines system. Do not connect the Parker Sea Recovery R.O.
System to any line that may contain chlorine or other
f) Thru-Hull Fitting below & above water level oxidants, as they can destroy the R.O. membrane element.
DO NOT PERFORM MAINTENANCE UNLESS: If you use detergents to clean the internal wetted parts of
1. The System feed water sea cock valve is closed. the system, ensure that they are rinsed thoroughly, wiped,
and dried prior to reassembly. After the components have
2. The System’s main electrical disconnect switch is
been reassembled, product water can be used to remove
switched “OFF”, LOCKED, and TAGGED.
any feed water residue from the exterior surfaces of the
3. Exploded Parts View is available in Section 11. components.
Page 7-1
Tasman Sea60m3 T-2 Digital
USE OF NON-AUTHORIZED CHEMICALS,OR or bring piping together by using the Vic fitting as
MISUSE OF AUTHORIZED CHEMICALS, VOIDS a “come along”. The pipes must be aligned prior
SYSTEM WARRANTY. to installing the Vic gasket and fitting. Do not over
tighten the Vic nuts and bolts..
7.1 50 HOURS CHECK
Approximately every 50 hours of use, the System should 7.2 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
be inspected as part of a preventive maintenance program. The frequency of required maintenance is dependent on
The following steps should be taken to ensure that the regularity of usage, the condition of the intake water
potential problems are resolved prior to leading into major (the location of use), the length of time the System is
repairs. Any electro-mechanical pumping system requires exposed to water, the total running time and, in some
similar preventive maintenance. cases, the manner in which the System is installed.
1. Mounting Hardware: Because the system is subjected Because of these factors, the Operator Maintenance
to vibrations transferred from the drive source, Intervals are a guideline for recommended actions. The
inspect all mounting hardware for tightness. Inspect following maintenance timetable is an estimate of the
all screws, brackets, nuts and bolts. Pay special time intervals at which maintenance may be required
attention to the mounting of the high-pressure pump on various systems components. This is based upon
and its electric motor, as they are subjected to more factual data compiled from installations around the world.
vibration than the rest of the system. However, this schedule must be adjusted to each individual
2. High-pressure pump (optional): Periodically check system depending upon the variables mentioned above.
the level of the crankcase oil. When the pump is Refer to the Table on the opposite page.
horizontal, the oil level should be at the high level
mark on the dipstick gauge. Over-filling does not 7.3 SUCTION LINE EXTERNAL TO SYSTEM
harm the pump. Use only Parker Sea Recovery SRC Refer to the P&ID illustration in Section 10.
PO 2.5 high-pressure pump crankcase oil, which is
1. Beach well and lateral assembly: In time, the
available in 2.5 gallon containers.
beach well may become fouled with suspended
3. Periodically clean any salt water or salt deposits off solids. Should this occur, the well must be relocated
any part of the system by rinsing with a rag soaked or recharged with fresh clean sand. If a deep well
in fresh water. Dry all parts, and for added protection should develop iron bacteria, the well must then be
against the salt water environment, apply a thin shock treated with a high dosage of chlorine.
coating of light oil such as WD-40 to the external
2. PVC low-pressure ball and check valves: If a check
metal parts.
valve allows water to leak or siphon back through the
4. Periodically check drive belt wear and tension line, this would indicate that debris is lodged in the
(optional pump). The North Sea Series Systems valve or that the seat or seal is worn or damaged and
utilize a “toothed” timing gear-type belt. It does not requires replacing. Clean the valve cavity of debris or
require excessive tightening. Pay special attention to replace the seal and seat as required.
alignment, but do not over-tighten the drive belt.
If a ball valve allows water to leak or bypass through
5. Periodically check for fluid leaks; either oil from the line, this would indicate that debris is lodged in
the high-pressure pump (optional) or water from the valve or that the seat or seal is worn or damaged
anywhere in the system. Do not arbitrarily tighten and requires replacing. Clean the valve cavity of
water fittings unless they are obviously loose or debris or replace the seal and seat as required.
leaking. Do not over tighten the fittings. Be sure to
3. Coarse strainer (not required if feed source is from
tighten the black tube fittings by hand only, without
a well) mesh screen cleaning or replacement:
tools. Use caution in tightening the gray PVC fittings.
Maintenance
Remove the lid of the coarse strainer by turning it

6. Periodically check all tubing and high-pressure hoses counterclockwise. Make sure to not damage the
for wear and friction against abrasive surfaces. Hoses sealing gasket O-Ring attached to the lid. Clean the
should not be in contact with heated or abrasive mesh screen, and ensure that the screen is intact. If
surfaces. the welded seam is ruptured, or if the mesh screen
7. Ensure that all high-pressure piping align properly remains plugged after cleaning, replace it with a new
to their respective mating pipe. Misalignment element. This strainer is a consumable, and is not a
causes the Vic gasket within the Vic fitting to leak. warranty replacement component.
Misalignment also causes wear and premature failure Wipe the O-Ring with a damp cloth. Lubricate it with
of the Vic fitting. Do not attempt to compress, align Parker O-Ring lubricant. Seat the mesh screen back
Page 7-2
Maintenance Timetable:
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE REQUIRED TIME INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL

INTERMITTENT DUTY CONTINUOUS DUTY
Coarse Strainer Inspect & Clean Screen & 100 hours weekly
Housing
Booster Pump Replace Seals 3 months 2000 hrs
Multi Media Filter Back wash & Rinse 200 hrs weekly
Pre-filter Replace element(s) & Clean Low Pressure <6 psi (x BAR) Low Pressure <6 psi (x BAR)
housing
Flow Meters Clean inside the clear face. When dirty. When dirty.
HP Pump (opt) Replace or refurbish 8000 hrs 8000 hrs
HP Pump (std) Check internal components Refer to App. A Refer to App. A.
R. O. Membrane Clean Element When normalized product flow or When normalized product flow or
salt rejection decreases by 10% salt rejection decreases by 10%
Salinity Probe Clean Probes Annually Annually
Charcoal Filter Replace Element Monthly Monthlys
UV Sterilizer Replace lamp & quartz 6 months 2000 Hours
sleeve
into the bowl. Screw the lid on clockwise. Tighten the i) Remove shaft sleeve if necessary. Heat sleeve to 200-
lid just enough to seal water in and air out. 212 degrees to loosen and then slip from shaft. Force
4. Feed water pump and booster pump (type A-10, B-15 of any type is not recommended.
or C-20): Replace the ceramic seal approximately Reassembly:
every 2000 hours, or at the sign of leakage.
a) Clean motor shaft thoroughly. If solvents or liquids are
The following procedures are to be followed. used, dry thoroughly. Apply Loctite RC/609 to inside
Disassembly: diameter of shaft sleeve. A vial of Loctite RC/609 is
supplied with the repair kit or replacement sleeve.
a) Loosen pump base bolts.
b) Install shaft sleeve onto motor shaft, tapping into
b) Loosen 8 volume bolts and slide pump away from
place to ensure it is sealed against motor shaft
volume. Volume may be left in piping.
shoulder.
c) Insert large screwdriver between vanes of impeller
c) Thoroughly clean seal seat cavity in bracket.
to hold the impeller and remove impeller lock screw
from motor shaft. d) Place small amount of vegetable oil on white ceramic
seat cup and start it into seat cavity. Do not scratch
d) Remove impeller from motor shaft. Using two screw
seat surface.
drivers 180 degrees apart or other suitable levers
against bracket will help, or use gear puller. Do not e) Tap white ceramic seat into cavity using a smooth
bend impeller shrouds. wood dowel, plastic rod or other soft material tool.
e) Pry carbon seal head from shaft sleeve. Using two f) Install bracket onto motor using 4 bracket bolts.
Tighten bolts evenly.
Maintenance
screwdrivers as levers will help. Do not attempt to

salvage the old carbon seal head. g) Place a small amount of vegetable oil on the rubber
f) Loosen four motor bolts and remove bracket from parts of black carbon seal head and slip black carbon
motor. seal with black carbon face toward white ceramic
seat over stainless steel shaft sleeve. Turn black
g) Remove seal seat from bracket. Do not attempt to
carbon seal head 1/4 turn while pushing towards
salvage the old seal seat.
white ceramic seat.
h) Inspect the stainless steel shaft sleeve. If scored,
h) Push carbon seal head down shaft sleeve until carbon
it should be replaced unless it can be polished to
face touches stationary ceramic seat.
remove score marks.
i) Install new sleeve gasket into shaft sleeve.
Page 7-3
j) Install seal spring and retainer over shaft. simultaneously clockwise to lift the lid from its seat.
k) Install impeller onto motor shaft being careful to align g. Grasp the lid by the lid lift knobs and gently lift with
key way of impeller with key way in motor shaft. Be a rocking motion until the lid is free and clears the
careful seal spring retainer fits inside lip of impeller housing.
hub. Push impeller on until impeller bottoms out on h. Each housing contains two pre-filter elements
shaft sleeve. connected together with a male filter interconnect
l) Install new impeller lock screw gasket into impeller splicer. Lift the pre-filter element(s) from the
lock screw. Install impeller lock screw into motor shaft housing. One or both elements may lift out and the
and tighten. interconnect splice may stay with the top element or
m) Return pump to motor and install using new gasket may still be attached to the top of the bottom filter
and tighten 8 volume bolts evenly. element. Discard the old elements but retain the
interconnect splicer to reuse with new filter elements.
n) Jog the motor with the feed water pump switch
(SW-1) to ensure free rotation. i. Clean the remaining debris from the filter housings
with a cloth and rinse with product water to drain.
5. Pretreatment tank: As the tank gets dirty, clean it with
product water and a brush or cloth. j. Close the cartridge pre-filter drain valve.
6. Pretreatment pump: The pretreatment pump may k. Clean the lid O-Rings with a cloth and apply silicon
be repaired as per the instructions supplied with the based O-Ring lubricant. Do not attempt to use
pump. substitute or imitation filter elements as they do not
fit properly into the Parker Sea Recovery pre-filter
housing. Subsequently, substitute pre-filter elements
7.4 LOW-PRESSURE PRE-FILTRATION SUBSYSTEM will damage the Parker Sea Recovery R.O. Membrane
1. Multi-Media Filter: As required, perform multi-media Element. Use only Parker Sea Recovery supplied pre-
backwashing per Section 7.2 filter elements.
2. Flow Meters: Since the flow meter bodies are l. Insert one pre-filter element into its respective
clear acrylic, light can penetrate them and support housing with a downward twisting motion so as to
biological growth within. In order to gain access for seat the element onto the outlet port nipple. Place
cleaning of the flow meter body, first loosen the union an SRC CPFE-20, 20 micron, pre-filter element into
locking rings then remove the body. To clean the flow each of the 20 micron pre-filter housings and a SRC
meter body, pull a damp soft cloth back and forth CPFE-05, 5 micron, prefilter element into each of the
through it. 5 micron pre-filter housings.
3. Cartridge pre-filter element replacement: The pre- m. Place one interconnect splicer onto one end of either
filter elements must be replaced when plugged to the SRC CPFE-20, 20 micron, pre-filter element and also
extent that the high-pressure pump is not receiving onto one end of either SRC CPFE-05, 5 micron, pre-
a positive head and the low pressure switch is filter element.
activating and stopping the system due to low feed
n. With the interconnect splicer pointing downward,
water pressure to the highpressure pump. Determine
place the SRC CPFE-20 pre-filter element into the
if both the 25 and/or just the 5 micron pre-filter
pre-filter housing. Align the interconnect splicer with
elements are fouled by reviewing the feed line
the bottom pre-filter element, and while pressing
pressure gauge readings. The pressure differential
downward with a twisting motion, press the pre-filter
reading across these gauges will determine which, or
elements together.
if both, stages of the cartridge pre-filters are fouled
and require replacement. Proceed as followed for the Repeat this procedure with the SRC CPFE-05 pre-filter
respective pre-filter element replacement. elements into the pre-filter housings.
Maintenance
a. Close the sea cock or system shut off valve(s). o. Unscrew upward the two thumbscrews on each of the
four filter lids so that the bottom of the thumbscrew
b. Open the cartridge pre-filters’ drain valve.
shank extends above the bottom of the lid.
c. Open the 20 micron pre-filters’ air bleed valves.
p. Place the filter lid and 6 knurled locking nuts onto
d. Open the 5 micron pre-filters’ air bleed valves. each of the pre-filter housings. Tighten only the
e. Unscrew the 6 knurled locking nuts located on top of knurled nuts using your hand, not a wrench.
each cartridge pre-filter housing lid and place the nuts q. Close the 20 micron pre-filters’ air bleed valves.
aside.
r. Close the 5 micron pre-filters’ air bleed valves.
f. Screw the two thumbscrews, located on top of the lid,
s. Wipe the filter housing and surrounding area with
Page 7-4
product or fresh water. lubricant, and press valve assembly squarely into
4. Pressure gauges: The pressure gauges used in the chamber.
Parker Sea Recovery R.O. system are non repairable. e) Examine the O-Ring and back-up ring on the valve
Replace the gauge, should it loose calibration or plug, and replace if cut or worn. Lubricate new O-Ring
develop a defect or malfunction. and back-up ring with silicone based O-Ring lubricant
before installing on plug to avoid damaging, as they
5. Low-pressure switch: The low-pressure switch is are worked over the plug threads.
normally open and will close on the rise at the factory
set pressure of approximately 6-10 psi. f) Lubricate outer surface of O-Ring and back-up ring
with silicone based O-Ring lubricant and slowly thread
Should the pressure setting drift from the factory set plug into chamber. Exercise caution to avoid extruding
pressure, the switch may be recalibrated. the back-up ring.
a. Remove the calibration sealing cap located in the
center top of the pressure switch canister to expose b. Removing discharge manifold:
the calibration hole and calibration screw. 1) Remove the 8 M16 x 110mm hex socket screws.
b. Insert a medium size flat blade screwdriver into 2) Tap the back side of the discharge manifold with a soft
the calibration hole. Adjust the calibration screw mallet and gradually work head from pump.
maximum 1/8 th turn (45 degrees) at a time clockwise
to increase the set point or counter clockwise to c. Removing the inlet manifold:
decrease the set point as appropriate to adjust the 1) Remove the 8 M16 hex nut and M16 split lock
switch. washer.
c. Repeat this procedure as necessary to properly 2) Rotate crankshaft to separate inlet manifold from the
calibrate the switch. crankcase. Tap the rear of the inlet manifold with a
8.5 PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM soft mallet and gradually work from pump.
1. HP Pump (standard): Refer to APP Pump instructions NOTE: Exercise caution and keep manifold
in Appendix A. aligned with plungers to avoid damaging
2. High-pressure pump (optional): Parker Sea Recovery plungers as manifold is removed.
Positive Displacement Split Manifold Plunger Pump. d. Servicing the packings:
a. Servicing the valves: 1) Disassembly of High-pressure Seal:
1) Disassembly: a) Place the crankcase side of the inlet manifold down.
a) Remove the 6 M41 Hex Valve Plugs. b) With reverse pliers, remove discharge valve spacer, lift
b) Using standard pliers, remove the valve retainer by packings, and adapter assembly from chamber.
grasping the top tab. The valve assembly should NOTE: If reverse pliers are not available,
remain together. If the assembly separates, the parts remove the exposed O-Ring and back-up
will lift out without any tools. ring from the discharge valve spacer. Insert
c) Remove the O-Ring in the groove at the bottom of the screwdrivers on opposite sides of the O-Ring
valve chamber. groove, partially pry the discharge valve
spacers from the inlet manifold, then work
d) Inspect machined sealing surfaces on manifold. If
out by hand.
pitting is present replace manifold.
2) Reassembly: c) Remove the male adapter, v-packings, and female
adapter by hand.
a) Examine the O-Rings and back-up rings on the seat
2) Reassembly of High Pressure Seal:
Maintenance
and replace if cut or worn. Lubricate the O-Ring with

silicone based O-Ring lubricant before installing the a) Insert the female adapter into the seal chamber.
valve and seat. b) Assemble both v-packings. Lubricate the outer
b) Examine the surface of the valve seat for pitting, surface of the packings with graphite based silicone
grooves, or wear, and replace if necessary. lube, and insert into the seal chamber with the “v”
c) Assemble valve retainer, spring, valve, and seat by side up.
snapping together securely. c) Install the male adapter.
d) Lubricate outer O-Ring, back-up ring surface, and d) Examine the O-Ring and back-up ring on the
walls of valve chamber with silicone based O-Ring discharge valve spacer and replace if cut or worn.
Page 7-5
e) Lubricate outer surface with graphite based silicone NOTE: Ceramic plunger can only be installed
lube and insert discharge valve spacer into seal in one direction {Front to back}. Do not force
chambers. Spacer with springs should be installed onto rod.
with springs towards the male adapter. b) Replace stainless steel gasket.
3) Disassembly of Low Pressure Seal: c) Examine gasket O-Ring and back-up ring on plunger
a) Place the inlet manifold on blocks with crankcase side retainer and replace if cut or worn. Lubricate O-Ring
down. with silicone based O-Ring lubricant for ease of
b) If a press is not available, use the head of a 5/16” x 4” installation and to avoid damaging O-Ring.
bolt head to drive the seals out. NOTE: Insert gasket first, then back-up ring
NOTE: Reverse pliers may also be used to and O-Ring.
remove the seal. d) Thread plunger retainer and stud assembly onto
c) Separate the stainless steel washer from the adapter. plunger rod. Exercise caution not to over torque.
d) Place the adapter on a block or packing case and e) Slip seal retainers over plungers. Insert smaller
drive out the low-pressure seal using a socket sized diameter first.
to fit. NOTE: Line up wicks with the oil holes in the
4) Reassembly of Low Pressure Seal: crankcase and tabs on the oil pan.
a) Examine the O-Ring on the adapter and replace it if it f) Rotate shaft and line up two outside plungers.
is cut or worn. g) Carefully replace inlet manifold onto plungers and
b) Lubricate the inside of the adapter, insert new pre- press into crankcase. Keep manifold aligned to avoid
greased low pressure seal into adapter with garter damaging plungers.
spring facing up and press squarely into position. h) Replace 4 hex socket screws and torque per chart.
c) With crankcase side of the inlet manifold facing up, i) Lubricate the plungers, the outer surface of the
insert washer into seal chamber. packing case, O-Rings and valve chamber walls with
d) Lubricate inside of seal chamber and outer surface of graphite based silicone lube.
adapter O-Ring. j) Press O-Ring end of packing case into inlet manifold
e) Insert low pressure seal assembly with garter spring chambers.
facing down and press squarely into position. k) Examine inlet port O-Ring at bottom of manifold and
f) Servicing the plungers: replace if cut or worn.
1) Disassembly: l) Lubricate outer surface of discharge valve spacer,
a) Remove the seal retainers from the ceramic plungers. O-Rings and valve chamber walls and carefully slip
discharge manifold over discharge valve spacer.
b) Remove the inner collar from the front of the seal
retainer. m) Hand tighten the bottom center 2 hex socket screws
first. Then hand tighten the remaining six hex socket
c) Remove the used wick and install new wick.
screws. Follow sequence and torque per chart.
NOTE: If replacing plungers, do not lubricate
the new wick. Allow grease from new seal
to lubricate plunger. If plunger is reused,
saturate wick with 40 weight hydraulic oil
before installing in seal retainer.
d) Replace collar in seal retainer.
Maintenance
e) Loosen plunger retainer 4-5 turns. Push plunger

e. Servicing crankcase section:
towards crankcase until plunger retainer pops out.
1) While inlet manifold, plungers and seal retainers are
f) Unscrew and remove plunger retainer and gasket and
removed, examine crankcase seals for wear.
remove ceramic plunger.
2) Check oil level for evidence of water in oil.
2) Reassembly:
3) Rotate crankshaft by hand to feel for smooth bearing
a) Carefully examine each plunger for scoring or cracks
movement.
and replace if worn.
4) Examine crankshaft oil seal externally for drying,
cracking, or leaking.
Page 7-6
5) Consult factory if crankcase service is required. c. Slacken the pump frame hold-down bolts slightly
only enough to allow movement on the side opposite
f. Torque chart: the pulley. A degree of “drag” must be left between
the pump and its frame to counteract the imbalance
caused by the drag from the pulley belt.
d. Move the pump forward only enough to provide
correct tension. Ensure that the motor pulley is still
aligned correctly, square to the pump pulley.
e. Carefully tighten the hold down bolts.
f. Recheck pulley alignment and if proper, replace the
pulley guard.
4. High-pressure pulsation dampener: The high-
pressure pulsation dampener is of the in line type
which has no moving or repairable parts.
h. Lubrication:
7.6 POST FILTRATION SUBSYTEM
Fill the crankcase with 10 quarts of oil to the high oil level
mark on the oil dipstick as per specifications with SRC 1. Salinity probe: The salinity probe will require cleaning
pump oil. ORIGINAL CRANKCASE OIL approximately once a year.
MUST BE CHANGED AFTER THE INITIAL 50 HOURS OF a. To clean the probe, disconnect the three electrical
OPERATION. Change oil every 2 weeks or at 500 hour salinity probe leads from the electrical controller
intervals thereafter. GOOD LUBRICATION IS THE EASIEST, taking care to note which color goes on which
MOST EFFICIENT, AND LEAST EXPENSIVE PREVENTIVE terminal.
MAINTENANCE. The pump crankcase holds 10 quarts of b. Unscrew the probe from its tee housing (counter
oil. clockwise).
2. High-pressure pump motor: This is a ball bearing c. Using a soft bristle brush, scrub the monel probes to
motor. No lubrication needs be added before start up. remove any built up debris.
The bearings have been lubricated at the factory. d. Reinstall the probe assembly into the tee housing and
a. Relubrication: The following interval is suggested as reconnect the electrical wires.
a guide. Relubricate the front and rear grease jerks 2. Charcoal Filter: A sulfurous smell (like rotten eggs)
every 4-6 months. Use 2-3 strokes of high quality ball from the product water indicates that replacement
bearing grease. Use Shell Dolium R Polyurea medium of the activated charcoal is necessary. If no such
consistency grease. smell develops beforehand, the charcoal should be
CAUTION: Keep grease clean. replaced monthly. The charcoal filter elements are
not cleanable. To replace the charcoal filter elements,
Lubricate motors at standstill. Remove and replace proceed as followed:
drain plugs at standstill. Do not mix petroleum grease
and silicone grease in motor bearings. a. Unscrew the bowl from each of the charcoal filter
housings (counter clockwise). Do not lose the lid
3. Gear belt: O-Ring.
CAUTION: Switch the system disconnect b. Remove the old charcoal elements and discard them.
switch to the “OFF” position, tag and lock for
c. Clean the lid O-Ring with a cloth and apply silicon
maintenance.
based O-Ring lubricant.
Maintenance
NOTE: The belt should be tight enough to d. Clean the bowl with a mild detergent and rinse it out
allow lateral slip on the pulley of 1/8”. When thoroughly.
applying 8-16 lbs (3.6-7.3 kg) of downward
force, the belt should deflect 5/16 inch (8 e. Insert a new charcoal filter element, SRC CFE/20, into
mm). When adjusting the belt, the pump each of the three charcoal filter bowls.
must be drawn away from the motor. f. Place the lid O-Ring into the groove in the bowl.
a. Remove the pulley guard. g. Screw the bowl onto the lid clockwise, hand tight, and
slightly snug by hand.
b. Slacken the pump frame hold-down bolts completely
on the pulley side of the pump.
Page 7-7
CAUTION: Do not overtighten the bowl onto bracket over shaft. Pry ceramic seat from seal cavity
the base. Overtightening will cause the lid or in bracket. Do not attempt to salvage seal or seat.
bowl to crack, making removal difficult. 6. Thoroughly clean seal cavity in bracket and pump
3. Ultraviolet Sterilizer Assembly: Maintenance of the shaft with appropriate solvents or cleaners.
U.V. Sterilizer will consist of lamp replacement and
B. Reassembly:
quartz sleeve cleaning. Replace the lamp at the
interval suggested on the Maintenance Timetable, or 1. If shaft was removed, install pump shaft onto motor
if the lamp fails to start, whichever comes first. The shaft while aligning setscrews of pump shaft with
lamp becomes progressively weaker over time, so key way of motor shaft. Ensure that all debris and
after six months of use, it may be ineffective though it burrs are removed from motor shaft. Also, ensure that
still lights. slinger is aligned between the two setscrews of pump
shaft.
CAUTION: Make sure that system power
is turned off before beginning sterilizer 2. Place bracket on firm surface with seat cavity (pump
maintenance. end) up. Place a small amount of vegetable oil on the
seat cup or O-Ring of seat. Place seat in seat cavity
4. Product water delivery pump flow control switch: This with ceramic end up toward pump end. Be careful not
switch is a normally open (N.O.) electrical switch and to scratch sealing surface of seat with sharp objects
the electrical contacts of the switch close when there or a leaking pump is the result. Gently tap seat into
is product water flow in progress. The switch is set place with a wooden dowel or plastic rod (1-1/8 inch
for a minimum of 1/2 gallon per minute flow. Upon diameter) and to help insure seat is not damaged, use
closing, the switch sends a 24 VAC signal to a control a cloth or clean rag over dowel or rod).
relay, which in turn operates the pump contactor
3. Place bracket on motor end, align base in place.
relay.
Secure with 4 bolts.
5. Product water delivery pump (type SC-100 SS):
Replace the ceramic seal approximately every 2000 NOTE: The longer 1 1/4 inch bolts are used
hours, or at the first sign of leakage. with base.
CAUTION: Switch the system disconnect 4. Pull out pump shaft as far as it will go toward volume
switch to the “OFF” position, lock and tag end and slightly snug one setscrew to hold shaft in
the switch for maintenance. Close the system place.
shut-off valve. 5. Lubricate pump shaft with a few drops of vegetable
oil. Push seal in a rotating motion onto shaft evenly
A. Disassembly: with carbon face toward ceramic seat. Be careful not
1. Remove 8 volume bolts from volume. Volume may be to pull viton bellows from assembly. A tapered device
left in piping. placed over pump shaft threads (5/8” maximum O.D.)
2. Remove pump assembly with motor if possible. can simplify this operation.
Observe and make mental note of all parts prior to 6. Screw impeller onto shaft ensuring that the spring
any further disassembly. retainer of seal does not slip between the shoulder
3. Remove impeller locking screw and washer from of the shaft and the impeller hub. Tighten impeller
shaft. securely and reinstall impeller locking screw and
washer. A screwdriver or flat file wedged between
4. Remove impeller from motor shaft by clamping down impeller vanes may be used as a tool.
on shaft with a 6” pair of “C” clamp vise grips. Place
“C” clamp vise grips through vented slots in bracket 7. Place gasket on bracket and install volume. Secure
and clamp down on shaft. Take a heavy screw driver with 8 volume bolts and tighten bolts.
Maintenance
or file and wedge it between veins of impeller. Turn 8. Set impeller by moving shaft toward motor
counter clockwise and unscrew impeller from shaft. approximately 0.010” - 0.015” (a screw driver
against the shoulder can be used). Slightly tighten
NOTE: If “C” clamp is not available, an Allen
one setscrew of pump shaft to hold shaft in position.
wrench inserted in one of the pump shaft
Rotate shaft by hand to ensure impeller clears
setscrews can be used to keep shaft from
volume. If impeller strikes volume, loosen setscrew
turning.
and move shaft back further, repeat and check. When
5. Remove spring and spring retainer of seal. Using two proper clearance between volume and impeller is
screwdrivers wedged in seal at 180 degrees, pry off achieved, tighten setscrews on pump shaft securely.
seal. Remove 4 motor bolts, remove base, and slide
9. Jog the motor by manually tripping the product water
Page 7-8
pump contactor to determine if rotation is free. When installing the individual R.O. membrane elements into
their vessel, do not delay insertion into the vessel once the
7.7 CLEANING STATION SUBSYSTEM
individual R.O. membrane element vacuum sealed package
is opened. If the system will not be commissioned within
1. Solution tank: Clean the tank as required with product
the same day and/or if the temperature is hot and dry, then
water and a cloth.
immediately, after insertion into the pressure vessel, add
distilled water to each pressure vessel.
7.8 CLEANING & STORAGE PROCEDURE R.O. MEMBRANE
ELEMENT BIOLOGICAL FOULING CAUTION: Protect the R.O. membrane
element from biological fouling. Up to 40% flux loss (loss of
R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT HANDLING & SYSTEM production) will occur if the element is allowed to become
STORAGE CAUTIONS: extensively fouled by biological slimes. Some, but not all,
flux may be regained after thorough cleaning.
TEMPERATURE CAUTION: As pointed out in other STORAGE CAUTION: The interior of a membrane element,
sections of this manual, never expose the SRC R.O. being dark and moist, is an excellent breeding ground for
membrane(s) to storage temperatures above 122 º, micro-organisms. When the membrane element is used,
F 50º C or below 32º F / 0º C. Never store the R.O. tested or operated intermittently, it will be exposed to
System with installed membrane elements, or the micro-organisms. Simply operating the system will not pro-
individual R.O. membrane elements, or assemblies tect the R.O. Membrane Element(s) from biological fouling.
in direct sunlight. High temperature will cause up Up to 40% flux loss (loss of productivity) due to biological
to 40% flux loss (loss of production) of the R.O. fouling can occur in the element if it is not stored properly.
membrane element(s). This damage is irreversible During short term shutdowns the membrane element must
to the R.O. membrane element, and not covered be rinsed as explained in this chapter of this manual. Dur-
by any warranty. Freezing temperatures will cause ing long term shutdowns the membrane element must be
mechanical damage to the SRC system and R.O. rinsed as well as chemically treated as explained later in
membrane element due to the expansion of water this chapter under the heading of “FRESH WATER RINSE &
as it freezes. This damage is irreversible and not STORAGE SOLUTION INJECTION PROCEDURE FOR A PRO-
covered by any warranty. LONGED SHUTDOWN.”
DRYING OUT CAUTION: Never allow the R.O. membrane A. SHORT TERM SHUTDOWN: A short term shutdown
element to dry out. If the R.O. membrane element may be defined as a period of time in which the Parker Sea
is allowed to dry out, up to 40% flux loss (loss Recovery system will not be utilized for a minimum of two
of production) will occur. This damage may be days to a maximum of two weeks. During a short term
irreversible to the R.O. membrane element. The R.O. shutdown, there is a simple precaution which must be tak-
membrane element(s) must remain wet at all times. en, as follows: ONE TIME THROUGH FRESH WATER RINSE
If your new system was shipped with R.O. membrane PROCEDURE: An excellent, yet inexpensive, short term
elements installed in their individual pressure vessels, method of protecting the DSRC system and R.O. membrane
then the system must be put into service within 90 element is to perform a “once through” flush of the entire
days of shipment or distilled water must be rinsed system with fresh water (product water from the system).
through the pressure vessels within 90 days of This will prolong the system life by hindering the possibility
shipment. If your new system was shipped with R.O. of any electrolysis and also protect the membrane element
membrane elements packaged separately and not yet by retarding biological growth. Follow the preceeding direc-
installed in their individual pressure vessels, then the tions. This procedure will displace the system feed water
Maintenance
individual R.O. membrane elements must be kept in with fresh water and thus render the system suitable for a
their original vacuum sealed plastic bags and stored short term shutdown for up to two weeks.
in a cool dark place. Storage of the R.O. membrane
elements in their original vacuum sealed package Most new DSRC R.O. systems are purchased with an
must not exceed one year from shipment. Automatic Fresh Water Flush. When installed correctly, this
system will take produced water from the vessels fresh
water pressurization system and automatically flush the
R.O. System.
Page 7-9
The Fresh Water Flush is initiated when the system is stopped, FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, GIVE TAP WA-
except when the system stops because of an alarm or E- TER & INDUCE VOMITING. IN CASE OF CONTACT, IMMEDIATELY
stopped. The FWF will also self initiate and run a flush cycle FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES & GET IMMEDIATE
every seven (7) days, if the system is idle. MEDICAL ATTENTION.
If the FWF Cycle is not desired after the system is shut down, the MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH PARKER SEA RECOVERY
operator can hold down the “WHITE” stop button for 10 seconds “SRC SC,” SYSTEM & MEMBRANE STORAGE CHEMICAL, ARE
and the FWF will be aborted. AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK, U.S.A. TOLL FREE
MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER: 1-800-228-5635.
FREEZING TEMPERATURES CAUTION: If the system will be sub-
jected to freezing temperatures during the shut down period, it
will then be necessary to add 20% by volume of propylene glycol FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY
(food grade glycerin) to the rinse water.
Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent breathing dust & prevent
The system has now been rinsed with fresh water and may be contact with eyes. Thoroughly wash contacted parts after
left unattended for up to two weeks. If the system will not be handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small
used within the two week period and the system will sit unat- amounts of water. Adding small amounts of water to powder
tended longer, then it will be necessary to repeat the fresh water may liberate irritating sulfur dioxide gas. Add powder to above
flush procedure in two weeks. specified amount of water only. Do not mix with other chemicals
or cleaners. If spilled, sweep up as much as possible then flush
B. LONG TERM SHUTDOWN: A Long Term or Prolonged with water to drain.
Shutdown may be defined as a period of time in which the DSRC
system will not be utilized for longer than two weeks. During a
prolonged shutdown, the following precautions must be taken: KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN
FRESH WATER RINSE & STORAGE SOLUTION INJECTION PROCE- NET CONTENTS 1.5 POUNDS (.68 Kg)
DURE FOR A PROLONGED SHUTDOWN: The Parker Sea Recov-
ery R.O. system must first be rinsed with fresh water and then
stored with DSRC SC System and Membrane Element Storage
Chemical. This chemical inhibits bacterial growth while main-
taining the high flux and salt rejection of the Parker Sea Recov-
ery R.O. membrane element. Follow the directions listed below.
The DSRC System should be rinsed then flushed once through
with the storage solution before and during storage and at the
beginning of prolonged shutdowns.
CAUTION: Do not use for storage, hydrogen peroxide, chlora-

mine, chloramine-t, N-chloroisocyanurates, chloride dioxide,
hypochlorite, chlorine, iodine, phenolic disinfectants or any other
specific chemical not approved in writing by Parker Sea Recov-
ery. Use of non-authorized chemicals, or misuse of authorized
chemicals, will void any warranty.
Parker Sea Recovery SRC SC Storage Chemical

Maintenance
WARNING: CONTAINS SODIUM METABISULFITE. HARMFUL

IF SWALLOWED. AVOID BREATHING DUST & FUMES. CAUSES
IRRITATION TO EYES & MUCOUS MEMBRANES. DO NOT TAKE
INTERNALL. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD.
Page 7-10
! THE SYSTEM MUST FIRST BE FRESH WATER FLUSHED 12. From your bulk product water storage tank or cistern, fill
the Chemical / Storage Tank [103] full with non-chlorinated
1. During normal system operation, or from your bulk product product water.
water storage tank or cistern, fill the Chemical /Storage
Tank [103] full with non chlorinated product water. 13. FREEZING TEMPERATURES CAUTION: If the system will be
subjected to freezing temperatures during the shut down
2. Attach the Chemical Cleaning and Storage inlet flange and period, it will be necessary to add 20% (by volume) of pro-
hose from the unused side of the North Sea Control Skid to pylene glycol (food grade glycerin) to the rinse water. Ex-
the Chemical Cleaning port on the Booster pump [47] ample: if there is 100 gallons of rinse water in the cleaning
/ storage tank, then you must add 20 gallons of propylene
3. Attach the Chemical Cleaning and Storage outlet flange and glycol to the rinse water.
hose from the unused side of the North Sea Control Skid
to the Chemical Cleaning port on the Clean and Rinse tank 14. Thoroughly mix and dissolve with product water or tap wa-
[103] ter into a small container (2 to 5 gallon container or 6 to 20
liter container) one each 1.5 lb. bottle of DSRC SC Storage
4. Turn the feed water / Chemical pump isolation valves to Chemical for each 20 gallons of rinse water in the cleaning/
Chemical Tank (40 / 47) storage tank [103]. Example: If there are 100 gallons of
rinse water in the cleaning/storage tank, use 5 bottles of
5. Open the multi media filter drain valve [9]. the Parker Sea Recovery SC Storage Chemical. Pour the
mixture into the cleaning/storage tank [103].
6. Open the cartridge prefilter air bleed valves.
15. Set the booster pump control switch to the “Hand” (left)
7. Open the cartridge prefilter drain valve [14]. position, which will cause the booster pump to start im-
mediately. Rinse water with storage chemical should now
8. Allow the multi media filters and cartridge prefilters to be flowing through the system.
drain. After these filters have drained, proceed to the fol-
lowing steps. CAUTION: Stop the booster pump, by rotating the booster pump
switch to the center position, if rinse water movement is not
9. Close any and all auxiliary ship line valves leading from the obvious through the booster pump or does not register on the
Parker Sea Recovery R.O. System brine discharge line. GPM feed water flow meter [19] within one minute. Non-feed
water flow into the GPM feed water flow meter indicates that the
10. Set the booster pump control switch to the “Hand” (left) booster pump is not priming itself.
position which will cause the booster pump to start im-
mediately. Rinse water should now be flowing through the 16. Monitor the chemical /rinse tank [103] and switch the
system. Rinse for approximately 5 minutes. booster pump off when the rinse water with storage chemi-
cal in the returns to the tank.
CAUTION: Stop the booster pump by rotating the booster pump
switch to the center position, if rinse water movement is not 17. Drain any excess solution in the cleaning /rinse tank and
obvious through the booster pump, or does not register on the completely rinse and drain the tank.
GPM feed water flow meter [19] within one minute. Non-feed
water flow into the GPM feed water flow meter indicates that the 18. Close all inlet and outlet valves to and from the DSRC sys-
booster pump is not priming itself. tem.
The system has now been final rinsed with storage chemical
Maintenance
11. Monitor the chemical / rinse tank [103] and switch the solution and may be left unattended for up to three months. If
booster pump off when the rinse water in the tank be- the system will not be used within the three month period and
comes depleted. the system will sit unattended longer then it will be necessary to
repeat this procedure in three months.
The system has now been rinsed with fresh water and is ready
Page 7-11
C. SRC R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT CLEANING PROCEDURE: FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN. DO NOT INDUCE
The membrane elements will require cleaning from time to time. VOMITING. GIVE ONE GLASS OF TAP WATER OR MILK. IN CASE
Biological growth and salt accumulation will eventually make OF CONTACT IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15
replacement necessary. The frequency of required cleaning is MINUTES & GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. THOROUGH-
dependent on the rate of production loss and salt rejection loss LY WAS AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT. CONTACT
caused by normal use. In order to properly assess performance A PHYSICIAN IF IRRITATION PERSISTS.
changes, it is important that the initial flow and rejection read-
ings be logged for comparison, and check on a regular basis. MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH PARKER SEA RECOVERY
“SRC MCC1,” R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT ALKALINE DETERGENT
When determining the percentage of performance changes, feed CLEANING CHEMICAL, ARE AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS
water temperature, system pressure and feed water salinity A WEEK, U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER:
must be taken into consideration (Refer to the Temperature and 1-800-228-5635.
Pressure Effects Chart in section “M”) and compensated for.
After compensating for temperature, a 10% decline in productiv- FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY
ity (GPM Flow) and/or a 10% increase in salt passage (indicated Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent breathing dust & prevent
by the Salinity Controller Meter) will indicate that membrane contact with eyes. Thoroughly wash contacted parts after
cleaning is necessary. handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small
amounts of water. Add powder to above specified amount of
CAUTION: If the system is allowed to continue running after water only. Do not mix with other chemicals or cleaners. If
the described changes in productivity and/or salt rejection have spilled, sweep up as much as possible then flush with water to
occurred, the fouling membrane will rapidly degrade, becoming drain.
more difficult and eventually impossible to clean. As with any
filtering device, early detection and correction of fouling will lead
to prolonged life. Irreversible fouling brought about by user ne- KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN
glect will void all DSRC System Limited Warranty considerations. NET CONTENTS 1.5 POUNDS (.68 Kg)
The cleaning compounds available from Parker Sea Recovery

are designed to clean the R.O. membrane elements in a closed- PARKER SEA RECOVERY SRC MCC2 MEMBRANE CLEANING
loop configuration. In some instances the cleaning chemicals CHEMICAL
may not be effective due to excessive fouling or fouling from
certain ions encountered in the specific feed water. If in place, DANGER: CONTAINS SULFAMIC ACID. CAUSES BURNS, EYE &
in the system, cleaning of the membrane elements is not suc- SKIN IRRITATION. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. AVOID BREATHING
cessful, it may be possible for Parker Sea Recovery to perform a DUST. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD.
stronger laboratory cleaning with better results. Contact Parker
Sea Recovery for current costs and details of their in house FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, DO NOT INDUCE
cleaning program. Cleaning of fouled membrane elements is a VOMITING, GIVE ONE GLASS OF TAP WATER OR MILK. IN CASE
maintenance issue, not a warranty issue. Parker Sea Recovery OF CONTACT, IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15
will charge for in house cleaning and return freight. MINUTES & GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. THOROUGH-
LY WAS AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT. CONTACT
Note: Cleaning Compound “#3” (SRC MCC-3) is used for iron A PHYSICIAN IF IRRITATION PERSISTS.
fouling only and is not included in the SRC MCC kit. If the Parker
MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH PARKER SEA RECOVERY
Sea Recovery R.O. membrane elements are fouled with rust,
“SRC MCC2,” R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT ACID CLEANING CHEM-
SRC MCC-3 may be ordered from Parker Sea Recovery for effec-
ICAL, ARE AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK, U.S.A.
tive rust removal.
TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER: 1-800-228-5635.
Maintenance
Parker Sea Recovery SRC MCC1 Membrane Cleaning Chemical

FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY
DO NOT MIX WITH CHLORINATED SOLUTIONS OR COMPOUNDS.
WARNING: CONTAINS SODIUM METASILICATE. HARMFUL IF
Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent breathing dust & prevent
SWALLOWED. MAY CAUSE BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH EYES.
contact with eyes. Thoroughly wash contacted parts after
AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT WITH SKIN. DO NOT TAKE INTER-
handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small
NALLY. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD.
amounts of water. Add powder to above specified amount of
FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN.
water only. Do not mix with other chemicals or cleaners. If
DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. GIVE ONE GLASS
spilled, sweep up as much as possible then flush with water to
drain.
Page 7-12
PARKER SEA RECOVERY SRC MCC3 MEMBRANE CLEANING 21. Attach the Chemical Cleaning and Storage outlet flange and
CHEMICAL hose from the unused side of the North Sea Control Skid
to the Chemical Cleaning port on the Clean and Rinse tank
WARNING: CONTAINS SODIUM METABISULFITE. HARMFUL IF [103]
SWALLOWED. AVOID BREATHING DUST & FUMES. CAUSES
IRRITATION TO EYES AND MUCOUS MEMBRANES. DO NOT TAKE 22. Turn the feed water / Chemical pump isolation valves to
INTERNALLY. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD. Chemical Tank (40 / 47)
FIRST AID: IF SWALLOED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, GIVE WATER AND 23. Open the multi media filter drain valve [9].
INDUCE VOMITING. IN CASE OF CONTACT, IMMEDIATELY FLUSH
EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES AND GET IMMEDIATE MEDI- 24. Open the cartridge prefilter air bleed valves.
CAL ATTENTION. THOROUGHLY WASH AFFECTED SKIN AFTER
HANDLING PRODUCT. CONTACT A PHYSICIAN IF IRRITATION 25. Open the cartridge prefilter drain valve [14].
PERSITS.
26. Allow the multi media filters and cartridge prefilters to
MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH PARKER SEA RECOV- drain. After these filters have drained then proceed to the
ERY “SRC MCC3,” R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT RUST REMOVER following steps.
CLEANING CHEMICAL, ARE AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS
A WEEK, U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER: 27. Close the multi media filter drain valve [9].
1-800-228-5635.
28. Close the cartridge prefilter air bleed valves.
FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY
Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent breathing dust & prevent 29. Close the cartridge prefilter drain valve [14].
contact with eyes. Thoroughly wash contacted parts after
handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small 30. Close any and all auxiliary ship line valves leading from the
amounts of water. Adding small amounts of water to powder Parker Sea Recovery R.O. System brine discharge line.
may liberate irritating sulfur dioxide gas. Add powder to above
specified amount of water only. Do not mix with other chemicals 31. Set the booster pump control switch to the “Hand” (left)
or cleaners. If spilled, sweep up as much as possible then flush position which will cause the booster pump to start im-
with water to drain. mediately. Rinse water should now be flowing through the
system.
NET CONTENTS 1.5 POUNDS (.68 Kg) 32. After approximately 10 minutes of rinsing, stop the booster
pump by placing the booster pump control switch in the off
position.
R.O. MEMBRANE CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS: 33. Open the cleaning / rinse tank drain valve and drain all of
the rinse water from the tank.
The Parker Sea Recovery R.O. system must be rinsed with fresh
water, then, the R.O. Membrane Element(s) may be cleaned with 34. After the tank has been drained, close the cleaning / rinse
the DSRC MCC R.O. Membrane Element Cleaning Chemical. The tank drain valve
drawing below illustrates the flow and plumbing connections re-
quired for rinsing and cleaning of the R.O. membrane elements. NOTE: The R.O Membrane Elements have now been rinsed with
fresh water and are ready for chemical cleaning as follows:
! THE SYSTEM MUST FIRST BE FRESH WATER FLUSHED
Maintenance
35. Fill the cleaning / rinse tank [103] with 100 gallons of prod-
19. During normal system operation, or from your bulk product
uct water from the bulk product water storage tank.
water storage tank or cistern, fill the Chemical /Storage
Tank [103] full with non chlorinated product water.
36. In a separate small container, of approximately 5 gallon
size, thoroughly mix and dissolve 6 each 1.5 lb. bottles of
20. Attach the Chemical Cleaning and Storage inlet flange and
either Parker Sea Recovery SRC MCC-1 or SRC MCC-2 or
hose from the unused side of the North Sea Control Skid to
SRC MCC-3 membrane cleaning compound with product
the Chemical Cleaning port on the Booster pump [47]
water. It is recommended that SRC MCC-1 be used first;
SRC MCC-2 used second and if necessary due to rust foul-
ing then uses SRC MCC-3 LAST.
Page 7-13
CAUTION: USE ONLY ONE TYPE OF CLEANING CHEMICAL AT A 47. If the R.O. Membrane Elements are not to be cleaned, again
TIME. DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT CLEANING CHEMICLS TOGETHER. then remove the cleaning lines from the R.O. Membrane
DO NOT USE DIFFERENT CLEANING CHEMICALS TOGETHER AT Vessel Assembly fittings and blank the flanges.
THE SAME TIME. MIX THE CLEANING CHEMICALS SEPARATELY
AND USE THEM SEPARATELY. Refer to this section regarding Storage if the system will not be
place into immediate operation.
37. Using a clean stirring tool, thoroughly mix the solution until
the cleaning compound is completely dissolved. Pour the
solution (contents of the bucket or container) into the clean-
ing tank [103].
38. Operate system booster pump by switching the booster

pump control switch (SW-3) in the “HAND” position. The
DSRC cleaning chemical solution is now flowing through
the Parker Sea Recovery R.O. membrane elements and
back into the cleaning tank. Allow the cleaning chemical
solution to circulate through the R.O. membrane elements
for 60 minutes. (Note: The cleaning chemical is most ef-
fective at 90 to 100 degrees Fahrenheit. When the solution
is cold it is not as effective. However, do not allow the
cleaning chemical to rise above 120 degrees Fahrenheit).
39. After 60 minutes of circulation, stop the booster pump by

placing the booster pump control switch in the “OFF” (cen-
ter) position.
40. Open the cleaning / rinse tank drain valve and drain all of
the cleaning chemical solution from the tank. With a hose
rinse the tank of all cleaning chemicals as it is draining.
41. After the cleaning / rinse tank has drained close the drain
valve
42. Fill the cleaning / rinse tank [103] with 100 gallons of prod-
uct water from the bulk product water storage tank.
43. Operate system booster pump by switching the booster

pump control switch (SW-3) in the “HAND” position. The
rinse water is now rinsing through the Parker Sea Recovery
R.O. membrane elements and back into the cleaning tank.
Allow the rinse water to circulate through the R.O. mem-
brane elements for 30 minutes.
44. After 30 minutes of circulation, stop the booster pump by

placing the booster pump control switch in the “OFF” (cen-
Maintenance
ter) position.
45. Open the cleaning / rinse tank drain valve and drain all of
the rinse water from the tank. With a hose rinse the tank of
all cleaning chemicals as it is draining.
46. If the R.O. Membrane Elements are to be cleaned again

with a different cleaning chemical then go to Step 36 above
and repeat with a different chemical.
Page 7-14
Maintenance
Page 7-15
Section 8
TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
[SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING MANUAL] April, 2011

Trouble Shooting Manual
(Digital System)
PLC Firmware Version: 2.04

HMI Firmware Version: 2.01

System Trouble Shooting Manual AGE Page 1 of 31
Table of Contents:
1. Fault Code Trouble Shooting Tips ..……………………………….…………………………….. 3
2. Performance Code Trouble Shooting Tips .……………………………………………..…… 10
3. Auxiliary Pump Trouble Shooting ………….……………………………………………......... 16
4. Booster Pump Trouble Shooting ………….……..………………………………………......... 18
5. High Pressure Pump Trouble Shooting ………………………………………………………… 20
6. Motorized Valve Trouble Shooting ……………………………………………………………… 22
7. Ultra-Violet Trouble Shooting ……………………………………………………………………… 28
8. System Production Trouble Shooting …………………………………………………………… 30

1. FAULT CODE TROUBLESHOOTING:
The Tasman Sea comes equipped with a highly intelligent control system. This system constantly
performs health checks. If health checks show a component fault or pending system failure; the control
system will shut the unit down to protect from damage. The reason for the shutdown is displayed on the
system touch screen. To diagnose a problem refer to the tables listed in this document.
Next to each fault code is a list of reasons that could cause this fault code to be displayed. Investigate
the reasons listed in order to locate and rectify the problem. If you are not able to locate the fault after
researching the reasons given, call Danfoss Sea Recovery for further assistance.
When faulted the system generates specific fault codes, please refer to the table below for tips:
Number Fault Displayed Possible Causes
E-Stop Condition Present, Start-Up The E-Stop button was pressed in when an automatic
1 Aborted. Release E-Stop And Try start was requested. Release the E-stop button by
Again turning it in a clockwise direction before continuing
E-Stop Condition Present After Once the system was running the E-Stop button was
2 Automatic Run Started. System pressed. Release the E-Stop button by turning it in a
Stopped clockwise direction before continuing
Pump Operators Must Be In ‘Auto’ All enabled pump operator switches must be placed
3 Position For Auto Start. Start-Up into the 'Auto' position. If these switches are not in
Aborted the 'Auto' position, auto starting will be prohibited.
The product diversion valve is not currently in the

Diversion Valve Position Error.
Wiring
is correct.
The high pressure by-pass valve is not currently in the
High Pressure Valve Position Error.
correct position (open) for starting. Check that the
Wiring
is correct
The media filter inlet valve is not currently in the
Media Inlet Valve Position Error.
Wiring **
is correct

The media filter outlet valve is not currently in the

Media Outlet Valve Position Error.
Wiring **
is correct
The media filter rinse valve is not currently in the
Media Rinse Valve Position Error.
Wiring **
is correct
continuing
continuing
continuing
TDS-1001 Sensor Malfunction. Salinity transmitter TDS-100 is reporting a fault. Check

12 Start-Up Aborted. Check Status the system messaging area for help diagnosing the
Messages Log For Details type of failure detected, and rectify before continuing

continuing
continuing
continuing


continuing

continuing
The automatic back pressure regulator valve is
Automatic BPR Fault. Start-Up reporting an error, check the system messaging area
20
Aborted** for further details, and rectify before continuing. (only
on fully automatic models)
continuing
High Pressure Pump Outlet The outlet pressure of the high pressure pump was
Pressure Too High. Please Check driven too high; this caused the control system to
22
Pressure Settings. Start-Up shutdown the unit. Run the system at pressures below
Aborted maximum (975 PSI)
High Pressure Sensor Overridden The system was operating in emergency mode (PT-
When High Pressure Switch 1005 By-passed) when the high pressure switch
23
Detected Fault. Please Check detected an over pressure situation. Check system
Settings pressures and ensure they are below maximum.
High Pressure Sensor Emergency The system was operating in emergency mode (PT-
24
Please Contact DSRC +1(310)637- (100hrs). Replace the by-passed sensor before

The outlet pressure of the membrane chain was

25 Membrane Outlet Pressure Too driven too high; this caused the control system to
High. Start-Up Aborted shutdown the unit. Run the system at pressures below
maximum (975 PSI)
Feed Pump Did Not Respond To Auto-start attempted to start the feed pump but for
26 Auto run Command. System some reason the pump did not start, check system
Booster Pump Did Not Respond To Auto-start attempted to start the booster pump but
27 Auto run Command. System for some reason the pump did not start, check system

High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure because inlet pressures to the pump did not reach
28
Too Low. Start-Up Aborted required values. Check the system filtration chain for
clogged filters, backwash the sand filter if required
because inlet pressures to the pump exceeded
Too High. Start-Up Aborted
Low Pressure Sensor Emergency The system was operating in emergency mode (PT-
30
Please Contact DSRC +1(310) 637- (100hrs). Replace the by-passed sensor before
The system was operating in emergency mode (PT-
Low Pressure Sensor Overridden 1004 By-passed) when the low pressure switch
31 When Low Pressure Switch detected an under pressure situation. Check filtration
Detected Fault system for blockages, and backwash the sand filter if
required.
High Pressure Pump Did Not Auto-start attempted to start the high pressure pump
32 Respond To Auto run Command. but for some reason the pump did not start, check
System Stopped system contactors and fuses for fault indication
Auto-start energized all connected pumps, but the

system operator did not increase system operating
Operator Did Not Increase System
33 pressure to above minimum within allowable time. Re-
Pressure Within Allowed Time
start unit and increase system pressures to within
normal operating specifications

Auto-start cannot start and control the system

TDS-1001 Commissioning Error.
because the salinity sensor is reporting as disabled.
34 Start-Up Aborted. Please Contact
This has been caused by a configuration error. Contact
DSRC +1(310) 637-3400
DSRC for assistance
Booster Pump Outlet Pressure
media filter when it detected the output of the
35 Below Minimum Set-Point. System
booster pump drop below minimum allowable set-
Stopped
points, this condition triggered a shutdown of the unit
Media Inlet Valve Position media filter when a position feedback failure of the
36
Status ** feedback has triggered a shutdown.
Media Outlet Valve Position media filter when a position feedback failure of the
37
Inappropriate. Please Check Valve media outlet valve was detected, the failure in
Status ** position feedback has triggered a shutdown.
Media Rinse Valve Position media filter when a position feedback failure of the
38
Status ** feedback has triggered a shutdown

E-Stop Condition During
media filter when the system operator pressed the E-
39 Automatic Backwash, Sequence
stop. This action triggered a full abort of the media
Has Been Aborted**
backwash cycle and shutdown the unit.

Chemical Pre-treatment System
the chemical pre-treatment system, check the pre-
Chemical Post-treatment System
the chemical post-treatment system, check the pre-

20u Cartridge Filter Assembly Is The 20u cartridge filter is completely filled up with
Currently Reading as 100% Fouled. dirt. Isolate the incoming water supply, drain the
42
System Stopped. Replacement cartridge filter assemblies and replace the filter with a
Needed new one.
5u Cartridge Filter Assembly Is
The 5u cartridge filter is completely filled up with dirt.
Currently Reading as 100% Fouled.
43 Isolate the incoming water supply, drain the cartridge
System Stopped. Replacement
filter assemblies and replace the filter with a new one.
Needed
System Feed Rate Consistently
rates are high, verify flow meter readings using visual
Greater Than 130% Of Normal.
44 panel mounted flow gauge, if readings are confirmed,
Possible Large Scale Leak. System
check system for leaks. If readings are not confirmed,
Stopped
check flow transducer for calibration errors.
Valve Positions and System The control system has detected that you have
Pressures Indicate a Chemical attempted to start the system in automatic mode
45
Cleaning Is In Progress. Start-Up while the inlet valving is positioned for chemical
Aborted. cleaning. Correct the valving position and try again
The system feed pump was activated, but within the
Feed Pump Failed To Successfully allotted time was not able to provide sufficient inlet
46 Prime Booster Pump Intake In pressure to the booster pump hence priming has
Allotted Time, Check System failed. Check the feed pump suction and output line
for blockages
The system was running in full production mode but
Permeate Water Line Pressure something has blocked the permeate production line
47 Above Maximum Safe Limits. and pressures within that line rose to unsafe levels. To
Please Check Line For Blockages protect the system and pipe work the control initiated
a shutdown
The system was operating in manual mode when the
High Pressure Pump Inlet Pressure inlet pressure to the high pressure pump dropped
48
Too Low (Manual Mode) below minimum levels. Check filtration chain for
blockages and back wash media filter if required

pressures to the high pressure pump exceeded
Too High (Manual Mode)

The outlet pressure of the high pressure pump was

High Pressure Pump Outlet driven too high; this caused the control system to
50
Pressure Too High (Manual Mode) shutdown the unit. Run the system at pressures below
maximum (975 PSI)

High Pressure Pump Inlet Low pressures to the high pressure pump dropped below
51 Pressure Switch Fault. System minimum specifications and detected via the low
Stopped pressure switch. Check filtration chain for blockages
and back wash the media filter if required
The system was operating in manual mode when

High Pressure Pump Outlet High outlet pressures of the high pressure pump exceeded
52 Pressure Switch Fault. System specifications and detected via the high pressure
Stopped switch. Run the system at pressures below maximum
(975 PSI)
system detected a fault with the low pressure sensor
Manual Start Failed. Low Pressure
system detected a fault with the high pressure sensor
Manual Start Failed. High Pressure

2. PERFORMANCE TROUBLESHOOTING:
The Tasman Sea control system also constantly monitors system performance. If performance checks
detect a potential problem with the unit, the system will continue to function but will raise performance
warnings. These faults do not result in a system shutdown, but should be address as soon as possible to
help maintain optimal system performance. The reason for the warning is displayed on the system touch
screen. To diagnose a problem refer to the tables listed in this document.
Next to each performance code is a list of reasons that could cause this code to be displayed. Investigate
the reasons listed in order to locate and rectify the problem. If you are not able to locate the problem
after researching the reasons given, call Danfoss Sea Recovery for further assistance.
System performance notifications and possible causes
Number Message Displayed Possible Causes

The operator is attempting to manually run the
Booster Pump Cannot Run
booster pump but has neglected to start the enabled
1 Without Feed Pump. Start Feed
auxiliary feed pump first. Switch off the booster, and
Pump First
start the auxiliary feed pump before continuing

High Pressure Pump Cannot Run pressure pump but has neglected to start the enabled
2 Without Feed Pump. Start Feed auxiliary feed pump first. Switch off the high pressure
Pump First pump, and start the auxiliary feed pump before
continuing

High Pressure Pump Cannot Run
pressure pump but has neglected to start the booster
3 Without Booster Pump. Start
pump first. Switch off the high pressure pump, and
Booster Pump First
start the booster pump before continuing

pressure pump, but inlet pressure to the pump is too
4 Started Because Inlet Pressure is
low. Check the filtration chain, and backwash the
too Low
media filter if required

High Pressure Pump Cannot Be pressure pump, but inlet pressure to the pump is too
5 Started Because Inlet Pressure is high. Check feed line pressure regulation equipment
too High and ensure inlet pressure to the system is not
exceeding specified maximums (10 PSI)


pressure pump, but the outlet pressure of the pump is
6 Started Because Outlet Pressure is
currently too high. Relieve pressure in the system by
too High
adjusting the back pressure regulator setting

High Pressure Pump Cannot Run pressure pump, but the outlet pressure of the
7 Membrane Outlet Pressure is too membrane chain is currently too high. Relieve
High pressure in the system by adjusting the back pressure
regulator setting
The operator is attempting to run a pump, but the E-

Pumps Cannot Be Operated When
Stop system has been activated. Check all E-Stop
8 E-Stop Button Activated, Release
buttons and release any currently pressed in by
E-Stop
turning in a clockwise direction



Mode

screen and activated the emergency by-pass of the
Sensor TDS-1001 In By-pass Mode
12 TDS-1001 salinity transmitter. Operation of the unit is
(Manual Mode Active)
still possible. However operation of the product
diversion valve will need to be carried out manually.

Mode


Mode

Mode

Mode

Mode

Mode

Mode

Mode



The operator is running the system in automatic

System Membrane Pressure mode, but has failed to increase system operating
24 Below Min Specifications, Increase pressures to normal levels. The currently pressure is
Pressure too low for continuous operation; failure to increase
pressure will result in an automatic shutdown.
The system is running in automatic mode, but has not

Not Currently Producing Potable
25 been able to product potable water within the normal
Water (Extended)
time frames. Check system pressure settings

Potable Water Quality Dropped
26 reason the water quality of the product water
Below Specifications
deteriorated and is no longer acceptable. Check
system pressure settings

Diversion Valve Has Cycled 8 reason the water quality of the product water
27
Times In the Past 60 Minutes fluctuated between potable and non potable 8 times
within the last 60 minutes. Check system pressure
settings
High Pressure Pump Requires The high pressure pump has run for more than 8000
28
Rebuild/Servicing. Please Inspect hrs and now requires servicing

High Pressure Relief Valve Has automatic activation of the high pressure relief valve
29
Failed To Activate (Manual Mode) failed to complete successfully. To continue the
Product Diversion Valve Has Failed automatic activation of the product diversion valve
30
To Activate (Manual Mode) failed to complete successfully. To continue the
Insufficient Fresh Water Flush Fresh water flush mode is currently active but
31 Inlet Pressure. Please Check insufficient pressure is detected at the fresh water
Supply** flush inlet.


System Operator Has Placed Low
low pressure switch.

System Operator Has Placed High
high pressure switch.
System Operation Is Not Possible.

The system has been running in emergency override
Max Emergency Hours Reached.
34 mode for the maximum allowable time. The damaged
Please Contact DSRC +1(310) 637-
sensor must be replaced to continue.
3400
The differential pressure across the membrane chain
Membrane Differential Pressure
has exceeded specifications. Chemical cleaning is
35 Exceeds Specifications, Cleaning
required to remove scaling. If this does not solve the
Recommended.
problem, membrane replacement may be required.
The salinity probe is reporting values only seen when
the probe element is not submerged in water. This can
happen when the system has been dormant for
Salinity Probe Reading as ‘In Air’.
extended periods of time. In these eventualities
36 Values Cannot Be Trusted, Manual
running the system in manual salinity control mode is
Mode Active
possible. Once the probe senses water this mode will
be turned off. On the next automatic start up
automatic mode will be used.
The operator ran the system in manual mode during
the last run, and for some reason was forced to
Product Diversion Valve In Open operate the product diversion valve manually.
37 Position. Please Close Before However, when the operator shut the system down
Trying To Start they did not return the product diversion valve to the
closed position. The valve must be manually turned to
the closed position before you can continue
Multi-Media Filter Differential The system has detected the differential pressure
38 Pressure Exceeds Limits, across the media filter has exceeded specified set-
Backwashing Is Needed** points; the filter should be backwashed soon.
The system has detected a problem with sensors

Automatic Media Filter Function required for the operation of the automatic
39
Has been Disabled** multimedia function, therefore until these sensors
have been repaired, this function has been disabled

The 20u cartridge filter is becoming blocked; soon it

20u Cartridge Filter Assembly Is will cause the control system to shutdown to protect
required
The 5u cartridge filter is becoming blocked; soon it will
5u Cartridge Filter Assembly Is cause the control system to shutdown to protect
required
The control system has detected that system feed flow
System Feed Flow Rate Is Greater
rates are higher than specified, this could be due to a
Than 130% Of Normal. Possible
42 system leak, if this situation does not soon correct
Large Scale Leak. Please Check
itself, the control system will shutdown the water
System
maker.
System Feed Flow Rate Is Less rates are lower than specified, verify flow transducer
Than 70% Of Normal. Possible readings using visual panel mounted flow gauge, If
43
Advanced Pump Wear. Please readings are confirmed advanced pump wear could be
Check System present. If readings are not confirmed, check flow
transducer for calibration errors.
System Permeate Flow Rates Are permeate flow rates are low, verify flow meter
30% Below Nominal. Check readings using visual panel mounted flow gauge, if
44
system Pressure readings are confirmed, increase system pressure. If
calibration errors.
System Permeate Flow Rates Are permeate flow rates are high, verify flow meter
30% Above Nominal. Check readings using visual panel mounted flow gauge, if
45
system Pressure readings are confirmed, reduce system pressure. If
calibration errors.
Valve Positions and System The control system has detected that you have tried to
Pressure Indicate a Chemical activate the High Pressure pump in Manual Mode
46
Cleaning is In Progress. HP Pump whilst system valving is configured for chemical
Is Disabled. cleaning. Correct valve positions and try again.

3. AUXILIARY PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING
If the Auxiliary pump fails to operate, follow these steps to isolate the problem
1. Open the control panel door and manually override the disconnect switch to ensure the panel
has power.
Extremely High Voltage Present!

Working on a live panel is sometimes necessary to help locate system faults.
While working on a live panel extreme caution is needed.
Working on live panels should only be attempted by fully qualified personnel.
2. Turn the Auxiliary pump operator switch to the manual position.

3. Inspect the Auxiliary pump contactor (DCP-100) circuit protector switch. If this switch is
currently in the ‘off’(horizontal) position is confirms that a system overload resulted in the
circuit breaker popping to protect the circuit. Reset the breaker by turning the switch to the ‘on’
(vertical) position and check Auxiliary pump function. If the pump still does not function,
proceed with the next test.
4. Inspect the condition of relay YS-1005A, the small light on the relay should be illuminated when
the Auxiliary pump operator switch is in the manual position. If it is, proceed to the next test, if
not inspect the PLC, locate and inspect output indicator Q13, this output indicator should be
illuminated. If it is, there is a wiring fault between the PLC and the Auxiliary pump contactor
control relay (YS-1005A), trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If this output indicator is
not illuminated there could possibly be a problem with the control system PLC, contact Danfoss
Sea Recovery for further details.
5. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across terminals A1 and A2 of the Auxiliary pump
contactor (DCP-100). If 24vDC is detected when the Auxiliary pump operator is moved to the
manual position proceed to the next test, if 24vDC is not detected, there is a wiring fault
between the Auxiliary pump control relay (YS-1005A) and the Auxiliary pump contactor, trace
out the wiring to identify the problem
6. Leave the Auxiliary pump operator in the manual position, using a multi-meter check the
outgoing voltage from the Auxiliary pump contactor (DCP-100) terminals T1, T2 and T3. If the
correct output voltage is detected, the problem lies within the Auxiliary pump power wiring, or
within the motor itself. Re-assemble the panel, manually turn off the disconnect switch, close
and lock the panel door. If the correct output voltage is not detected proceed with the next test.

7. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across the L1, L2 and L3 terminals of the Auxiliary
pump contactor (DCP-100), if the correct voltage is detected the problem lies within the
Auxiliary pump contactor itself, remove the contactor and replace with a new unit. If no voltage
is detected proceed to the next test.
8. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across terminals L1, L2 and L3 of DB-1, if the
correct voltage is detected the problem lies within the cabling between DB-1 and the Feed
pump contactor (DCP-100), trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If the correct voltage is
not detected move on to the next test.
9. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across terminals T1, T2 and T3 of the main
disconnect switch (DS-100), if the correct voltage is detected the problem lies within the cabling
between DS-100 and DB-1, trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If the correct voltage is
10. Once again verify incoming power to the panel. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available
across terminals L1, L2 and L3 of DS-100 If the correct voltage is detected the problem lies
within the main disconnect switch. Remove the switch and replace with a new unit. If the
correct voltage is not detected investigate why the incoming power to the control system has
failed.

4. Booster Pump Trouble Shooting.
If the booster pump fails to operate, follow these steps to isolate the problem
has power.

2. Turn the booster pump operator switch to the manual position.

3. Inspect the booster pump contactor (DCP-101) circuit protector switch. If this switch is currently
in the ‘off’(horizontal) position is confirms that a system overload resulted in the circuit breaker
popping to protect the circuit. Reset the breaker by turning the switch to the ‘on’ (vertical)
position and check booster pump function. If the pump still does not function, proceed with the
next test.
4. Inspect the condition of relay YS-1005A, the small light on the relay should be illuminated when
the booster pump operator switch is in the manual position. If it is, proceed to the next test, if
not inspect the PLC, locate and inspect output indicator Q14, this output indicator should be
illuminated. If it is, there is a wiring fault between the PLC and the booster pump contactor
control relay (YS-1005A), trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If this output indicator is
not illuminated there could possibly be a problem with the control system PLC, contact Danfoss
Sea Recovery for further details.
5. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across terminals A1 and A2 of the booster pump
contactor (DCP-101). If 24vDC is detected when the booster pump operator is moved to the
between the booster pump control relay (YS-1005A) and the booster pump contactor, trace out
the wiring to identify the problem
6. Leave the booster pump operator in the manual position, using a multi-meter check the
outgoing voltage from the booster pump contactor (DCP-101) terminals T1, T2 and T3. If the
correct output voltage is detected, the problem lies within the booster pump power wiring, or
within the motor itself. Re-assemble the panel, manually turn off the disconnect switch, close
and lock the panel door. If the correct output voltage is not detected proceed with the next test.

7. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across the L1, L2 and L3 terminals of the booster
pump contactor (DCP-101), if the correct voltage is detected the problem lies within the booster
pump contactor itself, remove the contactor and replace with a new unit. If no voltage is
detected proceed to the next test.
correct voltage is detected the problem lies within the cabling between DB-1 and the booster
pump contactor (DCP-101), trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If the correct voltage is
failed.

5. High Pressure Pump Trouble Shooting.
If the High Pressure pump fails to operate, follow these steps to isolate the problem
has power.

2. Turn the high pressure pump operator switch to the manual position.
3. Inspect the high pressure pump contactor (DCP-102) circuit protector fuses. If the fuse
inspection windows have turned black is confirms that a system overload resulted in the circuit
fuse popping to protect the circuit. Replace the blown fuses and check high pressure pump
function. If the pump still does not function, proceed with the next test.
4. Inspect the condition of relay YS-1005C, the small light on the relay should be illuminated when
the high pressure pump operator switch is in the manual position. If it is, proceed to the next
test, if not inspect the PLC, locate and inspect output indicator Q15, this output indicator should
be illuminated. If it is, there is a wiring fault between the PLC and the high pressure pump
contactor control relay (YS-1005C), trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If this output
indicator is not illuminated there could possibly be a problem with the control system PLC,
contact Danfoss Sea Recovery for further details.
5. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across terminals A1 and A2 of the high pressure
pump contactor. If 24vDC is detected when the high pressure pump operator is moved to the
between the high pressure pump control relay (YS-1005C) and the high pressure pump
contactor, trace out the wiring to identify the problem
6. Leave the high pressure pump operator in the manual position, using a multi-meter check the
outgoing voltage from the high pressure pump contactor (DCP-102) terminals T1, T2 and T3. If
the correct output voltage is detected, the problem lies within the high pressure pump power
wiring, or within the motor itself. Re-assemble the panel, manually turn off the disconnect
switch, close and lock the panel door. If the correct output voltage is not detected proceed with
the next test.

7. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across the L1, L2 and L3 terminals of the high
pressure pump contactor (DCP-102), if the correct voltage is detected the problem lies within
the high pressure pump contactor itself, remove the contactor and replace with a new unit. If no
voltage is detected proceed to the next test.
correct voltage is detected the problem lies within the cabling between DB-1 and the high
pressure pump contactor (DCP-102), trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If the correct
voltage is not detected move on to the next test.
failed.

6. Motorized Valve Trouble Shooting.
If any motorized valve fails to operate. Refer to the control system display for an explanation of what
fault occurred. Address each fault as indicated in the chart below:

Product Diversion Valve Position the product diversion valve. Check valve wiring for
1

Product Diversion Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
2
Attempt To Open 'Auto' and that all power wiring is free from breaks or

Product Diversion Valve Failed To but failed to open fully in the time allowed. Probable
3
Complete Open Motion cause of failure is either power loss to the valve, or a

Product Diversion Valve Opening
Fault

Product Diversion Valve Closing
Fault

Product Diversion Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
6
Attempt To Close 'Auto' and that all power wiring is free from breaks or


but failed to close completely in the time allowed.
Product Diversion Valve Failed To
7 Probable cause of failure is either power loss to the
Complete Close Motion
valve, or a worn and failing actuator. Check 5 x 20 mm
light)

High Pressure Valve Position the product diversion valve. Check valve wiring for
8

High Pressure Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
9
Attempt To Close 'Auto' and that all power wiring is free from breaks or

High Pressure Valve Failed To
Complete Close Motion
light)

11 High Pressure Valve Closing Fault failure to respond to close command fault, or an open

12 High Pressure Valve Opening Fault failure to respond to open command fault, or a close

High Pressure Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
13
Attempt To Open 'Auto' and that all power wiring is free from breaks or


High Pressure Valve Failed To
Complete Open Motion
light)

Media Filter Inlet Valve Position the media filter inlet valve. Check valve wiring for
15

Media Filter Inlet Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
16
Attempt To Open** 'Auto' and that all power wiring is free from breaks or

Media Filter Inlet Valve Failed To but failed to open fully in the time allowed. Probable
17
Complete Open Motion** cause of failure is either power loss to the valve, or a

Media Filter Inlet Valve Opening
Fault**

Media Filter Inlet Valve Closing
Fault**

Media Filter Inlet Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
20
Attempt To Close** 'Auto' and that all power wiring is free from breaks or


Media Filter Inlet Valve Failed To
Complete Close Motion**
light)

Media Filter Outlet Valve Position the media filter outlet valve. Check valve wiring for
22

Media Filter Outlet Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
23

Media Filter Outlet Valve Failed To but failed to open fully in the time allowed. Probable
24

Media Filter Outlet Valve Opening
Fault**

Media Filter Outlet Valve Closing
Fault**

Media Filter Outlet Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
27


Media Filter Outlet Valve Failed To
light)

Media Filter Rinse Valve Position the media filter inlet rinse. Check valve wiring for
29

Media Filter Rinse Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
30

Media Filter Rinse Valve Failed To but failed to open fully in the time allowed. Probable
31

Media Filter Rinse Valve Opening
Fault**

Media Filter Rinse Valve Closing
Fault**

Media Filter Rinse Valve Did Not command at all. Check that the valve is switch to
34


Media Filter Rinse Valve Failed To
light)
If after checking all wiring and fusing as indicated in the tables above, it is safe to conclude the valve has
failed, replace the valve.

7. Ultra-violet Sterilizer Troubleshooting.
If the ultra-violet sterilizer fails to operate, follow these steps to isolate the problem.
has power.

2. Check the incoming and outgoing power fuses to the ultra-violet transformer (FB-21 & FB-22), if
the indicator lights on the fuse carriers are illuminated this indicates the fuses have blown,
replace the fuses and try operating the system again.
3. If the associated fuse carriers do not have the blown indicators illuminated, using a multi-meter
measure the outgoing power from the panel to the ultra-violet sterilizer (TB6-1&2), if the
correct voltage is measured the problem lies somewhere in the ultra-violet unit itself or the
associated power wiring, manually turn off the disconnect switch, close and lock the panel door.
If the correct output voltage is not detected proceed with the next test.
4. Using a multi-meter measure the output voltage of the ultra-violet control relay (YS-0002), if the
correct voltage is measured the problem lies somewhere within the wiring from the control
relay to the output terminals (TB6-1&2) of the panel, trace out the wiring to identify the
problem. If the correct voltage is not measured, proceed to the next test.
5. Using a multi-meter measure the input voltage of the ultra-violet control relay (YS-0002), if the
correct voltage is measured and the relay is energizing as required the problem lies within the
control relay, replace the control relay with a new unit. If the correct voltage is not measured,
proceed to the next test.
6. Using a multi-meter measure the output voltage of the ultra-violet transformer, if the correct
voltage is measured the problem lies somewhere within the wiring from the transformer to the
output terminals of the panel, re-check the health of FB-22 by removing the fuse and testing for
conductivity, if the fuse tests as ok trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If the correct
voltage is not measured, proceed to the next test.

7. Using a multi-meter measure the input voltage to the ultra-violet sterilizer transformer, if the
correct voltage is measured the problem lies within the transformer itself; replace the
transformer with a new unit. If the correct voltage is not measured proceed to the next test.
8. Using a multi-meter measure the output voltage of FB21, if the correct voltage is measured the
problem lies within the wiring between the fuse block and the ultra-violet transformer itself;
trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If the correct voltage is not measured proceed to
the next test.
9. Using a multi-meter measure the input voltage of FB21, if the correct voltage is measured the
problem lies within the fuse carrier; re-check the health of FB-21 by removing the fuses and
testing for conductivity, if the fuses test as ok, the problem lies within the fuse carrier. Replace
the carrier with a new unit. If the correct voltage is not measured proceed to the next test.
10. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across terminals L1 and L3 of DB-1, if the correct
voltage is detected the problem lies within the cabling between DB-1 and FB-21; trace out the
wiring to identify the problem. If the correct voltage is not detected move on to the next test.
11. Using a multi-meter test the voltage available across terminals T1 and T3 of the main disconnect
switch (DS-100), if the correct voltage is detected the problem lies within the cabling between
DS-100 and DB-1, trace out the wiring to identify the problem. If the correct voltage is not
detected move on to the next test.
across terminals L1 and L3 of DS-100 If the correct voltage is detected the problem lies within
the main disconnect switch. Remove the switch and replace with a new unit. If the correct
voltage is not detected investigate why the incoming power to the control system has failed.

8. System Production Trouble Shooting

# Symptom Possible Causes Test Remedy
1 The System does not 1. Restriction in the Product Ensure there are no blockages Straighten lines and hoses leading from
outlet line/hose. in product hoses or lines. the product outlet. Open all valves on
produce rated flow product line completely.
after Adjusting for
Temperature and
Salinity Effects.
2. Error in calculating Salinity Higher salinity of Feedwater Refer again to “Salinity Effects” and
or Temperature Effects. lowers production and requires “Temperature Effects” charts.
increase in pressure.
Lower temperature of
Feedwater decreases
production and requires an
increase in Feedwater
Pressure.
3. Fouled Membrane One or more Membranes have In tests 1 and 2, Membrane Cleaning is
been: performed. This may not be completely
Stored Improperly for effective in all situations.
extended period of time In tests 3 through 5, RO Membrane
Been exposed to temperatures element must be replaced.
in excess of 140° F / 60 C.
Been pressurized past 1000 psi
and become compacted.
Allowed to dry out.
2 The System produces 1. Cracked RO Membrane Water Quality is extremely One or more Membranes needs
Element(s). poor. replacement.
more than rated flow Salinity of Product water is
when pressure is lower extremely high.
than 420 psi in full
salinity seawater.
2. Product Water O-ring on Water Quality Lamp is Red. Replace damaged O-rings. Use care
one or more of End Plug is Salinity of Product water is during re-assembly.
damaged. extremely high.
3 The System produces 1. Product Salinity Probe has debris on the Clean the Salinity Probe with a soft-bristle
Salinity/Temperature Probe probe causing the system to toothbrush.
Poor Water Quality for read poor water quality.
Extended Period.
2. Salinity Monitor out of Test the actual Salinity of the If the Salinity Monitor is found to need
calibration. product water with a portable calibration, refer to Page I – 12 for
TDS meter. instructions.
3. Product O-rings Check to see if Product Replace O-rings if they are damaged.
Water O-rings are damaged.
These are the O-Rings that
separate the brine from the
product in the Membrane
Vessel Assemblies.

# Symptom Possible Causes Test Remedy
The System produces 4. One or more Membrane The system not only produces Replace RO Membrane element.
Elements have a broken bad water, but also meets or
Poor Water Quality for Product Tube. exceeds the rated flow at a
Extended Period. lower than normal Pressure
setting.
(Continued)
5. Membranes are fouled, or The system produces the Membrane is fouled and cleaning may
have been attacked by appropriate amount of product restore performance. If not, membrane
chemicals. water, but the product water should be replaced. Refer to “Section J”
remains of poor quality. for Membrane Cleaning and ”Section K”
for Membrane Replacement.
4 The Controller displays 1. Blockage or pressure in A blocked brine discharge line Ensure that the Brine discharge line is free
excess of 55 psi is present in causes brine water to mix with from kinks and that any valves installed in
Good Water Quality the Brine discharge line. product at the 3-Way Diversion the brine discharge line are fully open.
but the water has a Valve. Flow through the flow
meter is normal.
definite salt taste.
2. Salinity/Temperature Salinity/Temperature Probe Clean the Salinity/Temperature Probe
Probe has debris on the probe with a toothbrush.
causing the system to read
good water quality.
5 Product Water leaks 1. Blockage or pressure in Is water flowing from the Ensure that the Product line is free from
excess of 55 psi is present in product outlet line in the ship kinks and that any valves installed in the
from the Product the product outlet line from fresh water storage tank? product line are fully open.
Tubing when the 3-Way the system.
Valve is activated.
2. Clogged Charcoal Filter, Leaks occur forward of the Change the appropriate Charcoal or pH
Ultraviolet Sterilizer, or pH Post Filter Component, but not Neutralizing element. If the Ultraviolet
Neutralizer. downstream. Sterilizer is the source of the blockage,
remove the cause of the blockage.
6 There is a Sulfurous 1. Dirty Pre-Filtration Dirty Pre-Filtration Elements Replace Pre-Filter element and/or Oil-
Element. allow biological matter to grow Water Separator Element.
smell (rotten eggs) in in a very amiable environment.
the product tank. When this biological matter
decomposes sulfur gas is
released as a byproduct.
2. Charcoal Filter Charcoal filter has not been Change Charcoal element.
replaced in the
recommended time
interval.
3. Product Tank Product tank is dirty or has Clean and Chlorinate Product tank.
biological growth in it.
7 The UV sterilizer is 1. UV lamp. UV lamp has not been Replace the UV lamp.
changed in the
flickering or does not recommended period of
light. (Do not look time.
directly at the UV
lamp)
2. Voltage. The UV ballast is very Ensure that the voltage supplied to the
sensitive to voltage UV sterilizer is within 230 VAC ± 10%.
changes.

Component
Section 9
COMPONENT SPECIFICATION SHEETS

AND MANUALS
TASMAN SEA
PRE-FILTER REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
TASMAN SEA
PRE-FILTER REPLACEMENT
PROCEDURE
Document P/N B651970002
Revision A (Aug 1, 2011)
Sea Recovery Corp.

P.O. Box 5288
Carson, Ca 90745-5288
www.searecovery.com •sales@searecovery.com
Page 1 of 6
TASMAN SEA
Main Control Box –Stop System and Turn Reduce Pressure - Press Bleeder Valve Lever Down
Booster Pump Off
Open Pre-Filter Drain Valve to Unscrew Knurled Nuts at Top of Housing

Drain Filter Housings
Page 2 of 6
TASMAN SEA
Unscrew the two Levelling Screws in unison until Back out the Levelling Screws until they are Flush
the Cover can be Removed from the Housing with the Bottom of the Lid
Remove top of Housing Remove Filter Assembly from Housing
Remove the Reusable Plastic Interconnect between the two Filters
Page 3 of 6
TASMAN SEA
Inspect and Check for O-Ring Seals (Top & Bottom)

Check for Cuts, Dirt and Damage and replace as necessary
Wash & Rinse the Filter Housing Install New Filter Cartridge Ensuring the Filter
is Bottomed out on the Bottom O-Ring Seal
Install the Plastic Interconnect between the Filters
Page 4 of 6
TASMAN SEA
Place Cover Back on Filter Housing Press Firmly Until Cover & Housing Make Contact
Replace Knurled Nuts and Tighten in a Star pattern
Page 5 of 6
TASMAN SEA
Booster Pump Can now be Started Run for Close Bleeder Valve Lever by Pressing Up when
5 Minutes to Flush Any Dirt A steady stream of Water Comes Out the Valve
Main Control Box –Turn Booster Pump Off Close Pre-Filter Drain Valve
Page 6 of 6
TASMAN SEA - VALVE DESCRIPTIONS AND POSITIONING GUIDE
TASMAN SEA
VALVE DESCRIPTION & POSITIONING GUIDE

Document P/N B651970022
Revision B (July 20, 2011)
Sea Recovery Corp.

P.O. Box 5288
Carson, Ca 90745-5288
www.searecovery.com • sales@searecovery.com
Valve Position Guide
Plast-O-Matic 3-Way Actuator Ball Valves
+GF+ Signet 3-Way Ball Valves
“Tab Left” “Tab Right”

“Tab Up” “Tab Down”
Plast-O-Matic 3-Way Ball Valves
Open Close
Close Open
Open Close Close Open
NORMAL OPERATION/FRESH WATER FLUSH
Media Inlet Valve (MV-1003)

Closed = From Feed / To Media In (output off)
Open = From Media In / To Brine Brine Outlet
Brine/Chem Diversion Valve (MV-1011) TIE‐1005
“Open” or CCW or “Tab Up” =
From Brine / To Brine Outlet TIE‐1005
“Closed” or CW or “Tab Down” = Rinse Diversion Valve (MV-1005)
From Brine / To Chem Outlet TIE‐1007 Closed = From Media Out / To Feed (output off)
Open = From Media Out / To Brine Outlet
Chem Clean Outlet
Hydro Cyclone Diversion Valve (BV-1020) TIE‐1007
Open = Hydrocyclone Filter Not Used Media Bypass Valve (MV-1002)
Closed = Hydrocyclone Filter Used “Open” or CW or “Tab Left” =
From Booster Pump / To Media
Note: Be sure to plug up TIE‐1002 and TIE‐1003 if “Close” or CCW or “Tab Right” =
the Hydrocyclone is not installed. From Booster Pump / To Feed
Chem Clean Inlet
TIE‐1006 Media Outlet Valve (MV-1004)
Inlet Selector Valve (MV-1001) Closed = From Media Out / To Rinse Valve (output off)
“Closed” or CW or “Tab Down” = Open = From Media Bypass Valve / To Media Out
From Feed Water Inlet (TIE‐1001) / To Booster Pump
“Open” or CCW or “Tab Up” = (Note: Due to mounting orientation, the wiring on this valve is opposite
From Chemical Clean Inlet (TIE‐1006)/ To Booster Pump to that of the other automatic valves. See electrical schematics.)
Feed Inlet
TIE‐1001
Permeate Water Diversion Valve (MV-1010) Automatic Valves (2‐wire)

Open = From Product / To Product Outlet “Open” on valve = pin3+, pin2‐
Closed = From Product / To Brine “Close” on valve = pin3‐, pin2+
(Note: This valve is closed during Fresh Water Flush or when Note: The valve label’s illustrated definitions of “open”
the system is not running or when the Product Salinity is high) Media Tank Drain Valve and “closed” does not necessarily match the system’s
(Closed during normal operation) definition of “open” and “closed”.
BACKWASH OPERATION
Note: Media Inlet Valve (MV-1003)

All unlabeled valves are in their normal positions. Closed = From Feed / To Media In (output off)
Brine Outlet Open = From Media In / To Brine
TIE‐1005
Chem Clean Outlet
TIE‐1007
Chem Clean Inlet
Closed = From Media Out / To Rinse Valve (output off)
Open = From Media Bypass Valve / To Media Out

Feed Inlet (Note: Due to mounting orientation, the wiring on this valve is opposite
to that of the other automatic valves. See electrical schematics.)
TIE‐1001
Permeate Water Diversion Valve (MV-1010)

Open = From Product / To Product Outlet
Closed = From Product / To Brine
(Note: This valve is closed during Backwash because there is
no Product water being produced.)
RINSING OPERATION
Media Inlet Valve (MV-1003)

Closed = From Feed / To Media In (output off)
Note: Brine Outlet Open = From Media In / To Brine
After Backwash, the Media Inlet and Media Outlet TIE‐1005
Valves both return to their normal position.
All unlabeled valves are in their normal positions.
Rinse Diversion Valve (MV-1005)
Closed = From Media Out / To Feed (output off)
Open = From Media Out / To Brine Outlet
Chem Clean Outlet
TIE‐1007
Chem Clean Inlet
Closed = From Media Out / To Rinse Valve (output off)
Open = From Media Bypass Valve / To Media Out

(Note: Due to mounting orientation, the wiring on this valve is opposite
to that of the other automatic valves. See electrical schematics.)
Feed Inlet
TIE‐1001

(Note: This valve is closed during Backwash because there is
CLEANING OPERATION
Note:
Before this optional Cleaning operation, the Brine Outlet
Cleaning Tank is filled with Fresh water. TIE‐1005
The Booster pump is manually turned on to
push the water through the system.
The Media Filter is bypassed during this
cleaning process.
All unlabeled valves are in their normal
positions. Chem Clean Outlet
TIE‐1007
Media Bypass Valve (MV-1002)
“Open” or CW or “Tab Left” =
“Closed” or CCW or “Tab Right” =
From Booster Pump / To Feed
Chem Clean Inlet
TIE‐1006
Inlet Selector Valve (MV-1001)
“Closed” or CW or “Tab Down” =
From Chemical Clean Inlet (TIE‐1006)/ To Booster Pump
Feed Inlet
TIE‐1001

(Note: This valve is closed during Cleaning because there is
CHEMICAL TREATMENT OPERATION
Note:
Before this Chemical Cleaning operation, the
Cleaning Tank is filled with non-chlorinated water and
Brine Outlet
Brine/Chem Diversion Valve (MV-1011) TIE‐1005 the appropriate chemical additives.
“Open” or CCW or “Tab Up” = The Booster pump is manually turned on to push the
From Brine / To Brine Outlet TIE‐1005 water through the system.
“Closed” or CW or “Tab Down” = The Media Filter is bypassed during this cleaning
From Brine / To Chem Outlet TIE‐1007 process.
All unlabeled valves are in their normal positions.
Chem Clean Outlet
TIE‐1007
“Closed” or CCW or “Tab Right” =
From Booster Pump / To Feed
Chem Clean Inlet
TIE‐1006
Feed Inlet
TIE‐1001

(Note: This valve is closed during Cleaning because there is
CHEMICAL TREATMENT (TANK DRAINING)
Note:
Brine Outlet After the Chemical Cleaning operation, the Cleaning
Brine/Chem Diversion Valve (MV-1011) TIE‐1005 Tank can be drained by diverting the output to the
“Open” or CCW or “Tab Up” = Brine outlet.
From Brine / To Brine Outlet TIE‐1005 The Booster pump is manually turned on to push the
water through the system.
From Brine / To Chem Outlet TIE‐1007
The Media Filter is bypassed during this cleaning
process.
Chem Clean Outlet All unlabeled valves are in their normal positions.
TIE‐1007

Chem Clean Inlet “Closed” or CCW or “Tab Right” =
TIE‐1006 From Booster Pump / To Feed
Feed Inlet
TIE‐1001
Pre-Filter Drain Valve

During normal operation, this valve directs water from the pre‐filters To drain the pre‐filters, turn the valve to the left to direct water to the
toward the right and onward to the high pressure pump. pre‐filter drain outlet flange.
TMM-200
Installation of RO elements
TORAY REVERSE OSMOSIS ELEMENTS section page: 1/11
Prior to installation - preparations
1) Before directing any pre-treated feed water to elements, make sure piping
system and pressure vessels are free of dust, oil, metal residues, organic
deposits etc. This check should also be made when elements are reloaded
or replaced.
2) Verify feed water quality matches system design values.
3) Flush system (without elements loaded) with pre-treated feed water for
approx. 30 minutes.
4) Remove end plates from both ends of pressure vessel, check inside of the
vessel and if necessary clean mechanically.
If the inside of the pressure vessels are dirty, they should be

cleaned. A soft mop or swab should be used, occasionally
flushing with pre-treated water. Care must be taken not to
scratch the inside surface of the vessels.
5) Install brine end adapter with O-rings into the permeate port of brine
side end plate. Lubricate both parts using glycerin. Thrust ring should
be used according to following note.
Note: with “thrust ring” without “thrust ring”
TM-series 8inch others
Make sure “thrust ring” for absorption of axial thrust (this is a part of the
pressure vessel) is installed for TM-series 8inch such that it will transmit
axial forces from brine side element (this is the first element to be installed).
6) Optionally, permeate adapter with O-rings is inserted into the permeate port
of brine side end plate at this stage. The risk of seal damage can, however,
be minimized if this installation is done as last step, before re-fitting piping
connections.
7) Attach brine side end plate onto the brine side of the vessel and install
retaining ring set according to instruction manual of the pressure
vessels.
Operation, Maintenance and Handling Manual rev.: 105

Version: October 2012
Page16of 24
Page
TMM-200
To facilitate final control of element installation, it is useful to remove
the head seal prior to insertion. Verification of full element insertion
is easier this way, since the installed head seal usually provides for
additional resistance upon removal of the end plate.
All required parts (except the vessel permeate adaptors) are
shipped with each element package from Toray.
Permeate adaptors and thrust devices are typically supplied by the
pressure vessel manufacturer.
When ordering pressure vessels, please specify type of RO
element to be installed to ensure correct parts are provided by the
vessel manufacturer.
Unpack the elements.
1) Open element boxes, and remove RO elements and accessories. The

accessories are separately packaged in small plastic bags inside the
element box. Put empty boxes aside.
2) Prepare necessary parts as shown in the following table:
Parts Required quantity

Brine seals One per element
O-Rings 4 per element
Permeate port adaptor (open) One per pressure vessel
Permeate plug adaptor (solid) One per pressure vessel
Interconnectors (qty. of elements) (qty. of pressure vessels)
3) Assemble interconnectors with supplied O-rings carefully to avoid any

scratches. Use glycerine as lubricant. Keep assembled interconnectors in a
clean place until insertion into permeate tubes.

Page2 7of 24
Page
TMM-200
4) Safety considerations prior to opening of element packing bags:
As shipped from Toray, new elements are packaged in

approx. 0.5-1.0% sodium bisulfite solution, or sodium
chloride solution with deoxidizer. Do not ingest these
solutions. Solutions may be irritating to eyes and skin.
Protection equipment is required. For details, see MSDS of
sodium bisulfite solution.
The element shell is FRP (Fiber Reinforced Plastic). Beware
of glass fiber strands and use correct safety equipment.
5) Cut open the element's shipping bag and prepare for insertion, following
illustrations provided below.
Toray elements come with a “flow direction arrow” laminated into the
element shell. The arrow is simply provided to help ensure the brine
seal is oriented in the right direction during installation. The arrow does
not indicate a mandatory installation direction – the element can in fact
be installed either way. The important point is the correct installation of
the brine seal relative to direction of brine flow (see illustrations below)

Page3 8of 24
Page
TMM-200
Sample procedure
The shipping bags are made of a special material which is a

barrier to oxygen. This improves the useful lifetime of the
preservation solution in the bag. If the bags are carefully and
cleanly cut open at one end, some can be kept and re-used in
case any RO elements need to be conserved or shipped.

Page
Page 49of 24
TMM-200
Assembly of element and accessories

1) Install brine seal:
Toray elements shipped from Toray Membrane USA will come with brine
seal pre-installed, so this step can be omitted. Just check correct position
of seal in this case. For other regions, follow subject illustration.
2) Install interconnector. Lubricate using glycerine as necessary.

Page510
Page of 24
TMM-200
Insertion of elements
This is best done by a team of two persons.
Verify position and direction of the V-shaped brine seal as in illustration

TMM-200.1.
Illustration TMM-200.1: Orientation of brine seal
Only one brine seal per element is required. Do NOT

install two. The brine seal is typically fitted at the feed
end of the element.
If not already performed, open the RO pressure vessel's feed side
This procedure can be prepared by removing any head locking devices, prior to
starting unpacking of elements, if site conditions allow this.
Lubricate the inside of RO pressure vessel with water and glycerine. This will
Page611
Page of 24
TMM-200
facilitate installation of elements (especially with longer pressure vessels
containing multiple elements). Consider using approximately 100 ml of glycerine
for each pressure vessel. If the viscosity of the glycerine is too high, dilute with
clean water as needed for better lubrication.
Limit ingress of foreign matter, dust and dirt to vessels to a minimum by only
opening/ closing one vessel at a time.
Use of a clean, soft mop or swab or similar tool will enable lubrication of the full
length of the vessel. Take care not to scratch the inner surface of the pressure
vessel.
After lubricating brine seals and vessel’s inner surface with glycerine, insert
element from feed side end into the pressure vessel. Approximately 2/3 of its
length should be in the vessel, and 1/3 outside the vessel (see Illustration
TMM-200.2), Insert element carefully and smoothly, especially the first element.
Illustration TMM-200.2: Insertion of first element

Page
Page7 12
of 24
TMM-200
Attach brine seal to the second element as described for first element. Connect
the two elements at the inter-connector, see Illustration TMM-200.3. The partly
inserted element is best held in place by a helper. Now push both elements
smoothly and firmly into vessel, keeping them in line to avoid damages to
inter-connector or brine seal.
Illustration TMM-200.3: Insertion of following elements
Repeat procedure (see Illustration TMM-200.3). Insert elements one by one into
the pressure vessel.
Insert the last element until only 1/3 of the element is outside the vessel
Locate and install correct brine end permeate adaptor (with O-rings) into the
internal permeate port of the brine side end plate.
Note: if permeate is to be collected from the brine end of the vessel install the
permeate port adaptor. If permeate is not to be collected at the brine end install
the solid permeate plug adaptor.
Lubricate all O-rings with glycerine. (Note: this step can wait until just prior to end
plate installation into the pressure vessel to minimize any risk of O-ring damage)
Locate and install Thrust ring into the brine side end of the pressure vessel (if
provided)
A Thrust Ring is typically necessary for 8 inch (and larger)

diameter elements. It’s purpose is to help absorb axial loads
transmitted through the elements in the vessel during
operation. It should not be omitted. Omission may result in
the possibility of mechanical damage to the downstream
elements.
Insert brine side end cap into the brine side of the vessel and install retaining
ring set according to pressure vessel manufacturer’s instructions

Page813
Page of 24
TMM-200
It can be useful to check for complete adaptor insertion into the
downstream element and correct position of the brine side end
plate relative to the retaining ring groove by first removing the end
plate seal (located on the circumference of the end plate). This
reduces the resistance to movement of the end plate. The end plate
seal MUST be replaced prior to final installation of the end plate.
Push the last element home until the downstream element permeate adaptor
tube is firmly connected, and brine side end plate is securely located against the
retaining ring set
To prevent premature wear of permeate seal rings, the elements cannot be

allowed to move in the axial direction. The permeate ports are typically supplied
by the pressure vessel manufacturer. Shim rings are also typically available from
the pressure vessel manufacturer to fill remaining gaps or tolerances (see
Illustration TMM-200.4).
Feed flow
Brine flow
Brine side Feed side
Toray
TM style elements
(1 to 8 elements)
B rine flow
Plastic washers
(“ shim rings ”)
Thrust ring (for TM-series 8inch)
Permeate adaptor
closed vers ion
Illustration TMM-200.4: Applying shim rings
After installing all membranes, check distance “A” (see Illustration TMM-200.5).
If distance “A” is bigger than the thickness of shim provided by the pressure
vessel manufacturer, use the shim to fill the excess distance. Remained distance
should be smaller than the thickness of shim. Shims must be positioned on the
upstream end of the vessel.
The risk of mechanical disconnection of permeate adapters is especially high if
the permeate header is connected to feed side of pressure vessel. The pressure
vessel brine side is preferable over the feed side for installation of the permeate
output connection to pipework.

Page9 of
Page 1424
TMM-200
Feed side Feed side
Permeate Adapter Shim
C B
S A
S
(Distance A = S – B – C)
Illustration TMM-200.5: Shimming procedure
Permeate ports not used are best plugged with “closed” or “solid” type permeate
adaptors (Permeate plugs) supplied by pressure vessel manufacturer. This
provides the best protection against brine entering the permeate stream
Attach the feed side end plate of pressure vessel, and fit piping system to end
plates. IMPORTANT: Make sure head seals for all pressure vessel end plates
are installed at this time.

Page10
Page 15of 24
TMM-210
Element Removal
Element Removal
Elements may have to be removed from the pressure vessels. Some possible
reasons are:
x Inspection
x Long term storage
x Shipment
x Replacement
The procedure to remove elements is as follows:
Before removing connection from the feed, brine and permeate

piping ports on the pressure vessel, the remaining water in
pressure vessel should be drained out to release the pressure
inside.
1) Remove connection fittings from the feed, brine and permeate piping ports
on the pressure vessel.
For side port and multiport pressure vessel configurations,

removal of the permeate piping connections from the end plates is
all that is required.
2) Remove the pressure vessel end plates from both the feed and
concentrate ends of the pressure vessel.
3) Push the element stack into the vessel from the feed end of the pressure
vessel. Push the element stack forward so the brine end element sticks out
of the pressure vessel far enough for the operator to be able to grip the
element and pull the reminder of the element out of the pressure vessel.
4) When removing the downstream element from the brine end of the
pressure vessel, pull the element straight out. Do not apply any load up,
down, or side to side on the interconnector that connects the element
being removed to the upstream element(s) still remaining in the pressure
vessel. Excessive load can damage the interconnector, product tube, brine
seal, or interconnector O-rings.
5) Repeat procedures 3) and 4) to remove the remaining element(s) in the

pressure vessel. A section of PVC pipe can be used to push the elements
forward towards the brine end of the vessel for removal.
Operation, Maintenance and Handling Manual rev: 105
Page 11
Page 17of 24
TMM-210
Element Removal
6) As elements are removed, take care to remove and retain all
interconnectors and permeate end plate adapters. These parts may be
reused. It is good engineering practice to replace all 0-ring seals with new
ones prior to replacement.
If re-installation of elements is expected in the near future, it is recommended
the elements are packed immediately into clean plastic bags, (see TMM-500:
Storage).
For reloading elements, proceed according to TMM-200: Installation of RO

elements.
For proper disposal of removed elements as industrial waste, please check

local regulations and dispose accordingly.
Operation, Maintenance and Handling Manual rev: 105

Page1218of 24
Page
TMM-240
Shutdown considerations for RO systems

1) When shutting down a RO system the system should be thoroughly
flushed at low pressure with sufficient quality flushing water to displace
all the brine from the pressure vessels. (see TMM-250 Flushing
procedures)
Acceptable water for flushing are: Pre-treated feed water (refer to table
240-1), or RO product water
Water used for flushing should not contain any oxidants, Maintain the
flush water solution pH between 3-8.5 at all times
Table 240-1: Suggested flushing water for various RO

feed water treatment system
RO feed water type Flushing water
Sea water Pre-treated feed water
Brackish water Pre-treated feed water
Waste water RO product water
High pH Feed water, x Pre-treated feed
(such as 2nd pass water without NaOH
high pH feed water) x 1st pass product
water without NaOH
2) Ensure membrane elements are kept wet, properly sanitized, and

protected from freezing at all times during the shut-down period.
3) Ensure guidelines for temperature and pH of the preservative solution

are observed during shut-down period.
Take care that product back pressure never exceeds 0.05 MPa at any time.
Product back pressure should be assessed on an individual stage basis.
Product backpressure is defined as product pressure minus feed resp. brine
pressure.

Page1353of 24
Page
TMM-240
If multiple RO trains are running in parallel, and one

train is to be shut down, care should be taken to
assure the train to be shut down is properly isolated
from the common header piping using check valves
or isolation valves. It is most important that
pressure relief valves be present and installed on
each individual train permeate line.
4) Membrane elements should not, under any circumstances, be exposed

to chlorine or other chemical oxidants. Any such exposure may result in
damage to the membrane, possibly resulting in irreversible increase in
salt passage.
5) Extra care must be taken to avoid chlorine exposure
㺃 When disinfecting piping or pretreatment equipment upstream of the

membrane
㺃 When preparing cleaning or storage solutions
㺃 Care must be taken to ensure that no trace of chlorine is present in the

feed water to the RO membrane elements.
㺃 If residual chlorine is known to be present in the RO feed, it must be

removed with sodium bisulfite (SBS) solution in stoichiometric
excess , allowing sufficient contact time to accomplish complete
dechlorination.
Short-Term Shut-down
Definition:
Short-term shut-down is for periods where an RO plant must remain out of
operation for more than one day, but fewer than four days, with the RO
elements remaining loaded in the vessels.
Prepare each RO train as follows:

Flush the RO section with flushing water, while simultaneously venting any
air from the system feed piping.

Page 54of 24
Page 14
TMM-240
1) When the pressure vessels are filled with flushing water, isolate the
train by closing all isolation valves.
2) Repeat 1) and 2) above every 24 hours.
For detailed instructions of flushing procedures, see TMM-250: Flushing

procedure.
Long-Term Shut-down
Definition:
Long-term shut-down is for periods where an RO plant must remain out of
operation for more than four days with the RO elements remaining in the
pressure vessels.
Prepare each RO train as follows:

Case.1) Flushing the RO system when sufficient flushing water is
available.
Flush with flushing water for 0.5-1.0 hour at least every 2 days,
while simultaneously venting any air from the system. When the
pressure tubes are filled, close the valves.
For detailed instructions, see TMM-250 Flushing procedure
Case.2) Flushing the RO system when no flushing water source is

available
a) Circulate permeate through the system. While circulating

permeate through the system inject the RO system flush line
with a 500 to 1000 mg/l (maximum) SBS solution. This
solution will serve to inhibit biological growth during the shut
down period. Circulate for 30 – 60 minutes.
b) Make sure the RO system is completely filled with the SBS

solution . To prevent the solution from draining from the
system take care to close all system isolation valves.
c) The pH of the preservative solution should never be allowed to

drop below 3.0. The pH should be checked regularly. If the pH
drops below 3.2, the preservative solution should be drained
and replaced as soon as possible.

Page1555
Page of 24
TMM-240
d) If pH measurement of preservation solution is not possible,

repeat Steps a) and b) with fresh solution.
x Every thirty (30) days if the temperature is less than 80°F
(27°C)
x Every fifteen (15) days if the temperature is equal to or
greater than 80°F (27°C)
Notes: Any contact of the SBS solution with air (atmospheric oxygen) will
oxidize SBS to sulfate, and the preservative solution pH will begin to drop. Care
should be taken to keep the SBS preservative solution isolated from
atmospheric oxygen. If the SBS is allowed to revert to sulfate the potential for
biological activity will increase.

Page1656
Page of 24
TMM-250
Flushing procedures
TORAY REVERSE OSMOSIS ELEMENTS section page:1/2
Flushing procedures
One simple procedure for removal of foulants is to flush the system with flushing
water. Flushing scours the membrane surface by taking advantage of high
velocity at low pressure. A large volume of flush water is required. This
procedure can be an effective method for the removal of light organic fouling
provided it is applied before significant performance decline has been observed.
General operating conditions for flushing are as follows:
Flushing water: Use pre-treated feed water (refer to table 250-1), or RO

product water.
Flushing water should not contain any oxidants
Flushing water pH range should be maintained between

3-8.5.
Table 250-1: Flushing water to use for various RO feed

water treatment systems
High pH Feed water, x Pre-treated feed
(such as 2nd pass water without NaOH
high pH feed water) x 1st pass product
water without NaOH
Pressure: Low pressure (0.1 – 0.2 MPa [15 - 30 psi])
Water flow rate: High flush water flow rate is best but do not exceed
recommended vessel pressure drop.
Limit pressure drop to max 0.2 MPa [30 psi] per stage.

version: October 2012
Page
Page17
57of 24
TMM-250
Flushing procedures
TORAY REVERSE OSMOSIS ELEMENTS section page:2/2
Maximum feed flow

rate per vessel
x 8.0 inch element: x 200 l/min (53gpm)
x 4.0 inch element x 50 l/min (13gpm)
Temperature: < 40°C (104°F)

Period: 0.5 - 1.0 hour
It is important to keep the permeate side isolation valve(s) open to keep the
permeate back pressure to a minimum during the flushing procedure
Feed/brine pressure should always be higher than permeate pressure to
avoid any membrane damage.
Flush each stage (bank) separately.
Do not re-circulate flushing water.

Page1858of 24
Page
TMM-260
Preservation procedures for RO elements

The objective is to store elements under clean conditions to maintain performance
and to prevent bacteria growth.
After system shut-down, displace brine in the system

with flushing water.
General conditions for preservation:
Flushing water: Use Pre-treated feed water (see Table 260-1),

or RO product water.
Water for the flushing should not contain any

oxidants
Flushing water pH range should be maintained

between 3-8.5.
Table 260-1: Flushing water of various RO feed water

treatment system

High pH Feed water z Pre-treated Pass 1
(such as 2nd pass feed water without
high pH feed water) NaOH
z 1st pass product
water without NaOH
If potential for scaling and fouling exists,
membranes must be flushed on shutdown
according to TMM-250 Flushing procedures.
1) To maintain performance, elements must be wet at all times.
2) To prevent bacterial growth in the pressure vessels, sanitization procedures

may be required - see TMM-400: Sanitization Methods

Page
Page1959
of 24
TMM-260
3) If elements are contaminated/fouled and extended shutdown is scheduled, it is
recommended to perform chemical cleaning prior to preservation. This
removes foulant from membranes and minimizes bacterial growth. Please
review:
x TMM-300: General instructions and conditions for RO cleaning
x TMM-310: Guidelines for RO cleaning
x TMM-320: Instructions for chemical cleaning.
4) Allowable temperature range for preservation solutions 5° – 35°C (41 – 95°F )
5) Allowable pH range during preservation in the pressure vessel is 3 – 8.5
6) Make-up water for preservation solution must be free from residual chlorine or
other oxidizing agents.
For preservation of elements, use sodium bisulfite solution. For details see section
TMM-400: Sanitization Methods

Page2060
Page of 24
TMM-300
General instructions and conditions for RO cleaning
General instructions and conditions for RO cleaning

The surface of an RO membrane is subject to fouling by suspended solids,
colloids and precipitation. Pre-treatment of feed water prior to the RO process
should be designed to avoid contamination/fouling of membrane surface as
much as possible.
Operation at optimum conditions (permeate flow rate, pressure, recovery and
pH-value) will result in less fouling of the membranes.
SDI15 is a measurement of particulates present in the feed water. With high
SDI15 values (even in allowable range), membrane fouling due to particulates
can cause performance decline in long-term operation.
Fouling can also be a consequence of large variations in raw water quality, or of
errors in RO operation mode.
Fouling of the membrane surface will result in a performance decline, i.e. lower
permeate flow rate and/or higher solute passage and/or increased differential
pressure loss from feed side of a stage to the brine side.
Illustration 1 illustrates the effect of flux decrease due to fouling, and restoration
of flux through cleaning. If the source of the foulant is not addressed and
corrected, foulant removal will only bring temporary relief, as illustrated by the
“saw tooth” pattern of the permeate flow in Illustration TMM-300.1.
Normalized Permeate Flow Rate

typical
10
6
㹫3/㹦
m³/h
2 Periodical cleanings
0
days
Illustration TMM-300.1: Effect of fouling on permeate flow rate
It should be noted that the best solution is typically to remove the foulant
through improved pretreatment rather than subject the membranes to repeated
cleanings.

Page 61of 24
Page 21
TMM-310
Guidelines for RO cleaning
When to clean:
For best efficiency of cleaning procedure, elements must be cleaned before
fouling has fully developed. If cleaning is postponed for too long, it will be
difficult or impossible to completely remove foulants from the membrane surface
and re-establish full performance.
Commence cleaning when
1. Normalized differential pressure increases more than 20%

OR
2. normalized permeate flow rate decreases by more than 10 %
OR
3. normalized salt passage increases by more than 20 %.
Weighing an element is an easy check for the occurrence of fouling. If the

weight of the element is much higher than that of new element, fouling has
occurred. Before weighing the element, stand it vertically on a perforated plate
or drain for 60 minutes to allow drainage of fluids.
The approximate weight of new elements (drained condition) are:

x 4 inch diameter x 40 inch long: 4Kg,
x 8-inch diameter x 40 inch long (400ft2 membrane area): 15Kg
x 8-inch diameter x 40 inch long (440ft2 membrane area): 16 kg
Determination of foulant type

It is important to determine the type of foulants on the membrane surface before
cleaning. The best approach for this is a chemical analysis of residues collected
with a membrane filter during an SDI15 value determination for pretreated water.
In situations where chemical analysis is not available, it is often
possible to classify foulants by color and consistency of residue on
the membrane filter. A brownish color residue will typically indicate
iron fouling. White or beige color typically indicates silica, loam,
calcium scale, or biological fouling. Crystalline constitution is a
feature of calcium scale or inorganic colloids. Bio-fouling or organic
material will – besides the smell - often show slimy/sticky
consistency.

Page 62of 24
Page 22
TMM-310
Selection of cleaning procedure
Once contamination of the membrane surface has been identified, the correct
cleaning procedure must be selected.
z If foulants are believed to be metal hydroxides, such as ferric
hydroxide, or calcium scale, acidic cleaning procedures are
promising, (see TMM-320: Instructions for chemical cleaning,
TMM-330: Citric acid cleaning procedure).
z If foulant is believed to be organic or biological fouling, a

cleaning procedure with detergents is recommended, (see
TMM-320 Instructions for chemical cleaning, and TMM-
340.Dodecyl Sodium Sulfate (DSS) Detergent Cleaning
Procedure).
Evaluation of the effectiveness of cleaning
Descriptions of various cleaning procedures are given in TMM-320: Instructions

for chemical cleaning. If the recommendations are followed, good results are
generally obtained in many cases. Pressure drop across the modules should be
reduced to initial value while permeate flow rate and solute rejection will be
restored.
If performance is not sufficiently improved after cleaning, a different cleaning

procedure may lead to a better result. Foulants will frequently adhere to
membrane surface or remain in spacer material. Final removal may take several
successive cleaning procedures. As foulants may be present as layers on the
membrane surface, alternating citric acid and detergent (acid/ alkali) cleans are
frequently more effective than repeated cleans with only one type of cleaner..

Page2363
Page of 24
TMM-320
Instructions for chemical cleaning
Instructions for chemical cleaning
General guidelines
Chemical maintenance cleanings are performed to remove contaminates from
membrane surfaces by dissolving and/or separating through physical and
chemical interaction with cleaning chemicals.
It is good practice to perform a system flush prior to initiating a

chemical maintenance cleaning If the RO system is to be shut down
for and extended time it is recommended that a chemical cleaning be
performed prior to the introduction of any chemical preservatives
After any chemical cleaning, it is recommended that the system be
thoroughly flushed with either pre-treated raw water or permeate to
insure removal of any residual cleaning chemicals dissolved or
suspended solids from the RO system. See TMM Section 250 for
flushing procedures.
CIP agents: Generic cleaning chemicals are listed in Table 320-1
Make-up water: Softened water or permeate, free of heavy metals, residual

chlorine or other oxidizing agents.
Required quantity of x 40 – 80 liters (11 - 22 gallons) per 8 - inch element

CIP solution: (depending on the severity of the fouling)
x 10 – 20 liters (3 - 6 gallons)per 4 - inch element
(depending on the severity of the fouling)
CIP pressure: Low pressure (0.1 – 0.2 MPa [15 – 30 psi])
CIP flow rate
Recommended 100̺150 L/min ([25-40gpm], [6-9m3/h]) per 8inch Vessel;

flow rate: 25̺36 L/min ([6.5-10gpm], [1.5-2.2m3/h]) per 4inch Vessel;
The goal is to try and achieve the recommended cleaning
flow rates above while keeping the cleaning solution pressure
within the CIP pressure range of 15-30 psi.
Min. feed flow rate: 50 l/min (13.2 gallons/min) for each 8 - inch vessel
10 l/min (2.7gallons/min) for each 4 - inch vessel

Page 64of 24
Page 24
DATA SHEET
Flow Meter SRC Part #1101321353, #1107646953
Page 1 of 2

DATA SHEET
Page 2 of 2

Stainless Steel
Pressure Regulator
Models 7361
7363
FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS
U.S. Measure Metric Measure
O Maintains full pressure while running MODEL 7361
in idle for quick return to system pressure. Flow Range ........................... 10-60 GPM (38-227 L/M)
Pressure Range ..................400-1000 PSI (30-70 BAR)
O Offers pump protection against pressure
MODEL 7363
fluctuations and system changes.
Flow Range ........................... 10-60 GPM (38-227 L/M)
Pressure Range ..................600-1800 PSI (45-125 BAR)
O Minimum pressure fluctuations with the
alternating use of multiple guns and nozzles. COMMON SPECIFICATIONS
Max. Temperature ...........................180°F (82°C)
O Top adjusting handle and locking nut to secure Inlet Port ..................................... 1” NPTF (1” NPTF)
exact pressure setting. By-Pass Port ........................1-1/4” NPTF (1-1/4” NPTF)
Weight .......................................... 6.2 lbs. (2.8 kg)
O No external moving parts. Stainless Steel and Dimensions ...................9.1 x 3.43 x 2.38” (231x 87x 60.45 mm)
FPM internal parts for temperature and liquid

compatibility.
All High Pressure Systems require a primary pressure regulating device (i.e. regulator, unloader)
and a secondary pressure relief device (i.e. pop-off valve, relief valve). Failure to install such relief
devices could result in personal injury or damage to pump or property. CAT PUMPS does not
assume any liability or responsibility for the operation of a customer’s high pressure system.
Read all CAUTIONS and WARNINGS before commencing service or operation of any high
pressure system. The CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are included in each service manual and with
each Data sheet. CAUTIONS and WARNINGS can also be viewed online at
www.catpumps.com/cautions-warnings or can be requested directly from CAT PUMPS.
´&XVWRPHUFRQILGHQFHLVRXUJUHDWHVWDVVHWµ
Read all CAUTIONS and WARNINGS before commencing
service or operation of any high-pressure system
SELECTION PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

This pressure regulator is designed for systems with single or 1. Setting and adjusting the regulator pressure must be done
multiple pumps, solenoid (gate) valves, nozzles, standard or with the system “on”.
“weep” guns. 2. Start the system with regulator backed off to the lowest
Note: For multiple pump systems, it is best to use a pressure pressure setting (counterclockwise direction).
regulator not a pressure sensitive regulating unloader. 3. Squeeze the trigger and read the pressure on the gauge at
This regulator should meet both the desired system flow the pump.
(combined nozzle flow rate requirement) and the desired system Note: Do not read the pressure at the gun or nozzle.
pressure.
4. If more pressure is desired, release the trigger, turn adjusting
NOTICE: Operation below the minimum flow of the regulator handle one quarter turn in clockwise direction.
causes the regulator to cycle or chatter. Operation above the
maximum flows of the regulator causes premature regulator 5. Squeeze the trigger and read the pressure.
wear, regulator cycling and prevents attaining desired system 6. Repeat this process until desired system pressure is
pressure. attained.
INSTALLATION 7. Once the desired system pressure is reached, stop turning

the adjusting handle and thread lock nut down towards
These regulators operate properly when mounted in any upper body of regulator to lock in place.
direction; however, it is preferred to keep the plumbing to
a minimum and the adjusting cap easily accessible. The NOTICE: A minimum by-pass flow of 10% of the regulator
best mounting location is directly on the pump discharge rated flow is required for proper regulator performance. If the
manifold head or in discharge line using a “T” fitting. Flexible, entire output is directed through the nozzles (zero by-pass)
high pressure hose (minimum single wire braid) should be at the “cushioning” feature of the by-pass liquid is eliminated
least the size of the regulator ports when plumbing to and from and the regulator can malfunction or wear prematurely.
the regulator. 8. If desired system pressure cannot be reached, review
The inlet connection is located on the side and is a 1” NPTF TROUBLESHOOTING chart.
sized port. Plumb into this port for the discharge flow from 9. When servicing existing systems, back off lock nut.
the pump. 10. Follow adjustment procedures as stated above for new
The by-pass connection is located on the bottom and is a 1-1/4” regulators.
NPTF sized port. By-pass fluid is directed out of this port and Note: Do not adjust regulators pressure setting to compensate
can be routed to a reservoir or to a drain. for a worn nozzle. Check the nozzle as part of the regular
OPERATION maintenance and replace if worn.
These pressure regulators maintain established system pressure Note: A secondary pressure relief device (i.e., pop-off valve)
in the discharge line and at the pump head when the trigger should be used along with this pressure regulator. Final
gun is closed, solenoid (gate) valve is closed or the nozzles are adjustment for the relief valve should relieve at 200 psi above the
clogged, thus by-passing all unrequired flow. Squeezing the system operating pressure.
trigger gun or opening the solenoid (gate) valve allows for a quick
return to established system pressure.
5
TYPICAL REGULATOR INSTALLATION
1 Pressure Gauge 1
2 Relief Valve
Shown as a secondary relief valve 3
3 Pulsation Dampener
4 Pressure Regulator
5 Triplex Plunger Pump
DISCHARGE
4
BY-PASS
Read all CAUTIONS and WARNINGS before commencing
service or operation of any high-pressure system
SERVICING
Disassembly: Reassembly:
1. Disconnect by-pass and inlet plumbing from regulator. 1. Place lower body with by-pass port facing down on a flat
2. Remove regulator from pump. surface.
3. Secure lower body of regulator in a vise with adjusting 2. Lubricate outside diameter of seat. Press seat into lower
handle facing up. body with small diameter surface facing down. Ensure
4. Remove adjusting handle and screw from upper body. seat lip rests squarely on lower body surface.
5. Remove upper body by unthreading from lower body. 3. Place lower body in a vise with large diameter hole facing
up.
6. Remove first spring retainer, spring and second spring
retainer from lower body. 4. Lubricate and install o-ring onto outer diameter of piston
insert and into inside diameter of piston insert. Press
7. Remove lower body from vise. piston insert with small diameter down into lower body.
8. Place lower body upside down on a flat surface with 5. Install flat washer into piston insert so it rests on top of o-ring.
by-pass port facing up. Grasp lower body and gently tap
against flat surface. Piston guide and ball will fall out. 6. Place spring on top of flat washer.
9. Grasp lower body and gently tap against flat surface to 7. Lubricate and install o-ring, then backup-ring onto
remove piston insert, piston and spring. outside diameter of piston.
10. Separate piston and spring from piston insert. 8. Place piston into spring.
11. Place lower body with by-pass port facing up on flat 9. Place piston guide on top of piston. Insert ball into center
surface. Using a tool with the same diameter as that of hole of piston guide.
the seat, drive out seat. 10. Place first spring retainer with stepped side facing up
NOTICE: Exercise extreme caution to avoid contact and onto piston guide.
damage to the inside diameter of the piston insert, lower 11. Install spring onto first spring retainer and then place second
body sealing areas and seat. Exercise extreme caution to spring retainer on spring with stepped side facing down.
avoid contact and damage to the outside diameter of the 12. To install the upper body onto the lower body, use the hole
piston insert, piston and seat. in the upper body to fit screwdriver through to support
Note: With the regulator completely disassembled, inspect the stacked internal parts. Thread upper body onto lower
sealing area where the seat and piston insert makes contact body while holding parts in place with screwdriver. Remove
within the lower body of the regulator for grooves, pitting and screwdriver.
wear. If damage is found, stop the repair and replace with 13. Thread in adjusting handle with screw through hole in
new lower body or complete new regulator. If not, proceed upper body.
with reassembly. 14. Re-install regulator onto pump.
15. Reconnect by-pass and inlet plumbing to regulator.
16. Proceed to PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT.
Approximate Gauge Gauge

TROUBLESHOOTING Pressure Reading Between Between
at Gauge Pump/Regulator Regulator/Gun-Nozzle-Valve
Cycling/Chattering O Too little flow for valve specifications.
O Air in system, poor connections. System in operation
O Inlet seals in pump worn. system pressure system pressure
(gun open)
O O-ring in gun worn.
System will not O Nozzle worn.
O
System in by-pass 200-300 PSI above 200-300 PSI above
build up to pressure Improper nozzle size for system specs.
(all guns,valves closed) system pressure system pressure
O Foreign material trapped in seat.
Pressure drop O Nozzles worn.
O Piston and seat in regulator worn.
O Air in system, poor connections.
O Insufficient flow to pump.
O Filter clogged. Check and clean regularly.
Pressure spikes O Minimum by-pass of 10% not present.
while in by-pass O Excessive pressure adjustment made
for worn nozzle. REPLACE NOZZLE.
Reset system pressure.
Leakage from O O-ring around piston worn or piston
regulator vent hole retainer scored. Service with o-ring kit.
EXPLODED VIEW CUTAWAY
401 Convenient
adjusting handle
Leaking from
with locking
external weep
nut to secure
403 hole is signal
desired system
405 for immediate
pressure.
410 maintenance of
worn o-rings.
406
408 Stainless Steel

Durable FPM ball, seat and
o-rings assure piston offer
410
426 greater liquid extended life
432 and temperature and liquid
435 compatibility. compatibility.
427 468
438 All Stainless
INLET PORT 468 Steel lower
body and
440 wet end parts
for strength
and corrosion
445
436 resistance.
BY-PASS PORT
PARTS LIST
ITEM DESCRIPTION MODEL NUMBER QTY
7361 MATL 7363 MATL
401 Handle, Adjusting 30948 NY R 30948 NY R 1
403 Nut, Lock 30933 S 30912 STZP R 1
405 Adjuster, Pressure 30932 S 30932 S 1
406 Body, Upper — STNP — STNP 1
408 Spring 30935 STL R 30946 STL R 1
410 Retainer, Spring 34289 BB R 34289 BB R 2
426 Guide, Piston 30927 BB R 30927 BB R 1
427 Insert, Piston 30926 SSA R 30926 SSA R 1
432 Ball 30936 SS R 30936 SS R 1
435 Piston 30924 SS R 30924 SS R 1
436 Seat 30918 SSA R 30918 SSA R 1
438 Spring 30934 SS 30934 SS 1
440 Body, Lower Hex — SS — SS 1
445 Washer, Flat 30925 SS 30925 SS 1
468 Kit, O-Ring 30950 FPM R 30950 FPM R 1
490 Bracket, Panel Mount (Not Shown) 30947 BB 30947 BB 1
Bold print part numbers are unique to a particular model. Italics are optional items. R Components comply with RoHS Directive.
Material Codes (Not Part of Part Number): BB=Brass FPM=Fluorocarbon NY=Nylon STNP=Steel/Nickel Plated
S=304SS SS=316SS SSA=316SS Condition A STL=Steel
Cat Pumps (U.K.) LTD.

World Headquarters 1 Fleet Business Park, Sandy Lane, Church Crookham
Cat Pumps FLEET, Hampshire, GU52 8BF, England
Phone Fleet 44 1252-622031 — Fax 44 1252-626655
1681 - 94th Lane N.E. Minneapolis, MN 55449-4324 e-mail: sales@catpumps.co.uk www.catpumps.co.uk
Phone (763) 780-5440 — FAX (763) 780-2958 N.V. Cat Pumps INTERNATIONAL S.A.
e-mail: techsupport@catpumps.com Heiveldekens 6A, B-2550 Kontich, Belgium
The Pumps with Nine Lives Phone 32-3-450.71.50 — Fax 32-3-450.71.51
www.catpumps.com
e-mail: cpi@catpumps.be www.catpumps.be
International Inquiries Cat Pumps DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
FAX (763) 785-4329 Buchwiese 2, D-65510 Idstein, Germany
Phone 49 6126-9303 0 — Fax 49 6126-9303 33
e-mail: intlsales@catpumps.com e-mail: catpumps@t-online.de www.catpumps.de
“Original Instructions” PN 993310 Rev A 01/10 4919

DATA SHEETS
DSRC P/N 10181532CC 0-60 psi, 10181533CC 0-160 psi, 10181534CC 0-2000 psi
Page1of1
dsr
DATA SHEET
True Union Ball Check Valve SRC Part #1401271442, 1401271942,

1401272442
Page 1 of 3

DATA SHEET
Page 2 of 3

DATA SHEET
Page 3 of 3

DATA SHEETS
SRC P/N 2317100701, 2317100601, 2317102001
INDUSTRIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
Page 1 of 2
DATA SHEETS
Page 2 of 2
DATA SHEET
DA
Conductivity Sensor PN 31314212RH, 3131421840
Features
• Integral mount sys-
tems for quick and
easy installation
• Compact design for

maximum installa-
Universal Mount tion flexibility
• Digital (S3L) interface

or two-wire 4 to 20
mA output
• EasyCal with auto-

2850 Integral Conductivity
matic test solution
System for in-line recognition
Threaded J-Box installations
• Dual channel unit
available for low
Description cost installation with
The Signet 2850 Conductivity/Resistivity Sensor (S3L) output version allows for up to six
Electronics are available in various configura- sensor inputs directly into the Signet 8900 Signet 8900 Multi-Pa-
tions for maximum installation flexibility. The Multi- Parameter Controller. The two-wire rameter Controller
universal mount version is for pipe, wall, or tank 4 to 20 mA output is available with eight 4
mounting and enables single or dual (digital to 20 mA output ranges for each electrode • For use with ALL
versions only) inputs using any standard Signet cell constant. Additionally, each range can Signet conductivity
conductivity / resistivity sensor. The threaded be inverted and are field selectable by the electrodes
j-box version can be used with these same Signet user.
sensors for submersible sensor mounting. It
is also available as a combined integral system All 2850 units are built with NEMA 4X/IP 65 Applications
configuration for in-line mounting and includes a enclosures which allow wiring connections • Water Treatment &
conductivity electrode in a choice of 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, with long cable runs of up to 1,000 feet Water Quality
or 10.0 cm-1 cell constants. The 2850 is ideal for (305 m). EasyCal is a standard feature that Monitoring
applications with a conductivity range of 0.055 to automatically recognizes conductivity test • Reverse Osmosis
200,000 µS or a resistivity range of 100 MΩ to 10 solution values for simple field calibration. • Deionization
kΩ. A calibration tool is available for validation • Demineralizer,
of the sensor electronics according to USP Regeneration & Rinse
All 2850 units are available with a choice of two requirements.
• Scrubber, Cooling
outputs, digital (S3L)* or 4 to 20 mA. The digital
tower and Boiler
Protection
System Overview • Aquatic Animal Life
In-Line Sensor Installation
Support Systems
Submersible Installation
Panel Mount 4 to 20 mA Input Panel Mount 4 to 20 mA Input Panel Mount 4 to 20 mA Input
Signet 8900 Programable Logic Signet 8900 Programable Logic Signet 8900 Programable Logic
Instrument Controller Instrument Controller Instrument Controller
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately)
PLC PLC PLC
E171559
Signet 2850 Signet 2850 Signet 2850

Conductivity System Universal Mount Universal Mount
or Threaded J-Box
* Signet Sensor Serial Link (S L)
3
is a proprietary digital signal that

allows connection of up to 6 Signet
Signet 2819-2823 or
2839-2842 pH, ORP, temperature, pressure,
Conductivity conductivity, resistivity and flow
Electrode sensors directly into the 8900
(sold separately)
multi-parameter and multi-channel
instrument.
Fittings (3/4 in. NPT or ISO) - Customer supplied

Dimensions
95 mm (3.74 in.)
95 mm (3.74 in.)
2850-5X threaded J-Box 2850-6X Universal Mount Systems

95 mm (3.74 in.)
95 mm (3.74 in.)
95 mm (3.74 in.)
85 mm 95 mm (3.74 in.) 82 mm
(3.34 in.) (3.24 in.)
85 mm 82 mm
(3.34 in.) (3.24 in.)
85 mm 82 mm
(3.34 in.) (3.24 in.)
Conductivity Sensor Dimensions
73.7 mm
59.3 mm
73.7 mm2.90 in. 2.33 in. 35.8 mm
73.7 mm 59.3 mm 41.9 mm
2.902.90
in. in. 59.3 mm 1.41 in. 21.5 mm 1.65 in. 26.8 mm
2.33
2.33in.
in. 35.8
35.8 mm mm 0.85 in. 41.9 mm 41.9 mm 1.13 in.
1.41
1.41 in.in. 21.5 21.5
mm mm 26.8
1.65 in. 1.65 in. mm 26.8 mm
3-2839 0.85 0.85
3-2840 in. in. in. 1.13 in.
3-2841 1.13 3-2842
0.01 cell 0.1 cell 1.0 cell 10.0 cell
3-2839 3-2840 3-2841 3-2842
3-2839
0.01 cell
3-2840
0.1 cell 1.0 cell
3-2841
10.0 cell
3-2842
0.01 cell 0.1 cell 1.0 cell 10.0 cell
2850-5X-XX Integral Mount Systems
94mm
(3.7 in.)
35 mm
(3.35 in.)
A1, A2, A3 or A4
A1 (3-2839) = 73mm (2.88 in.)

A2 (3-2840) = 35mm (1.38 in.)
A3 (3-2841) = 41.3mm (1.63 in.)
A4 (3-2842) = 41.3mm (1.63 in.)
Specifications:
2850 Sensor Electronics
General Electrical (continued):
Compatible Electrodes: All Signet Available data via Digital (S3L) Output:
models with PT-1000 RTD • Raw conductivity
Materials: • Calibrated conductivity
• Threaded j-box for Integral mount: • Calibrated temperature-
PBT compensated conductivity
• Universal/Remote mount: • Temperature
PBT, CPVC Error Indication: Open input and out of
Temperature Compensation: range diagnostics for temperature or
PT-1000 RTD internal electronic error.
Easy-Cal: Automatic recognition of the Current Output:

following conductivity values: • Field-selectable ranges
• 146.93 µS, 1408.8 µS, 12856 µS • Factory set Span:
(@25°C) (Test solutions Per ASTM 0.01 cell (2819, 2839):
D1125-95) 4 to 20 mA = 0 to 100 µS
• 10 µS, 100 µS, 200 µS, 500 µS, 0.10 cell (2820, 2840):
1000 µS, 5000 µS, 10,000 µS, 4 to 20 mA = 0 to 1000 µS
50,000 µS, 100,000 µS (@25°C) 1.0 cell (2821, 2841):
(Standard test solutions) 4 to 20 mA = 0 to 10,000 µS
10.0 cell (2822, 2842):
Electrical 4 to 20 mA = 0 to 200,000 µS
Power: 20.0 cell (2823):
• 12 to 24 VDC for 4 to 20 mA output 4 to 20 mA = 0 to 400,000 µS
• 5 VDC +/-5% regulated, 3.0 mA max • Max. Loop Resistance:
for Digital (S3L) output (Reverse 50 Ω @ 12 VDC Shipping weight:
polarity and short circuit protected) 325 Ω @ 18 VDC • Threaded j-box: 0.75 kg
600 Ω @ 24 VDC (1.75 lb.)
Digital (S3L) Output: Serial ASCII, TTL • Accuracy: ±2% of output span • Universal mount: 0.75 kg
level 9600 bps • Resolution: 7 µA (1.75 lb.)
• Accuracy: Conductivity: • Update Rate: <600 ms
±2% of reading • Error Indication: 22 mA Standards and Approvals
Temperature: ±0.5°C • Pure Water Compensation: • NEMA 4X/IP65
• Resolution: Conductivity: When using 0.01-cm cell and raw • CE
0.1% of reading conductivity value < 0.5 µS, the 2850 • Immunity: EN61326-1
Temperature: < 0.2°C auto-switches to compensate for • Emissions: EN55011
• Update Rate: non-linear temperature effects Class B
Single channel models: < 600 ms found in this low conductivity (high • Manufactured under ISO
Dual channel models: < 1200 ms resistivity) range 9001 and ISO 14001
2839-2842 Electrodes (Integral 2850 Systems only)

General Temp. response, τ:
Range: • 5 sec. (0.01 cell)
• 2839: 0.010 to 100µS • 10 sec. (0.10 cell)
(10MΩ to 100KΩ) • 20 sec. (1.0 cell)
(0.02 to 50 ppm) • 30 sec. (10.0 cell)
• 2840: 1 to 1,000µS Temp. accuracy: ±0.5°C (±0.9°F)
(1MΩ to 1KΩ)
(0.5 to 500 ppm) Wetted Materials
• 2841: 10 to 10,000µS Internal O-ring (2841 and 2842): FPM
(5 to 5,000 ppm) Insulator material: PEEK™
• 2842: 100 to 200,000µS Electrode material: 316SS
(100,000 ppm) Threaded process connection: PEEK™
Process connection:
3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-R3/4 Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Operating temperature/pressure:
Accuracy: ±2% of cell constant value • -10°C to 100°C @ 6.9 bar
(standard). Cell constants can be (14°F to 212°F @ 100psi)
traceable to NIST and certified to • -10°C to 131°C @ 2.76 bar Shipping Weight:
within ±1% of value (contact factory) (14°F to 268°F @ 40 psi) • 2839: 0.34 kg (0.74 lb)
Temperature Element: PT-1000 Storage Temperature • 2840, 2841, 2842:
-20°C to 131°C (-4°F to 268°F) 0.30 kg (0.66 lb)
Wiring
4 to 20 mA Output version
• Maximum length of 4 to 20 mA
loop is 300 meters (1000 ft.)
CTS
4
4 20
3
2
ON
1
3 V-
26 VDC
9 VDC
2 Sensr Gnd
4-20 mA Loop Output
to
(SHIELD)
1 V+
Temp. IN
CTS
4
(WHITE)
3
2
ON
1
Signal RTN
SW1 (BLK)
D3 Signal IN
(RED)
Digital Output (S3L) version

• The digital output is compatible I/O Module 3-8900.401-X 3-8900.621C
1
+5VDC (Black)
with the Signet 8900 Multi-
Frequency
2
Input Freq. Input (Red)
1 3
Parameter Controller. GND (Shield)

+5VDC (Black)
4
Frequency
5
Input 2
Freq. Input 2 (Red)
OR
• Maximum cable length between

6
S3L S 3 L (Red)
Input 7
2 GND (White/Shield)
2850 and 8900 is determined S3L
+5VDC (Black)
8
3 Gnd
by various factors and typically

9
Input S 3 L (Red) 2 Data Sensr Gnd
1 10 (SHIELD)
GND (White/Shield) 1 V+
cannot exceed 457m (1500 ft.) Analog Output 1 +
11
CTS
4
(if applicable) - 12
Temp. IN
3
(WHITE)
2
13 ON
Analog Output 2 +
- 1
14
(if applicable) Signal RTN
SW1 (BLK)
D3 Signal IN
(RED)
Dual Digital Output (S3L) version

• Dual channel input is available Cable SHIELD
on digital models only. Temperature IN (WHITE)

Signal return (BLACK)
Signal IN (RED)
• Sensors may be the same or I/O Module 3-8900.401-X 3-8900.621C
different cell constants.

1
Frequency +5VDC (Black)

2
Input Freq. Input (Red)
1 3
GND (Shield)
4
Frequency +5VDC (Black)

5
Input 2
Freq. Input 2 (Red)
OR 6
S3L S 3 L (Red)
Input 7
2 GND (White/Shield)
8 3 Gnd
+5VDC (Black)
Ch 2
CTS
S3L
2 Data
9
3
Input S 3 L (Red)
2
1
ON
10
GND (White/Shield)
1
11 1 V+
Analog Output 1 +
CTS
Ch 1
3
13
2
+
ON
Analog Output 2
1
SW1
D3
Sensor 2
Sensor 1
Installation
• Position the electrode to avoid entrapment of air bubbles.
• The preferred installation for in-line applications directs flow straight into the electrode.
• If the electrode is mounted vertically in a tee, do not recess the orifices inside the tee.
Mounting the sensor upside down may help prevent air entrapment.
• An oversized tee or flow cell may be helpful for inline installations.
In-line sensor mounting with remote/universal mount 2850
In-line integral system mounting
Submersible sensor mounting
Using the 2850-5X Using the 2850-6X

Operating Range Chart
The 2850 is capable of measuring conductivity and resistivity values over a wide
range. Below is a chart of Signet Conductivity/Resistivity electrodes (listed in
each range box) that is recommended for the specified measurement range.
Cooling Tower Deionization Regen. Chemicals
Bottled Waste Waters Alkali Cleaners, Acids/Bases
UPW @ 25°C USP Water
(20.0 Cell) 2823
2842
(10.0 Cell)
2822
2841
(1.0 Cell)
2821
(0.10 Cell) 2840

2820
(0.01 Cell)
2839
2819
0.010 µS 0.055 µS 1 µS 10 µS 50 µS 100 µS 200 µS 1,000 µS 10,000 µS 100,000 µS 400,000 µS

100 MΩ 18.2 MΩ 1 MΩ 100 KΩ 10 KΩ
50,000 µS 200,000 µS
0.5 µS 20 µS
Field Selectable Ranges for 4 to20 mA Operation

The chart below indicates the field selectable ranges in which the 2850 sensor
electronics can be set via internal switches. All ranges can be inverted if required.
Signet Models listed below are compatible Conductivity/Resistivity electrodes.
0.01 Cell 0.10 Cell 1.0 cell 10.0 Cell 20.0 Cell
Signet Model Signet Model Signet Model Signet Model Signet Model
2819 or 2839 2820 or 2840 2821 or 2841 2822 or 2842 2843
10 to 20 MΩ 0 to 2 µS 0 to 20 µS 0 to 200 µS 0 to 400 µS
2 to 10 MΩ 0 to 5 µS 0 to 50 µS 0 to 500 µS 0 to 1,000 µS
0 to 2 MΩ 0 to 10 µS 0 to 100 µS 0 to 1,000 µS 0 to 2,000 µS
0 to 50 MΩ 0 to 500 µS 0 to 5,000 µS 0 to 100,000 µS 0 to 200,000 µS
0 to 100 MΩ 0 to 1,000 µS 0 to 10,000 µS 0 to 200,000 µS 0 to 400,000 µS
The 4 to 20 output ranges shown in this chart can be inverted using the internal switch
Resistivity Ranges are in BOLD
Electronic Certification/Calibration
Signet offers conductivity simulators with ±0.1% precision (accuracy) in
five different values: 1.0 µS, 2.5 µS, 10.0 µS, 18.2 MΩ, 10.0 MΩ. These are
all temperature compensated to 25°C and enable the user to validate Cond. - Resist.
Simulator
the performance of the electronics independently of the electrode. This 1.0 µS

@ 25°C
requirement is defined by ASTM D 1125-95 (Standard Test Methods for For use with Signet
Electrical Conductivity and Resistivity of Water) which is commonly used for 2850 Conductivity
NIST Traceable
USP 24 applications.
Ordering Information
2850 Integral Systems

Use this ordering matrix when an integral 2850 system is desired (uses 2839-
2842 series electrodes). Integral systems are shipped with a sensor and 2850
combined. Other 2850 systems are available with Signet 2819 to 2823 electrodes
upon request.
Integral Mount System (includes Sensor Electronics and electrodes)

3-2850 Conductivity and Resistivity Sensor Electronics
Output Type
-51 Digital (S3L) output with EasyCal
-52 4 to 20mA output with EasyCal
Sensor Option
-39 2839 Electrode, 0.01 cell
Process threaded connection types Integral System includes
D ISO threads the 2850 sensor elec-
- NPT threads
tronics and a choice of
Conductivity/Resistivity
3-2850 -52 -39 Example Part Number
electrode.
2850 Sensor Electronics

Use this ordering matrix when remote sensor mounting is desired. The
2850-5X and 2850-6X are compatible with ALL Signet conductivity electrodes.
Sensor Part Number

3-2850 Conductivity Sensor Electronics with 4 to 20 mA or digital output
Mounting configurations
-5 3/4 inch threaded j-box for standpipe mounting, single input only
-6 Universal Mount Junction Box for remote mount, single or dual input
Output choices -5X threaded J-Box
1 one input/one Digital (S3L) output
2 one input/one 4 to 20 mA output
3 two inputs/two Digital (S3L) outputs (available for -6X versions only)
3-2850 -5 2 Example Part Number
-6X Universal/Remote
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
Mount
3-2850-51 159 001 398 3-2850-52-40 159 001 348
3-2850-51-39 159 001 339 3-2850-52-41 159 001 349
3-2850-51-40 159 001 340 3-2850-52-42 159 001 350
3-2850-51-41 159 001 341 3-2850-52-39D 159 001 351
3-2850-51-42 159 001 342 3-2850-52-40D 159 001 352
3-2850-51-39D 159 001 343 3-2850-52-41D 159 001 353
3-2850-51-40D 159 001 344 3-2850-52-42D 159 001 354
3-2850-51-41D 159 001 345 3-2850-61 159 001 400
3-2850-51-42D 159 001 346 3-2850-62 159 001 401
3-2850-52 159 001 399 3-2850-63 159 001 402
3-2850-52-39 159 001 347
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
3-2839-3 159 001 355 Electrode - 0.01 µS/cm, 6 in. cable, NPT
3-2839-3D 159 001 359 Electrode - 0.01 µS/cm, 6 in. cable, ISO
3-2850-51 159 001 398 Sensor Electronics, digital (S3L) output
3-2850-52 159 001 399 Sensor Electronics, 4 to 20mA output
3-2850.101-1 159 001 392 Plug-in NIST traceable recertification tool,
1.0 µS simulated
2.5 µS simulated
10.0 µS simulated
18.2 MΩ simulated
10.0MΩ simulated
8
DATA SHEET
L _ __ _
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH N5
Features
High quality snap action sNitch

Factol)' preset or field adjustable
10 amp contact
Gold contact for IO'N current application
Wide range of diaphragm materials
Srcwn \\~th Complate DIN -Electrical Option HR
NEMA 4, 13
Dimensions Operating Specifications
8ET POINTADJU8'TMENT 8CREW UNDER CAP

Set Point Range 2- 100 PSI (.1 4-S.Q Bar1
i 8 - 32
/ TE,RMINAUl Set Point Tolerance ±1 PSI or 5% (.07 Bar)
Maximli'Tl Operating Pressll'& 250 PSI (17 Bar1

Proof Pressure 750PSI (51 Bar1
1.7' Dli'.
(43.2mm) Differential 8- 16%
Cl.ITent Rating 5 A@250VAC

~.5' MAX
(63.Smm)
5 A @30 VDC (Resistive)
~
Media Connection See Order Chart Below for Options
Circuit Form SPST-NO or SPST-NC
Electrical Connection See Order Chart Below for Options

HEX VARIESWrTH
PROC ES8 CONNECTION Diaphragm Malarial Buna N
Cycle Life 1 Million
Page 1 of 1
IJIV,.....n«:i~3tlt ® -- IREV I D~.TE DESCRIPTION BY
NS- P1A-6J/HRAU12 ENGl~lEERlNG FILE COPY A 8123/05 REMOVED SC0011016A &. PIN JDC
DO I~OT REt.lOVE 'WAS NS-25A-6J/HRAU12
RD10VE CAP TO
ADJUST SE T POIN TS
ALL CAPS TO BE SHIPI'ED I N
ONE SEPARATE BAG I N EACH BOX.
114-18 NPTF
TOP VIE'..I OF MALE DIN CONNECTOR
3
!i=\1
NO
1.75 SQ. oc ~
1
COM
=
1 = COMMON
3 =
NORMALLY OPEN
3/4 HE X L ABEL TO READ
l --1.88 - - l L D~ PRESSURE S~ I TCH r-
l/4' MNPT POR T
N.D. TO CLOSE ON RISE 1-
1- - - - 2 .5 MAX - - - 1 SET 6psl RISE; 4psl DECLINE
'-
CIRCUIT• SPS T - NO <SINGLE POLE SINGLE THRO~-NORM ALL Y OPEN)

TERMINATION• DIN CONNECTOR 43650A.
l J
RATING• GOLD CONTACTS SHIP DIN CONNECTOR IN A SEPARATE
OPERA TION• CIRCUIT TO CLOSE AT 6 ±2 PSI BOX OR BAG PER ORDER.
RISING PRESSURE.
DIFFEREN TIAL• 2 PSI NOMINAL. NASON
P.O. BOX 5 05
ADJUSTING RANGE• 6 PSI TO 15 PSI.
\JES T UNION,SC 29696 rox• <86~>638-7903
MAX PRESSURE• PSI aoo Ph1 (864)638-9521
CUSTOMER
o.T£1/13/99 llllAvN "J.D.C.
MATERIALS•
BASE- BLACK NYLON 1----=sE=..:A~R..:.:::E::..:::C::..::::D:_:.V-=E::..:.:R:-.:..Y-1
Ji:CftRENCE ARCA
SCN..£
1 I 1 J lJ (.. •
~·· IY
HOUSING- ANODI ZED ALUMINUM
2301020758 CHANGE ON CAD DNL Y.
USE STAINLESS STEEL FOR DIN CONNECTOR TITLE: .....,lNG NI.OOCR ®
SCRE~S AND ~AS HER. PRESSURE SIJI TCH MODEL/NS NS-25A- 6J/HRAU12
DATA SHEET
High Pressure Switch WX version SRC Part #2321020558
Page 1 of 1
DATA SHEET

Page 1 of 4

DATA SHEET
Page 2 of 4

DATA SHEET
Page 3 of 4

DATA SHEET
Page 4 of 4

DATA SHEET
Page 1 of 2

DATA SHEET
Page 2 of 2

DATA SHEET
PVC PIPE SRC Part #0301096600, 0301099000, 0301099200

-SCHEDULE 80--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

PVC is the most commonly used plastic material for manufacturing plastic pipe. It has a relatively high tensile
strength and modulus of elasticity and, therefore, is stronger and more rigid than most other thermoplastics.
Joining methods are by solvent cementing, threading (Schedule 80 only) and flanging.
PVC has been used successfully in such areas as chemical processing, industrial plating, chilled water
distribution, salt water, chemical drainage, and irrigation systems.
Pressures ratings given are for solvent cement systems. When adding valves, flanges or other components,
the system must be de-rated to the rating of the lowest component; threaded fittings are rated at 50% of
solvent cement systems; flanged fittings are rated at 150 psi; union fittings are rated at 235 psi. See
manufacturers’ recommendation for other ratings.
Page 1 of 2
DATA SHEET
Benefits of PVC
Conforms to ASTM D-1785, Type 1, Grade 1
All PCV piping is produced from NSF approved compounds conforming to ASTM D-1784.
National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved for pipe sizes ½” through 12” for use in potable water
services.
Standard length: 20 feet
Handles temperatures up to 140°F.
Not affected by soil in buried applications; requires water-based latex paint for outdoor, sunlight-
exposed installations.
Economical to install and maintain.
Available in larger sizes on request.
IPS-sized (inches) ¼” through 24”
Can be threaded
Normally gray in color.
Page 2 of 2
DATA SHEETS
DWG # TAS-72-BASIC
Page 1 of 6

DATA SHEETS
Page 2 of 6

DATA SHEETS
Page 3 of 6

DATA SHEETS
Page 4 of 6

DATA SHEETS
Page 5 of 6

DATA SHEETS
Page 6 of 6

DATA SHEET
Page1of3

DATA SHEET

Page2of3

DATA SHEET

Page3of3

10/12/2012 5:08:32 PM
www.swagelok.com
Poppet Check Valves

Part No.
SS-CHM16-10
Part Description:
SS Poppet 5000 psig (344 bar) Check Valve, 1 in. MNPT, 10 psig (0.69 bar)
Product Specifications
General
Body Material 316 Stainless Steel

Cleaning Process Standard Cleaning and Packaging (SC-10)
Connection 1 Size 1 in.
Connection 1 Type Male NPT
Connection 2 Size 1 in.
Connection 2 Type Male NPT
Cracking Pressure 10 psi (0.69 bar, 0.069 MPa)
eClass (4.1) 37010801
eClass (6.0) 27-30-06-01
Feature O-rings: Fluorocarbon FKM
UNSPSC (11.0501) 40141641
UNSPSC (4.03) 40141601
UNSPSC (SWG01) 40141601
The complete catalog contents must be reviewed to ensure that the system designer and user make a safe product selection. When
selecting products, the total system design must be considered to ensure safe, trouble-free performance. Function, material compatibility,
adequate ratings, proper installation, operation, and maintenance are the responsibilities of the system designer and user.
Caution: Do not mix or interchange valve components with those of other manufacturers.
© 2012 Swagelok Company

DATA SHEET
Page 1 of 2
DATA SHEET
Page 2 of 2
DATA SHEET
Page 1 of 8

DATA SHEET
Page 2 of 8

DATA SHEET
Page 3 of 8

DATA SHEET
Page 4 of 8

DATA SHEET
Page 5 of 8

DATA SHEET
Page 6 of 8

DATA SHEET
Page 7 of 8

DATA SHEET
Page 8 of 8

Signet 2537 Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
Features
• Digital (S3L), or 4 to
20mA outputs, or
Flow Switch, or Pulse
output (multi-function)
• Allows for up to six

sensors to Signet 8900
Controller
• Low flow capabilities

down to 0.1m/s
(0.3 ft/s)
• Polypropylene or PVDF
wetted materials
• Installs into pipe sizes

DN 15 to DN 200
(0.5 to 8 in.)
Description • Built-in user
The Signet 2537 Flow Sensor is the Installation is simple because the
interface for on-site
next generation in fluid measurement Signet 2537 utilizes the same fit-
configuration
technology from the inventor of the tings as the popular Signet 515 and
original paddlewheel flowmeter. This 2536 Paddlewheel Sensors and fits • Low power and high
new sensor is an improvement on into pipe sizes ranging from DN15 to resolution
what’s already an industry standard. It DN200 (0.5 to 8 inches). Available in
has the added functionality of various Polypropylene and PVDF, it is ideal Applications
output options including flow switch, for a variety of applications includ- • Process Flow
multi-functional pulse divider, digi- ing chemical processing, water and Monitoring
tal (S3L) or 4 to 20mA. Additionally, it wastewater monitoring and scrubber • Pump Protection
offers low flow, low power and high control. • Pure Water Production
resolution and can be configured on- • Filtration Systems
site directly through the built-in user • Chemical Production
interface. • Reverse Osmosis
• Demineralization/
System Overview Regeneration
• Fume Scrubbers
In-Line Sensor Installation
• Cooling Towers
Panel Mount 4 to 20 mA Input 4 to 20 mA Dry
Contact, Solid State • Proportional metering
Signet Flow Instrument Chart Recorder Metering Pump pump
(sold separately) (sold separately) OR (customer supplied)
8900 8550 Programable
5500 5600 Logic
5075 Controller
C US
PLC
Signet 2537 Paddlewheel Signet 2537 Paddlewheel Signet 2537 Paddlewheel

Flow Sensor Flow Sensor Flow Sensor
Signet Fittings
(sold separately)
40 www.gfsignet.com
Choosing
Products
Dimensions Specifications
2537 Paddlewheel Flowmeter General Electrical (continued)
for ½ in. to 4 in. pipe Input Frequency Range: 1 Hz to 1000 Hz Flow Switch Output
Operating Range: • Relay Modes: Low, High
94 mm/
0.1 m/s to 6 m/s (0.3 ft/s to 20 ft/s) • Time Delay: 0.0 to 6400.0 seconds
Instrument
• Hysteresis: Adjustable in Engineer-
Multi-Pa-
Linearity:
rameter
3.7 in.
±1% of max. range @ 25°C (77°F) ing Units
Repeatability
±0.5% of max. range @ 25°C (77°F) Relay Specifications
130 mm System Response: • Mechanical SPDT:
5. in. 100 ms update rate nominal 5A @ 30 VDC, 5A @ 250VAC
Flow
Operating Range: 0.3 to 20 ft/s • Solid-State Relay:
100mA @ 40VDC, 70 mA @ 33 VAC
Wetted materials:
pH/ORP
• Sensor body: Digital (S3L) Output
-P0,-P1: Polypropylene • Type: Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bps
2537 Paddlewheel Flowmeter -TO: PVDF • Max. cable length: Refer to Signet
for 5 to 8 in. pipe • O-ring: FPM 8900 wiring specifications.
Conductivity/ Temperature,
• Rotor Pin:
Resistivity
94 mm/
3.7 in. P0,-P1: Titanium Current Output (Passive 4 to 20 mA)
-TO: PVDF • Loop Accuracy:
• Rotor: ±32 A (@ 25°C @ 24 VDC)
P0,-P1 Black PVDF • Loop resolution: 5 A
-TO PVDF • Temp. drift: ±1 A per °C max.
171 mm
• Power supply rejection: ±1 A per V
Pressure, Level
6.73 in.
Electrical • Max. cable: 300 m (1000 ft.)
Pulse, Flow Switch • Maximum Loop Resistance:
• With dry-contact relay: 600 @ 24 VDC
24 VDC nominal 1K @ 32 VDC
(21.6 VDC min. to 26.4 VDC max.)
30 mA max current Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating:
• With solid-state relay: • Storage Temperature:
Products
5 to 24 VDC nominal -10°C to 75°C (14°F to 167°F)
Other
(5.0 VDC min to 26.4 VDC max.) • Operating Temperature:
30 mA max current 0°C to 65°C (32°F to 149°F)
• Digital (S3L): • Relative Humidity:
5 VDC nominal 0 to 90% RH, non-condensing
Installation
Wiring &
(5.0 VDC min to 6.5 VDC max.)
3 mA max current Flow Sensor
• 4 to 20 mA: • PP: 12.5 bar @ 20°C, 1.7 bar @ 85°C
12 VDC to 32 VDC nominal (180 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @185°F)
(10.8 VDC min to 35.2 VDC max.) • PVDF: 14 bar @ 20°C, 1.7 bar @ 85°C
(200 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @ 185°F)
Reference
Technical Temperature/ Glossary Part No.
21 mA max current
Operating Temperature:
• Reverse Polarity and short circuit • PP: -18°C to 85°C (0°F to 185°F)
protected: Up to 40V, 1 hour • PVDF: -18°C to 85°C (0°F to 185°F)
• Over-voltage protection:
> 40 VDC over 1 hour Standards & Approvals Pressure
• CE
Graphs
Output Specifications • Enclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65

Signal Averaging: • UL
Programmable 0 to 100 seconds • EN61326: Immunity and Emissions
Sensitivity Response: for Control Equipment
Programmable 0 to 9 scale • EN61010: Safety requirements for
of Terms Reference Index
electrical equipment.
Pulse Divider/Total Pulse Output • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
• Pulse Divider Setting: 1.0000 to 99999 and ISO 14001:2004
• Maximum pulse rate: 300 Hz
• Maximum pulse width: 50 ms
www.gfsignet.com 41
Ordering Information
Sensor Part Number - Choose one
3-2537 Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
Sensor Output Type
-1 Pulse Divider via Dry Contact Relay
-2 Pulse Divider via Solid-State Relay
-3 Flow Switch via Dry-Contact Relay
-4 Flow Switch via Solid-State Relay
-5 Digital (S3L) output
-6 4 to 20mA output
C Integral Mount (8512 sensors)
Material Options
-P Polypropylene body, black PVDF rotor, Titanium pin,
FPM O-rings
-T Natural PVDF body, rotor and pin, FPM O-rings
Pipe Size
0 DN15 to DN 100 (0.5 to 4 inch)
1 DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 inch pipes)
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2537-1C-P0 159 001 291 3-2537-4C-P1 159 001 306
3-2537-2C-P0 159 001 292 3-2537-5C-P1 159 001 307
3-2537-3C-P0 159 001 293 3-2537-6C-P1 159 001 308
3-2537-4C-P0 159 001 294 3-2537-1C-T0 159 001 315
3-2537-5C-P0 159 001 295 3-2537-2C-T0 159 001 316
3-2537-6C-P0 159 001 296 3-2537-3C-T0 159 001 317
3-2537-1C-P1 159 001 303 3-2537-4C-T0 159 001 318
3-2537-2C-P1 159 001 304 3-2537-5C-T0 159 001 319
3-2537-3C-P1 159 001 305 3-2537-6C-T0 159 001 320
Application Tips:
• Use PVDF Rotor Pin for use in Deionized • For systems with components of more
Water. than one material, the maximum temper-
• Use a sleeved rotor in abrasive liquids to ature/pressure specification must always
reduce wear. be referenced to the component with the
• Sensor plug is used to plug installation lowest rating.
fitting after extraction of sensor from pipe.
• For liquids containing ferrous particles
use only Signet Magmeters.
42 www.gfsignet.com
Choosing
Products
Please refer to Accessories and Replacement Parts
Wiring, Fittings, Mfr. Part No. Code Description
Installation, and
Accessories Rotors
sections for more 3-2536.320-1 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black
Instrument
Multi-Pa-
3-2536.320-2 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural
rameter
information.
3-2536.320-3 159 000 273 Rotor, Tefzel®
3-2536.321 198 820 054 Rotor and Pin (matched set), PVDF Natural
3-2536.322-1 198 820 056 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black
3-2536.322-2 198 820 057 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural
Flow
3-2536.322-3 198 820 058 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel®
Rotor Pins
M1546-1 198 801 182 Pin, Titanium
pH/ORP
M1546-2 198 801 183 Pin, Hastelloy-C
M1546-3 198 820 014 Pin, Tantalum
M1546-4 198 820 015 Pin, Stainless Steel
P51545 198 820 016 Pin, Ceramic
Conductivity/ Temperature,
O-Rings
Resistivity
1220-0021 198 801 186 O-Ring, FPM
1224-0021 198 820 006 O-Ring, EPR
1228-0021 198 820 007 O-Ring, FFPM - Kalrez®
Miscellaneous
P31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypro
Pressure, Level
P31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDF
3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use)
3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
7300-7524 159 000 687 24 VDC Power Supply 7.5W, 300mA
7300-1524 159 000 688 24 VDC Power Supply 15W, 600mA
7300-3024 159 000 689 24 VDC Power Supply 30W, 1.3A
Products
Other
Installation
Wiring &
Reference
Technical Temperature/ Glossary Part No.
Pressure
Graphs of Terms Reference Index
www.gfsignet.com 43
DATA SHEETS
DWG # TAS-72-BASIC
Page 1 of 1

DATA SHEETS
Page1of2
DATA SHEETS
Page2of2

DATA SHEET
Big Blue Filter Housing SRC PN 0713020606
Page1of2

DATA SHEET
Page2of2

DATA SHEET
DSRC P/N 0421061239 0421081239
SEA STRAINER
0421081239
Page 1 of 1

Section 10
DRAWING PULL-OUTS
Drawings
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32.50 [825] 32.50 [826]
D
42.13 [1070] D
MAINTENANCE AREA
MAINTENANCE AREA
31.88 [810]
26.13 [664]
2.88 [73]
0.00 [0]
MAINTENANCE AREA
4X LIFTING RING
25.00 [635]
MAINTENANCE AREA
74.13 [1883]
2.88 [73]
0.00 [0]
LIFTING RING LOCATION
24.00 [610]
14.00 [356]
G:\WORKSPACE\digital\COMPACT SYSTEM 60 - 460V60Hz3Ph, DIGITAL, ANSI,FWF (43-23-02-00-01-02)- PR\COMPACT SYSTEM 60 - 460V60Hz3Ph, DIGITAL, ANSI,FWF (43-23-02-00-01-02)- PR.iam
C C
TIE-1003 HYDROCYCLONE INLET

1-1/2" PVC ANSI BLIND FLANGE TIE-1005 BRINE WATER OUTLET 45.00 [1143]
1-1/2" PVC ANSI FLANGE
TIE-1007 CLEANING OUTLET 53.40 [1356]

A
43.63 [1108]
40.40 [1026]
TIE-1004 PRODUCT WATER OUTLET
1" PVC ANSI FLANGE
60.00 [1524]
31.50 [800]
49.00 [1245]
28.38 [721] 27.40 [696]
25.00 [635]
19.75 [502]
16.25 [413]
TIE-1006 CLEANING INLET
1-1/2" PVC ANSI FLANGE 10.75 [273]
7.62 [194]
B 5.50 [140] B
0.00 [0] 0.00 [0] 0.00 [0]

10.88 [276]
5.50 [140]
0.00 [0]
77.00 [1956] TIE-1009 DRAIN
0.00 [0]
5.50 [140]
36.93 [938]
TIE-1001 FEED WATER INLET 1-1/2" PVC ANSI FLANGE
TIE-1002 HYDROCYCLONE OUTLET
74.13 [1883]

1-1/2" PVC ANSI BLIND FLANGE
2.88 [73]
0.00 [0]
TIE-1010 FRESH WATER FLUSH INLET
3/4" PVC ANSI FLANGE
DRAWING STATUS:
8x 0.56 [14] RELEASED FOR PRODUCTION
0.00 [0] NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
2.88 [73] THAT IS AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF DANFOSS SEA
RECOVERY CORP. AND IS TO BE RETURNED IMMEDIATELY
UPON REQUEST. ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED,
DISTRIBUTED, CIRCULATED, OR DISCLOSED TO THIRD
PARTIES. RECIPIENT WILL NOT USE THIS INFORMATION FOR
PURPOSES OTHER THAN INTENDED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
CONSENT OF DANFOSS SEA RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,
DANFOSS SEA RECOVERY ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (IN.) AND MILLIMETER (mm)
19610 South Rancho Way FRACTIONS 1/16" 1.5mm
26.13 [664]
Rancho Dominguez .X 0.1" 2.5mm
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
California 90220 USA .XXX 0.005" 0.127mm
Tel: 310-637-3400 Fax: 310-637-3430 ANGLES 1 DEG.
31.88 [810] SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A A
42.13 [1070] TITLE:
COMPACT SYSTEM 60 - 460V60Hz3Ph, DIGITAL, ANSI,FWF (43-23-02-00-01-02)- PR
MOUNTING HOLE LOCATION

PREPARED BY: manjunathn DATE: 08/20/2012 DWG NO.: A600 REV.:
DETAIL A CHECKED BY: CP DATE: 08/20/2012 S.O. NO.
PR
SHT:
APPROVED BY: CP DATE: 08/20/2012 WEIGHT: 2672.530 lbmass 1 OF 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
G:\WORKSPACE\digital\COMPACT SYSTEM 60 - 460V60Hz3Ph, DIGITAL, ANSI,FWF (43-23-02-00-01-02)- PR\COMPACT SYSTEM 60 - 460V60Hz3Ph, DIGITAL, ANSI,FWF (43-23-02-00-01-02)- PR.iam
C C
P600-02-23 (DIGITAL - 460V,60Hz,3Ph) - PR
P600-01-43 (60 - 460V,60Hz,3Ph) - PR
B B
BILL OF MATERIAL (B.O.M.)

ITEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION FILE/DWG. NAME
1 1 TASMAN SEA COMPACT (Core) P600-00-00
2 1 TASMAN SEA COMPACT (Flange - ANSI PVC) P600-05-01
3 3 1 TASMAN SEA COMPACT (FWF - Yes) P600-06-02
4 1 TASMAN SEA COMPACT (DIGITAL - 460V,60Hz,3Ph) P600-02-23
5 1 TASMAN SEA COMPACT (460V,60Hz,3Ph) P600-03-02
P600-00-00 (Core) - PR 6 1 TASMAN SEA COMPACT (60 - 460V,60Hz,3Ph) P600-01-43
DRAWING STATUS:
RELEASED FOR PRODUCTION
NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY
THAT IS AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF DANFOSS SEA
5 UPON REQUEST. ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED,
TOLERANCES:
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
P600-06-02 (FWF - Yes) - PR CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
P600-03-02 (460V,60Hz,3Ph) - PR
A P600-05-01 (Flange - ANSI PVC) - PR TITLE:
A
COMPACT SYSTEM 60 - 460V60Hz3Ph, DIGITAL, ANSI,FWF (43-23-02-00-01-02)- PR
PREPARED BY: manjunathn DATE: 08/20/2012 DWG NO.: A600 REV.:

PR
CHECKED BY: CP DATE: 08/20/2012 S.O. NO.
SHT:
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
26.13 [664]
D D
4x 0.69 [17]
2.88 [73]
0.00 [0]
77.00 [1956]
74.13 [1883]
2.88 [73]
0.00 [0]
C C
80.25 [2038]
49.00 [1245]
TIE - 1005
BRINE WATER OUTLET
42.83 [1088]
G:\Development\ALL WORK IN PROCESS\A704 - ATLANTIC SEA,500 TON,FINCANTIERI,ITALY\P594700003 - SKID,PUMP,ATLANTIC SEA,500 TON\P600-00-00 (Core) - PR.iam
TIE - 1007
CLEANING OUTLET
49.00 [1245]
TIE - 1003
HYDROCYCLONE INLET
TIE - 1004
PRODUCT WATER OUTLET
TIE- 1006
CLEANING INLET
10.55 [268]
TIE - 1002
HYDROCYCLONE OUTLET
5.50 [140]
B TIE - 1001 B
FEED WATER INLET 0.00 [0]
TIE - 1010
FRESH WATER FLUSH INLET
20.50 [521]
17.50 [445]
0.00 [0]
29.00 [737]
13.63 [346]
0.00 [0]
74.13 [1883]
2.88 [73]
0.00 [0]
DRAWING STATUS:
PRODUCTION RELEASE
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION THAT
IS AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SEA RECOVERY
CORP. AND IS TO BE RETURNED IMMEDIATELY UPON REQUEST.
26.13 [664] ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, DISTRIBUTED,
CIRCULATED, OR DISCLOSED TO THIRD PARTIES. RECIPIENT
WILL NOT USE THIS INFORMATION FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN
INTENDED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SEA
RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
SEA RECOVERY CORP ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (IN.) AND MILLIMETER (mm)
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com NTS
2.88 [73] CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A 0.00 [0] A
TITLE:
TASMAN SEA COMPACT (Core)
DETAIL A PREPARED BY: BCW DATE: 8/9/2012 DWG NO.: P600-00-00 REV.:
PR
SCALE 1 / 6 CHECKED BY: CP DATE: 8/10/2012 CUSTOMER P.O.
SHT:
APPROVED BY: CP DATE: 8/10/2012 WEIGHT: 453.604 lbmass
1 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BILL OF MATERIAL (B.O.M.) BILL OF MATERIAL (B.O.M.) BILL OF MATERIAL (B.O.M.) BILL OF MATERIAL (B.O.M.)
ITEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION FILE/DWG. NAME ITEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION FILE/DWG. NAME ITEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION FILE/DWG. NAME ITEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION FILE/DWG. NAME
161 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 4.75L 0301099200 116 4 RING,LIFTING,5/8"-11 w STAR KEY 06243157700LI 66 1 ELB90 ST 1.25 MPT X 1.25 FPT SS 01172308AE 1 1 FRAME,COMPACT,TASMAN SEA,AL,77"Wx29"Dx49"H 20200273060
D 162 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 4.88L 0301099200 117 4 SC PHIL PAN #10-32 x 1.00 SS 061160631016 67 4 ELBOW,PP,1/2 ODx1/2 MT 0204022569 2 1 PULL TEE,BEND,VIC,REGULATOR,1.50x19.00L 2057147201
D
163 2 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 5.00L 0301099200 118 4 SC PHIL PAN A #10 X 1 SS 061170628016 68 6 ELBOW,PP,1/4 ODx1/4 FT 0204010869 3 1 BRACKET,GROUNDING,COMMERCIAL,BRASS 2021041000
164 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 5.25L 0301099200 119 12 SCREW,HEX HEAD,.25-20x1",SS 061142145016 69 11 ELBOW,PP,1/4 ODx1/4 MT 0204020869 4 1 BRACKET,MTG,FILTER,POST,A600 20200473017
165 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 5.50L 0301099200 120 21 SCREW,HEX HEAD,.25-20x3/4",SS 061142145012 70 1 ELBOW,PP,3/8 ODx1/2 MT 0204021969 5 1 BRACKET,MTG,KZ VALVE 20200473008
166 4 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 5.75L 0301099200 121 8 SCREW,HEX HEAD,.50-13x1.25,SS 061142167020 71 11 FITTING,PP,1/4 ODx1/4 MT 0204090869 6 3 BRACKET,U-CLAMP,MEM VESSEL,2.5 IN.ipt 05160305AH
167 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 7.50L 0301099200 122 2 SCREW,HEX HEAD,.63-11x1.50,BRASS 0661421177024 72 1 NIPPLE 0.50 NPT x CL 01013725CL 7 1 BRACKET,VALVE,ACTUATOR 2020040407
168 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 8.00L 0301099200 123 2 SCREW,HEX HEAD,3/8-16x1",SS 061142157016 73 5 NIPPLE 0.75 NPT x CL 01013737CL 8 1 MANIFOLD,XMTR,2 PORT w 1 SW,PRESS,HIGH 5353650900
169 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 8.25L 0301099200 124 7 SUPPORT,PIPE,1.00 0501164400 74 4 NIPPLE 1.00 NPT x CL 01013744CL 9 1 MANIFOLD,XMTR,7 PORT w 2 SW,PRESS,LOW 5301710800
170 2 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 9.25L 0301099200 125 1 SUPPORT,PIPE,1.50 0501164600 75 1 NIPPLE 1.25 NPT x CL SS 01173752CL 10 1 STRAP,MTG,TANK,15.75 D 0517090500
171 2 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 9.88L 0301099200 126 8 WASHER FLAT #10 SS 061080028000 76 2 NIPPLE 1.5 NPT x CL 01013759CL 11 4 BRACKET L MOUNTING FEET 20200404010
172 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x12.75L 0301099200 127 3 WASHER,FLAT,5/8",BRASS 066080076000 77 1 NIPPLE 2.0 NPT x CL 01013766CL 12 1 BAFFLE,TOP 0725100400-04
173 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x15.00L 0301099200 128 4 WASHER,FLAT,5/8",SS 061080076000 78 1 NIPPLE HEX 1.00 MPT x CL SS 01173844CL 13 2 BUTTRESS,4 x 2 0725100400-02
174 1 LABELS,TASMAN SEA B588730010 129 8 WASHER,FLAT,OS,1/2",SS 061100066000 79 1 NIPPLE HEX 1.25 MPT x CL SS 01383852CL 14 2 ELB90 2 MPT x SOC O-RING 0725100400-01
130 53 WASHER,FLAT,OS,1/4",SS 061100043000 80 12 NUT HEX .25-20 W-INSERT SS 061060045000 15 1 HOUSING,FILTER,MEDIA,FRP 1633-4-4B 0708040568
131 2 WASHER,FLAT,OS,3/8",SS 061100056000 81 2 O-RING,2-240,BUTTRESS,4.0 x 2.0 MMF 2614013100 16 1 HUB,BOTTOM,FILTER,MEDIA 0725100400-05
132 8 WASHER,LOCK,1/2",SS 061120066000 82 2 O-RING,2-334,ELBOW,2.0 MMF 2614013200 17 8 LATERAL,HUB,BOTTOM 0725100400-06
133 21 WASHER,LOCK,1/4",SS 061120043000 83 8 PLUG 0.25 MT 0101340883 18 2 ELEMENT CHARCOAL 20.0 0803004873
134 2 WASHER,LOCK,3/8",SS 061120056000 84 1 PLUG 0.50 MT 0101342583 19 2 ELEMENT,CPFE-AS,20 MICRON 0801141757
135 2 WASHER,LOCK,5/8",BRASS 066120076000 85 1 PLUG SOC ,0.25 MT SS 0117340800 20 2 ELEMENT,CPFE-AS,5 MICRON 0801061657
136 4 PIPE,PVC,S80,0.75 x 2.00L 0301096600 86 1 RB 1.00 SL x 0.25 FT 0101314083 21 2 HOUSING CYCRON 2 CARTRIDGE ASSY 07490302BD-1
137 2 PIPE,PVC,S80,0.75 x 2.75L 0301096600 87 1 RB 1.00 SL x 0.50 FT 0101314283 22 1 BRACKET REGULATING VALVE-35-65 0516122900
138 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x11.25L 0301099000 88 2 RB 1.00 SL x 0.75 FT 0101314383 23 8 BRACKET,GAUGE,CBM,SS 05180851CC
114 139 2 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x15.25L 0301099000 89 1 RB 1.00 SL x 0.75 SL 0101324383 24 2 CONNECTOR,PLUG,SWITCH,4 DIN 3131680100
135 140 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x15.75L 0301099000 90 1 RB 1.25 MT X 1 FT SS 0117295100 25 1 COUPLER,ORIFICE,PVC,1.50 0101575900
127 122 141 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x18.00L 0301099000 91 3 RB 1.50 SL x 0.50 FT 0101315583 26 2 FILTER, 3/4" X 20 0713020273
142 12 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x2.25L 0301099000 92 1 RB 1.50 SL x 1 SL 0101325783 27 1 FLOWMETER,7205-0171-31W,15 GPM,1.00 FPT 1107646953
143 2 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x2.50L 0301099000 93 1 RB 1.50 SL x 1.00 FT 0101315783 28 1 FLOWMETER,7205-0201-31W,40 GPM,1.50 FPT 1101321353
135
C 144 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x2.75L 0301099000 94 6 RB 2.00 SL x 1.50 SL 0101326583 29 1 GAUGE -30-0-70 CBM.NPT 10181532CC C
145 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x21.00L 0301099000 95 1 RB SR 1.00 SL x 0.25 FT 0170314083 30 5 GAUGE 0-160 CBM.NPT 10181533CC
127
146 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x25.50L 0301099000 96 5 RB SR 1.50 SL x 0.25 FT 0170319983 31 2 GAUGE 0-2000 CBM.NPT 10181534CC
112 147 5 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x3.25L 0301099000 97 8 SCREX,HEX A,.25x1.00,SS 061172143016 32 1 SENSOR,CONDUCTIVITY,PP,SS316L,0.50-2.50 IN 31314212RH
112 148 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x4.00L 0301099000 98 2 TEE 0.75 TEE 0.75 SL x FT x SL 0101452783 33 1 SWITCH,PRESS,HIGH,900 PSI,DIN CONN 2321020558
112 149 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x4.75L 0301099000 99 3 TEE 1.00 SL x FT x SL 0101454483 34 1 SWITCH,PRESS,LOW,6 PSI,DIN CONN 2301020758
150 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x5.00L 0301099000 100 3 TEE 1.00 SL x SL x SL 0101464483 35 1 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,HIGH,0-2000 PSI 2317102001
151 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x9.75L 0301099000 101 1 TEE 1.25 FT x 1.25 FT x 1.25 FT SS 0117425200 36 1 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,LOW,0-300 PSI 2317100601
122 152 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 12.25L 0301099200 102 15 TEE 1.50 SL x SL x SL 0101465983 37 1 ACTUATOR,VALVE,PLASTOMATIC 14010719RH
127 153 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 13.50L 0301099200 103 2 UNION 0.75 SL x SL 0101693783 38 1 BYPASS KZ VALVE 1.00 1417018296
3 DETAIL A 154 25 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 2.75L 0301099200 104 2 UNION 1.00 FPT x SL 0101684483 39 2 VALVE BALL .25 FTx MT 14015506AR-02
SCALE 1 / 5 155 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 23.75L 0301099200 105 2 UNION 1.00 SL x SL 0101694483 40 6 VALVE,BALL,.25 FT x MT 14015506AR-01
156 12 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 3.00L 0301099200 106 2 UNION 1.5 FPT x SL 0101685983 41 1 VALVE,BALL,3 HOLE,3W,VER,PVC,1.00 S 14018019RH
157 3 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 3.25L 0301099200 107 6 UNION 1.50 SL x SL 0101695983 42 2 VALVE,BALL,3W,VER,PVC,1.50 SL 1401132342
158 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 3.50L 0301099200 108 1 VALVE,BALL,3W,HOR,T-PORT,SPEARS,PVC,1.50 SL 1401132300 43 1 VALVE,BALL,TU,3W,VER,PVC,1.50 14018121RH
159 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 3.75L 0301099200 109 1 HOSE,SPIRAL WIRE,CLEAR,1.00 x 18.00L 0328027600 44 1 VALVE,BALL,TU,PVC,0.50 1401231442
160 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 4.00L 0301099200 110 4 CLAMP,HOSE,SS,1" 05181435AA 45 1 VALVE,BALL,TU,PVC,1.50 1401232542
111 2 CLAMP,VICTAULIC,SS,1.50 IN 0517170200 46 1 VALVE,BYPASS,SS,.25 1417120196
112 3 LUG,5/8" BOLT,AL 067470076000 47 1 VALVE,CHECK,TU,PVC,0.50 1401271442
113 4 NUT HEX 10-32 W-INSERT SS 061060031000 48 2 VALVE,CHECK,TU,PVC,1.00 1401271942
114 1 NUT,HEX,5/8-11,BRASS 066012177000 49 2 VALVE,CHECK,TU,PVC,1.50 1401272442
115 4 NUT,HEX,5/8-11,SS 061010077000 50 1 VALVE,REGULATOR,PRESSURE,10-35GPM 1417019594
51 1 VALVE,SHUT OFF,SS,0.25 FPT x FPT 1417123987
52 1 ADAPTER 1.00 MPT x BARB 0101654483
37
53 1 ADAPTER 1.50 VIC x 1.00 MT SS 0157875700
54 2 CONN .25 TUBE x .25 MT SS 0217090887
55 1 COUP 2 FPT x 2 FPT 0101556683
56 2 ELB45 1.00 SL x SL 0101164483
B 57 3 ELB45 1.50 SL x SL 0101165983 B
58 3 ELB90 .25 TUBE x .25 MT SS 0217020887
59 3 ELB90 0.75 SL x FPT 0101043783
21
60 2 ELB90 1.00 FPT x FPT 0101014483
1 61 1 ELB90 1.00 MPT x BARB 0101074483
116 62 18 ELB90 1.00 SL x SL 0101054483
63 2 ELB90 1.50 FPT x FPT 0101015983
64 25 ELB90 1.50 SL x SL 0101055983
65 4 ELB90 2 SL x SL 0101056683
DRAWING STATUS:
PRODUCTION RELEASE
ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, DISTRIBUTED,
RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A TITLE:
A
A
PREPARED BY: BCW DATE: 8/9/2012 DWG NO.: P600-00-00 REV.:

PR
CHECKED BY: CP DATE: 8/10/2012 CUSTOMER P.O.
SHT:
2 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
CHARCOAL FILTER ASSY

(SEE PAGE 9 FOR DETAILS)
PRODUCT WATER FLOWMETER PIPING

PRESSURE VESSEL ASSY (SEE PAGE 9 FOR DETAILS)
C C
CYCRON FILTER ASSY
MEDIA FILTER ASSY
BRINE DISCHARGE PIPING (SEE PAGE 6 FOR DETAILS)
GAUGES AND MANIFOLDS

B B
FEEDWATER FLOWMETER PIPING

DRAWING STATUS:
PRODUCTION RELEASE
HYDROCYCLONE INLET PIPING MEDIA FILTER PIPING ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, DISTRIBUTED,
(SEE PAGE 4 FOR DETAILS) (SEE PAGE 5 FOR DETAILS) CIRCULATED, OR DISCLOSED TO THIRD PARTIES. RECIPIENT
RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A MEDIA FILTER OUTLET DRAIN TITLE:

A
(SEE PAGE 10 FOR DETAILS) TASMAN SEA COMPACT (Core)
PRODUCT WATER OUTLET SPOOL
FEEDWATER AND CLEANING INLET PIPING
BACK PRESSURE REGULATOR PIPING
(SEE PAGE 4 FOR DETAILS REV.:
(SEE PAGE 4 FOR DETAILS) PREPARED BY: BCW DATE: 8/9/2012 DWG NO.: P600-00-00
PR
SHT:
3 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
64
170
165
D 64 D
64 64
64 154
161
153
106 167 TO
MEDIA FILTER
154 BYPASS VALVE
76 (MV - 1002)
64
63
102
155 TIE - 1003
HYDROCYCLONE INLET
PIPING
FROM
MEDIA 154
FILTER PIPING
28 FROM
BOOSTER PUMP
(P - 101)
45
TO
CYCRON FILTER
INLET PIPING
C 106 107 TIE - 1002 C

156 HYDROCYCLONE OUTLET
76 PIPING
63
FEED WATER FLOWMETER PIPING
102
107
93 HYDROCYCLONE INLET PIPING

66
75
79 101
22
B 90 B
50
52
TO
BRINE DISCHARGE
PIPING
53
DRAWING STATUS:
111
PRODUCTION RELEASE
110
58 111 109 INTENDED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SEA
RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
FROM
PRESSURE VESSEL
BRINE OUTLET Rancho Dominguez .X 0.1" 2.5mm
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
2 Tel: 310-637-3400 Fax: 310-637-3430 ANGLES 1 DEG.
SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
78 5 PROJECT:
CUSTOMER:
TASMAN SEA
38 80
A TITLE:
A
61
119
130
130 BACK PRESSURE REGULATOR PIPING PREPARED BY: DATE: DWG NO.: REV.:
BCW 8/9/2012 P600-00-00
PR
SHT:
4 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
64
92
102
162
D 156 D
156
FROM
DIVERSION VALVE OUTLET
102
69
154 102
96
154
69 154
96
102
154
43
156
102 154 154 TO
B 102 BRINE WATER
OUTLET PIPING
156
156
25
64
166
152 64
154 FEED WATER
C FLOWMETER C
84
168
91
154
102
64 133
DETAIL B 154
64 64
SCALE 1 / 3
159
49 130
120
154 156
MEDIA FILTER PIPING 64
64
64
B B
TIE - 1006
CLEANING INLET
154
156
166
DRAWING STATUS:
PRODUCTION RELEASE
42 NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY
67 ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, DISTRIBUTED,
154 91 RECOVERY CORP
TIE - 1001 TOLERANCES:

FEEDWATER INLET SEA RECOVERY CORP ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (IN.) AND MILLIMETER (mm)
102 19610 South Rancho Way FRACTIONS 1/16" 1.5mm
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
160 California 90220 USA .XXX 0.005" 0.127mm
SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
64
64
TO TASMAN SEA
A
BOOSTER PUMP INLET A
(P - 101) TITLE:
FEED WATER INLET AND CLEANING INLET PIPING PREPARED BY: BCW DATE: 8/9/2012 DWG NO.: P600-00-00 REV.:
PR
SHT:
5 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
14
94
157
107
82
157
D D
13
102
96
FROM
55 MEDIA INLET
VALVE
(MV - 1003)
81
71
77
171
12
FROM
MEDIA IOUTLET
VALVE
(MV - 1004)
15
10 134
C C
120
131
123 133
130
17
16 119
130
11
DETAIL F
SCALE 1 / 2
F
64
171 80 130
13
82
MEDIA FILTER ASSY

14
172
B B
94
157
107
156 102
93
DRAWING STATUS:
FROM
RINSE DIVERSION VALVE
102
PRODUCTION RELEASE
(MV - 1005
91 64 NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY
67 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION THAT
166 154 IS AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SEA RECOVERY
FROM
BACK PRESSURE
REGULATOR PIPING
107 CIRCULATED, OR DISCLOSED TO THIRD PARTIES. RECIPIENT
154 INTENDED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SEA
42
RECOVERY CORP
173 TOLERANCES:
TIE-1005 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,
BRINE OUTLET 57
57 .XX 0.01 0.51mm
163 SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
156
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
169 TASMAN SEA
A TITLE:
A
107 TASMAN SEA COMPACT (Core)
154
64
TIE- 1007 64
CLEANING OUTLET
BRINE DISCHARGE PIPING CHECKED BY: CP DATE: 8/10/2012 CUSTOMER P.O.

SHT:
PR

6 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
71
D 39
D
83
19
C 21 C
96
154
69 20
102
154
64
163
129
94
132
64 102
121 FROM
154 FEED WATER
65 158 154 FLOWMETER
PIPING
94 107 (Fl - 1001
B TIE - 1009 B
DRAIN OUTLET
65 154
71 96
64
DRAWING STATUS:
154 PRODUCTION RELEASE
125
94
65
65 126 CORP. AND IS TO BE RETURNED IMMEDIATELY UPON REQUEST.
TO ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, DISTRIBUTED,
PRESSURE VESSEL 164 CIRCULATED, OR DISCLOSED TO THIRD PARTIES. RECIPIENT
INLET PIPING WILL NOT USE THIS INFORMATION FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN
117 RECOVERY CORP
94 TOLERANCES:
TO
HIGH PRESSURE
AXIAL PUMP INLET
154 Rancho Dominguez .X 0.1" 2.5mm
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
SCALE:
108 www.SeaRecovery.com
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
170
A TITLE:
A
64 TASMAN SEA COMPACT (Core)
CYCRON FILTER ASSY PREPARED BY: BCW DATE: 8/9/2012 DWG NO.: P600-00-00 REV.:
PR
SHT:
7 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
70
47
D 72 D
87
99
117
62
147
142 142
100 105 124
TO
142 99 PRODUCT WATER
FLOWMETER
88
113
32
62 147
TO PRESSURE VESSEL
99
150
124
147
62 126
C 62 C
124 118
62
143
140
149
146 105
147
62
62
PRESSURE VESSEL PIPING
62
89
151 137
62
FROM
CHARCOAL FILTERS
B B
DETAIL G
SCALE 1 / 7
141
DRAWING STATUS:
PRODUCTION RELEASE
G INTENDED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SEA
RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
56
TIE - 1004 .XX 0.01 0.51mm
PRODUCT WATER
OUTLET Tel: 310-637-3400 Fax: 310-637-3430 ANGLES 1 DEG.
142
SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A TITLE:
A
62

PRODUCT WATER OUTLET SPOOL CHECKED BY: CP DATE: 8/10/2012 CUSTOMER P.O.
PR
SHT:
8 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
56
142 37
48
D D
130
139
TO
CHARCOAL FILTERS
130
142
62 80 119
7
62
100
142
143
147 142 95
41
148 62 H TO
142 BRINE DISCHARGE
62 PIPING 69
142 62
104
62
74 144
DETAIL H
139
SCALE 1 / 3
60
C FROM C
PRESSURE VESSEL
OUTLET
74 (PRODUCT WATER)
62
69
86
27
100
PRODUCT WATER FLOWMETER PIPING

74
142
59
104
138 137
74 73
26 103
60
136
73
97 98
136
B 130 26 B
FROM
PRODUCT DIVERSION VAVLE
(MV - 1010) 4
130 120
133
73
59
136 103
136
18
98
DRAWING STATUS:
TO
PRODUCT WATER PRODUCTION RELEASE
OUTLET SPOOL 73
59 CORP. AND IS TO BE RETURNED IMMEDIATELY UPON REQUEST.
88 ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, DISTRIBUTED,
RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
48 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
145 26 SCALE:
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A TITLE:
A
62
CHARCOAL FILTER ASSY
PR
SHT:
9 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
67
124
118 44
DETAIL H
SCALE 1 / 4
126
67
H
C C
36
MEDIA FILTER OUTLET DRAIN
69 83
24
34
120
133
71 130
69
71
68
B B
68
40
40
68 35
68 30
68
40
40
51 24 58
85 DRAWING STATUS:
PRODUCTION RELEASE
30
40 IS AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SEA RECOVERY
46 33 133 CIRCULATED, OR DISCLOSED TO THIRD PARTIES. RECIPIENT
23 WILL NOT USE THIS INFORMATION FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN
31 RECOVERY CORP
8
30 58 TOLERANCES:
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
29 SCALE:
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A TITLE:
A
GAUGES AND MANIFOLDS

PR
SHT:
10 OF 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D 13.13 [333] D
2.88 [73]
0.00 [0]
0.00 [0]
2.88 [73]
7.50 [191]
74.13 [1883]
77.00 [1956]
51.50 [1308]
69.50 [1765]
77.00 [1956]
21.50 [546]
37.50 [953]
7.50 [191]
C C
0.00 [0]
60.00 [1524]
53.40 [1356]
46.50 [1181]
45.40 [1153]
40.40 [1026]
33.50 [851]
32.40 [823]
27.40 [696]
G:\Development\ALL WORK IN PROCESS\A551-R407 CORAL SEA HORIZ 5200 BASIC ANSI\P600-01-43 (60 - 460V,60Hz,3Ph) - PR.iam
22.50 [572]
20.50 [521]
17.25 [438]
B 10.75 [273] B
0.00 [0] 0.00 [0] 0.00 [0]

0.00 [0]
20.20 [513]
35.40 [899]
0.00 [0]
39.75 [1010]
63.50 [1613]
77.00 [1956]
16.78 [426]
DRAWING STATUS:
THAT IS AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF DANFOSS SEA
51.50 [1308]

16.72 [425]

0.00 [0]
TOLERANCES:
0.56 [14] x(4) Rancho Dominguez .X 0.1" 2.5mm
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
SCALE:
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
16.00 [406]
TASMAN SEA
A TITLE:
A
TASMAN SEA COMPACT (60 - 460V,60Hz,3Ph)

PR
82.04 [2084] CHECKED BY: CP DATE: 04/24/2012 S.O. NO.
SHT:
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
40
1 1 FRAME,RACK,MEMBRANE,TASMAN SEA,AL,77.0Wx16.0Dx60.0H 2020027302
39
2 1 BEND,PIPE,VIC,REGULATOR,1.50x30.00L 2057147202
3 2 PIPE,BEND,VIC,VESSEL,CONNECT,1.50x19.00L 2057147205
40
4 1 PIPE,BEND,VIC,VESSEL,OUTLET,1.50x83.00L 2057147206
38
D 58 38
5 1 PULL TEE,VIC,VESSEL,INLET,1.50x25.00L 2057147207
6 1 BRACKET,GROUNDING,COMMERCIAL,BRASS 2021041000
7 2 MOUNT,MOTOR,DAMPENER,VSM-286-B 21320700MI
37 8 1 VESSEL,PRESSURE,8 IN,MEMBRANE,SINGLE 2408223101
VESSEL,PRESSURE,8 IN, 56
MEMBRANE,SINGLE (btm) 38 41 9 1 VESSEL,PRESSURE,8 IN,MEMBRANE,SINGLE 2408223101
55
6 11 1 PUMP,DANFOSS,APP8.2,36.1GPM 12572412DS
12 1 BELL HSG & COUPLER,APP 8.2-10.2-IEC,25HP 12572412DS-1
13 1 VALVE,CHECK,OUTLET,APP8.2,MTx1.50 VIC,SS 14172113DS
DETAIL D 14 1 MOTOR,25HP,230-460V,60Hz,3Ph 1586285512
SCALE 1:3 15 3 MEMBRANE,HR-HY W SEAL,VESSEL,8 IN 2724033133
14
DETAIL A 16 3 VALVE,BALL,.25 FT x MT 14015506AR-01
17 1 VALVE,CHECK,SS,10 PSI,1.00 MT 1417211487
SCALE 1 / 4
18 1 ELB90 1.00 FPT x BARB 0101064483
19 3 ELB90 0.75 MPT x BARB 0101073783
20 3 RB 1.00 MTL x 0.25 FT 0101294083
21 3 RB 1.00 MT x 0.75 FT 0101294383
C 22 3 ADAPTER 1.00 MPT x 0.75 BARB 0101654383 C
23 1 ADAP 1.50 VIC x 1.50 BARB SS 0117925900
12 24 4 ELBOW,PP,1/4 ODx1/4 MT 0204020869
25 1 ELB90 .25 TUBE x .25 MT SS 0217020887
26 1 HOSE,SPIRAL WIRE,CLEAR,0.75 x 24.00L 0328026600
11
29 1 HOSE,SPIRAL WIRE,CLEAR,1-1/2" x 24"L 0328029200
31 1 HOSE,BLK,APP10.2 - MVA1,-16 x 18.00L B406720002
32 8 CLAMP,VICTAULIC,SS,1.50 IN 0517170200
13 33 2 CLAMP,VICTAULIC,SS,1-1/2" 05171746VI
33 34 12 CLAMP,HOSE,SS,3/4" 05181434AA
35 4 CLAMP,HOSE,SS,1" 05181435AA
7 8 36 4 CLAMP,HOSE,SS,1.50 05181437AA
55
59 37 1 NUT,HEX,5/8-11,BRASS 066012177000
31
55 56 38 3 WASHER,FLAT,5/8",BRASS 066080076000
60
39 2 WASHER,LOCK,5/8",BRASS 066120076000
54 33 40 2 SCREW,HEX HEAD,.63-11x1.50,BRASS 0661421177024
24
23 41 1 LUG,5/8" BOLT,AL 067470076000
1
43 1 ELB90 1.50 SL x FPT 0101045983
36 51
9 44 1 TEE 1.50 SL x SL x SL 0101465983
29 45 1 RB 1.50 SL x 1 SL 0101325783
49 46 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 2.75L 0301099200
50 47 1 ADAPTER 1.50 MPT x BARB 0101655983
47
48 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x2.25L 0301099000
49 1 TEE 1.00 SL x FT x SL 0101454483
B
MOTOR, 25HP 48
43 50
51
1
1
ELB90 1.00 MPT x BARB
RB 1.00 SL x 0.25 FT
0101074483
0101314083 B
45 52 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 4.25L 0301099200
54 12 NUT,HEX,1/2-13,SS 061010067000
46 55 28 WASHER,FLAT,OS,1/2",SS 061100066000
44 56 16 WASHER,LOCK,1/2",SS 061120066000
57 8 SCREW,HEX HEAD,.50-13x1.25,SS 061142167020
52
3 58 4 SCREW,HEX HEAD,1/2-13x2",SS 061142167032
59 4 SCREW,SHC,.50-13x2.00,SS 061162367032
BILL OF MATERIAL-MOTOR, 25HP
60 1 ADAPTER,INLET,APP10.2,MTx1.50 VIC,SS 01178759DS
DRAWING STATUS:
7 2 MOUNT,MOTOR,DAMPENER,VSM-286-B 21320700MI RELEASED FOR PRODUCTION
11 1 PUMP,DANFOSS,APP8.2,36.1GPM 12572412DS
12 1 BELL HSG & COUPLER,APP 8.2-10.2-IEC,25HP 12572412DS-1
13 1 VALVE,CHECK,OUTLET,APP8.2,MTx1.50 VIC,SS 14172113DS THAT IS AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF DANFOSS SEA
14 1 MOTOR,25HP,230-460V,60Hz,3Ph 1586285512 RECOVERY CORP. AND IS TO BE RETURNED IMMEDIATELY
23 1 ADAP 1.50 VIC x 1.50 BARB SS 0117925900 DISTRIBUTED, CIRCULATED, OR DISCLOSED TO THIRD
24 4 ELBOW,PP,1/4 ODx1/4 MT 0204020869 PURPOSES OTHER THAN INTENDED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
29 1 HOSE,SPIRAL WIRE,CLEAR,1-1/2" x 24"L 0328029200 CONSENT OF DANFOSS SEA RECOVERY CORP
31 1 HOSE,BLK,APP10.2 - MVA1,-16 x 18.00L B406720002 55 TOLERANCES:
33 2 CLAMP,VICTAULIC,SS,1-1/2" 05171746VI 57 DANFOSS SEA RECOVERY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,
54 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (IN.) AND MILLIMETER (mm)
36 4 CLAMP,HOSE,SS,1.50 05181437AA 19610 South Rancho Way
56 FRACTIONS 1/16" 1.5mm
43 1 ELB90 1.50 SL x FPT 0101045983
44 1 TEE 1.50 SL x SL x SL 0101465983 .XX 0.01 0.51mm
45 1 RB 1.50 SL x 1 SL 0101325783 ANGLES 1 DEG.
Tel: 310-637-3400 Fax: 310-637-3430
46 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 2.75L 0301099200 SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
48 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x2.25L 0301099000 TASMAN SEA
49 1 TEE 1.00 SL x FT x SL 0101454483
A 50 1 ELB90 1.00 MPT x BARB 0101074483 TITLE:
A
51 1 RB 1.00 SL x 0.25 FT 0101314083
DETAIL C TASMAN SEA COMPACT (60 - 460V,60Hz,3Ph)
52 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 4.25L 0301099200 SCALE 1:4
54 12 NUT,HEX,1/2-13,SS 061010067000
55 28 WASHER,FLAT,OS,1/2",SS 061100066000 A
56 16 WASHER,LOCK,1/2",SS 061120066000
58 4 SCREW,HEX HEAD,1/2-13x2",SS 061142167032 PR
59 4 SCREW,SHC,.50-13x2.00,SS 061162367032
SHT:
60 1 ADAPTER,INLET,APP10.2,MTx1.50 VIC,SS 01178759DS APPROVED BY: CP DATE: 04/24/2012 WEIGHT: 1581.092 lbmass 2 OF 3
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
32
8
24 16
20
C C
32 BILL OF MATERIAL-VESSEL,PRESSURE,8 IN,MEMBRANE
8
3 9 MOTOR,25HP 2 1 BEND,PIPE,VIC,REGULATOR,1.50x30.00L 2057147202
3 2 PIPE,BEND,VIC,VESSEL,CONNECT,1.50x19.00L 2057147205
4 1 PIPE,BEND,VIC,VESSEL,OUTLET,1.50x83.00L 2057147206
5 1 PULL TEE,VIC,VESSEL,INLET,1.50x25.00L 2057147207
8 1 VESSEL,PRESSURE,8 IN,MEMBRANE,SINGLE 2408223101
24 8
4
15 3 MEMBRANE,HR-HY W SEAL,VESSEL,8 IN 2724033133
32 16 3 VALVE,BALL,.25 FT x MT 14015506AR-01
10 9 17 1 VALVE,CHECK,SS,10 PSI,1.00 MT 1417211487
18 1 ELB90 1.00 FPT x BARB 0101064483
24 19 3 ELB90 0.75 MPT x BARB 0101073783
16
20 VESSEL,PRESSURE,8 IN,MEMBRANE 20
21
3
3
RB 1.00 MTL x 0.25 FT
RB 1.00 MT x 0.75 FT
0101294083
0101294383
22 3 ADAPTER 1.00 MPT x 0.75 BARB 0101654383
24 4 ELBOW,PP,1/4 ODx1/4 MT 0204020869
10
25 1 ELB90 .25 TUBE x .25 MT SS 0217020887
8 26 1 HOSE,SPIRAL WIRE,CLEAR,0.75 x 24.00L 0328026600
32
32 8 CLAMP,VICTAULIC,SS,1.50 IN 0517170200
34 12 CLAMP,HOSE,SS,3/4" 05181434AA
35 4 CLAMP,HOSE,SS,1" 05181435AA
8 43 1 ELB90 1.50 SL x FPT 0101045983
B 44 1 TEE 1.50 SL x SL x SL 0101465983 B
45 1 RB 1.50 SL x 1 SL 0101325783
10
22 46 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 2.75L 0301099200
32 10
9 34 32 48 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00x2.25L 0301099000
49 1 TEE 1.00 SL x FT x SL 0101454483
9 50 1 ELB90 1.00 MPT x BARB 0101074483
51 1 RB 1.00 SL x 0.25 FT 0101314083
52 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 4.25L 0301099200
2 22 28 DRAWING STATUS:
34 RELEASED FOR PRODUCTION
18
35
10 THAT IS AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF DANFOSS SEA
25 UPON REQUEST. ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED,
17 DISTRIBUTED, CIRCULATED, OR DISCLOSED TO THIRD
22 PURPOSES OTHER THAN INTENDED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
5
34
TOLERANCES:
35 32 19610 South Rancho Way FRACTIONS 1/16" 1.5mm
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
B Tel: 310-637-3400 Fax: 310-637-3430 ANGLES 1 DEG.
SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com
19 DETAIL B CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
SCALE 1 / 5 TASMAN SEA
A 21
TITLE:
A
26
TASMAN SEA COMPACT (60 - 460V,60Hz,3Ph)
21
21
19
PR
SHT:
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
1
1
1
1
C C
2
9 1

A 1 5 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,LOW,0-300 PSI 2317100601
2 1 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,LOW,0-300 PSIA 2317100701
3 1 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,HIGH,0-2000 PSI 2317102001
B 4 2 SENSOR,FLOW,PADDLEWHEEL,PP,SS316L,1/2" TO 4" 31317303RH B
5 1 PANEL,CONTROL,33x25x12 B59573C002
6 3 ACTUATOR,VALVE,PLASTOMATIC 14010719RH
7 3 VALVE,BALL,TU,3W,VER,PVC,1.50 14018121RH
C:\Users\devaiah\Desktop\A600-05-0-11-12\07-11-12\P600-02-23 (DIGITAL - 460V,60Hz,3Ph) - PR.iam

8 1 FITTING,INSTALLATION,PIPE,PVC,S80,1.00 31317302RH
4 9 1 FITTING,INSTALLATION,PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 31327301RH
10 4 WASHER,FLAT,OS,5/16",SS 061100049000
11 4 WASHER,LOCK,5-16 IN,SS 061120049000
12 4 SCREW,HEX HEAD,.31-18x0.75,SS 061142150012
DRAWING STATUS:
RECOVERY CORP
6
TOLERANCES:
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
SCALE:
10 CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
11
A 12 TITLE:
A
TASMAN SEA COMPACT (DIGITAL - 460V,60Hz,3Ph)
DETAIL A
SCALE 1 / 2
PR
SHT:
1 OF 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
D 3 D
13
13
3
14
15
C 13 C
6 BILL OF MATERIAL (B.O.M.)

1 1 BOOSTER PUMP JB100 1217520772
2 1 MOTOR,5HP,208-230-460V,60Hz,3Ph 1567304112
5 3 4 ELB90 1.50 SL x SL 0101055983
4 1 NIPPLE 1.50 MPT x 2.00 SS 0117375920
5 1 NIPPLE HEX 1.00 MPT x CL SS 01173844CL
6 1 RB 1.50 SL x 1.00 FT 0101315783
16 7 1 UNION 1.5 FPT x SL 0101685983
8 1 UNION 1.50 SL x SL 0101695983
1 9 4 NUT,HEX,3/8-16,SS 061010057000
10 4 SCREW,HEX HEAD,3/8-16x1",SS 061142157016
7 11 8 WASHER,FLAT,3/8",SS 061080056000
2 12 4 WASHER,LOCK,3/8",SS 061120056000
13 3 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 2.75L 0301099200
4
14 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 3.25L 0301099200
B B
C:\Users\devaiah\Desktop\A600-05-0-11-12\07-11-12\P600-03-02 (460V,60Hz,3Ph) - PR.iam

15 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 3.50L 0301099200
16 1 PIPE,PVC,S80,1.50 x 4.25L 0301099200
DRAWING STATUS:
RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
11 SEA RECOVERY CORP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (IN.) AND MILLIMETER (mm)
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
9 Tel: 310-637-3400 Fax: 310-637-3430 ANGLES 1 DEG.
SCALE:
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A TITLE: A
TASMAN SEA COMPACT (460V,60Hz,3Ph)

PR
SHT:
1 OF 1
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
2
D 7
D
11
6
5
2
3
4
1
2
7
13
6
5
2
3
2 4
7
11 1
6
5
2
C 3 C
2 4
7
1
11
10
9
2
2 3
7 4 BILL OF MATERIAL (B.O.M.)
11 12 ITEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION FILE/DWG. NAME
6 1 6 NIPPLE 1.50 NPT x SL x 3.75 LG 0101395937
5 2 64 WASHER,FLAT,1/2",SS 061080066000
2 3 32 WASHER,LOCK,1/2",SS 061120066000
4 32 NUT,HEX,1/2-13,SS 061010067000
3 5 7 FLANGE 1.50 FPT 0101785983
4 6 7 GASKET,FLANGE,EPDM,1.50 2635105900
1 7 32 SCREW,HEX HEAD,1/2-13x2-3/4",SS 061142167044
2 8 1 NIPPLE 1.50 NPT x SL x 4.75LG 0101395942
7 9 1 FLANGE 1.00 FPT 0101784483
8
13 10 1 GASKET,FLANGE,EPDM,1.00 2635104400
6
C:\Users\devaiah\Desktop\A600-05-0-11-12\08-11-12\P600-05-01 (Flange - ANSI PVC) - PR.iam

4 11 24 PIPE,PVC,S80,.50x0.75L 0301098800
B 5 12 1 NIPPLE 1.00 NPT x SL x 1.75 LG 0101394416 B
2 3
13 2 FLANGE 1.50 BLIND 0101805983
3 2
DRAWING STATUS:
4 5 RELEASED FOR PRODUCTION
6
11
RECOVERY CORP
11
TOLERANCES:
6 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,
5
2
3 .XX 0.01 0.51mm
1 SCALE:
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A TITLE: A
TASMAN SEA COMPACT (Flange - ANSI PVC)

PR
SHT:
1 OF 1
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
D D
10
19
17

1 1 BRACKET,FWF,FILTER,CARBON 2020040003
2 1 ELEMENT,CARBON BRIQUETTE,10.0 IN 0803004906
3 1 BIG BLUE FILTER ASSY 0713020606
4 1 KZ VALVE FWF 0.50 1401105698
5 1 VALVE CHECK .75 FPT WITH VITO 14012118AR
4 6 1 ELB90 0.75 FPT x FPT 0101013783
C C
7 1 ELB90 0.50 MPT x 0.50 BARB 0101072583
8 1 ELB90 0.75 MPT x BARB 0101073783
9 2 NIPPLE 0.75 NPT x CL 01013737CL
7
6 10 2 ADAPTER,0.5 MPT x BARB 0101652583
28 14
11 1 ADAPTER 0.75 MPT x 0.50 BARB 0101653683
24
26 13 1 FLANGE 0.75 FPT 0101783783
10 9 14 6 NUT HEX .25-20 W-INSERT SS 061060045000
15 1 GASKET,FLANGE,EDPM,0.75 2635103700
23 16 1 HOSE,SPIRAL WIRE,CLEAR,0.75 x 28.00L 0328026600
8
17 1 HOSE,HERCO-BRAIDED,CLEAR,1/2" x 19"L 0328065066
1 18 1 HOSE,HERCO-BRAIDED,CLEAR,1/2" x 38"L 0328065066
5 19 8 CLAMP,HOSE,SS,1/2" 05181432AA
12 20 4 CLAMP,HOSE,SS,3/4" 05181434AA
2 21 4 NUT,HEX,1/2-13,SS 061010067000
22 8 WASHER,FLAT,1/2",SS 061080066000
23 12 WASHER,FLAT,OS,1/4",SS 061100043000
24 4 WASHER,FLAT,OS,5/16",SS 061100049000
20 25 4 WASHER,LOCK,1/2",SS 061120066000
16
11 26 6 SCREW,HEX HEAD,.25-20x1",SS 061142145016
27 4 SCREW,HEX HEAD,1/2-13x2-3/4",SS 061142167044
B 28 4 SCREW,HEX A,.31x1.25,SS 061172149020 B
29 4 PIPE,PVC,S80,.50x0.75L 0301098800
C:\Users\devaiah\Desktop\A600-05-0-11-12\09-11-12\P600-06-02 (FWF - Yes) - PR.iam

21 DRAWING STATUS:
25
19 22 CIRCULATED, OR DISCLOSED TO THIRD PARTIES. RECIPIENT
RECOVERY CORP
13
18 TOLERANCES:
15
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
29
SCALE:
27 CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
22 TASMAN SEA
A TITLE: A
TASMAN SEA COMPACT (FWF - Yes)

PR
SHT:
1 OF 1
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE DESCRIPTION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY APPROVED BY
20 A 12.16.11 ECO#107-SLOTTED HOLES FOR VARIOUS FLANGES BCW CP CP
23
B 08.27.12 CHANGED QTY FOR ITEM 17; WAS QTY 2 BCW CP CP
26
9
29
32
33
31
35
D 2 D
4
19
30
28
27
6
12
29.00 [737]
8
26
18
7
17 1 .0
15 6[
9.00 [229] 27
]
20
16
0.00 [0]
1
3
0.00 [0]
19.00 [483]
21.94 [557]
5
36
29 11
C 14 ITEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION FILE/DWG. NAME C
35
1 1 BRACKET,MTG,FWF,6061-T6,13.38x4.00x0.188TH 20200473011
25
2 1 BRACKET,MTG,VALVE,DIVERSION,6061-T6,4.50x4.75x0.188TH 20200473012
13 10
22
A 3
4
1
1
BRACKET,MTG,VALVE,KZ,6061-T6,9.50x2.50x0.188TH,A600
PANEL,CONTROL,6061-T6,29.44x26.44x0.188TH,A600
20200473007
2020057322
34 5 4 GUSSET,MTG,6061-T6,3.00x3.00x.25TH 20200561030
49.00 [1245]
6 4 GUSSET,MTG,6061-T6,3.00x3.00x.38TH 20200561010
G:\Development\ALL WORK IN PROCESS\A650-R406 NORTH SEA COMPACT 125 BASIC ANSI\20200273060 FRAME,COMPACT,TASMAN SEA,AL,77.0Wx29.0Dx49.0H - RevB.iam
7 1 PLATE,FLANGE,DRAIN,PF,6061-T6,6.50x6.50x0.188TH 20200473013
43.00 [1092] 8 1 PLATE,MTG,FLANGE,6061-T6,45.00x11.00x0.188TH 20200473010
9 2 PLATE,MTG,MANIFOLD,6061-T6,9.50x2.00x0.188TH 20200473036
A 10 1 PLATE,MTG,PUMP,BOOSTER,6061-T6,9.50x7.50x0.188TH 20200473220
11 1 PLATE,SUPPORT,FILTER 1,MEDIA,6061-T6,15.50x9.00x0.25TH 20200473014
12 1 PLATE,SUPPORT,FILTER 2,MEDIA,6061-T6,15.50x11.25x0.25TH 20200473015
31.00 [787] 13 1 PLATE,SUPPORT,FILTER,MEDIA,6061-T6,16.25x16.25x0.188TH 20200473016
14 1 BAR,6061-T6,2.00x0.188x11.00L 3020042400
25.00 [635] 15 1 BAR,6061-T6,2.00x0.188x13.50L 3020042400
23.00 [584] 16 1 BAR,6061-T6,2.00x0.188x15.00L 3020042400
17 1 BAR,6061-T6,2.00x0.188x7.50L 3020042400
19.56 [497] 18 1 CHANNEL,6061-T6,3.00x1.00x0.125x33.50L 3020080600
19 1 CHANNEL,6061-T6,4.00x2.00x.235x.155x45.00L 3020090500
13.75 [349] 20 2 CHANNEL,6061-T6,4.00x2.00x.235x.155x45.00L 3020090500
21 1 TUBE,6061-T6,1.50x0.75x0.125x9.50L 3020131100
9.88 [251] 22 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x9.00L,BE (90) 3020150200
23 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x11.50L,OE 3020150200
B B 24 4 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x13.50L 3020150200
25 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x15.56L 3020150200
0.00 [0] 0.00 [0] 0.00 [0] 26 2 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x25.50L 3020150200
27 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x27.44L 3020150200
B C C B
0.00 [0]
15.38 [391]
28 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x28.50L,OE 3020150200
29 4 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x29.00L,BE 3020150200
30 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x31.44L,BE 3020150200
31 4 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x45.00L 3020150200
32 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x47.00L,OE 3020150200
47.50 [1207]
60.88 [1546]
74.13 [1883]
20.50 [521]
25.50 [648]
30.75 [781]
33 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x7.00L,OE 3020150200
2.88 [73]
0.00 [0]
34 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x73.00L 3020150200
35 4 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x77.00L,BE 3020150200
4X 0.56 HRU 36 1 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x9.50L 3020150200
21
30.00 [762]
44.00 [1118]
47.50 [1207]
56.38 [1432]
59.50 [1511]
77.00 [1956]
DRAWING STATUS:
PRODUCTION RELEASE
17.50 [445]
20.81 [529]
34.50 [876]
37.50 [953]
0.00 [0]
0.00 [0]
2.88 [73] THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION THAT

28.00 [711] RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
0.06 [2] SEA RECOVERY CORP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,
26.13 [664] ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (IN.) AND MILLIMETER (mm)
0.25 [6]
24
VIEW C-C California 90220 USA
.XX
.XXX
0.01
0.005"
0.51mm
0.127mm
(MOUNTING HOLES) VIEW A-A Tel: 310-637-3400 Fax: 310-637-3430 ANGLES 1 DEG.
11.50 [292] SCALE:
www.SeaRecovery.com 1 : 12 & NOTED
6.FINISH: TIGER DRYLAC,BENGAL-WHITE, CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
(SEE SPEC-CONTROL DRAWING B650000001) TASMAN SEA
A UNLESS SALES ORDER SPECIFIES OTHERWISE A

TITLE:
5. INSPECTION DIMENSIONS NOTED AS X.XXX 0.00 [0] FRAME,COMPACT,TASMAN SEA,AL,77"Wx29"Dx49"H
4. REMOVE ALL BURRS & BREAK ALL SHARP EDGES
3. ENG MUST APPROVE ANY WELD DEVIATIONS SECTION B-B
2. ALL WELDS PER AWS D1.2/D1.2M:2003
1. MATERIAL : ALUMINIUM 6061 PREPARED BY: U252513 DATE: 10/17/2011 DWG NO.: 20200273060 REV.:
B
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED CHECKED BY: CP DATE: 11/7/2011 CUSTOMER P.O.
SHT:
1 OF 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE DESCRIPTION DRAWN B CHECKED APPROVE
A 12.16.11 ECO#107-SLOTTED HOLES FOR VARIOUS FLANGES BCW CP CP
B 08.27.12 CHANGED QTY FOR ITEM 17; WAS QTY 2 BCW CP CP
2X 0.31 HRU 45
D D
9.00 [229]
1.50 [38]
33.50 [851] 0.00 [0]
21.00 [533]
4.75 [121]
0.00 [0]
ITEM 22
0.00 [0]
ITEM 18 45
2X 0.53 HRU R1.19 [30] 6X 1/4-20 UNC - 2B HRU ONE WALL

C C
0.75 [19]
2.00 [51] 0.00 [0]
G:\Development\ALL WORK IN PROCESS\A650-R406 NORTH SEA COMPACT 125 BASIC ANSI\20200273060 FRAME,COMPACT,TASMAN SEA,AL,77.0Wx29.0Dx49.0H - RevB.iam
0.00 [0]
3.13 [79]
7.75 [197]
15.16 [385]
19.78 [502]
23.69 [602]
28.31 [719]
31.44 [799]
0.00 [0]
45.00 [1143]
42.75 [1086]
22.50 [572]
2.50 [64]
0.00 [0]
ITEM 30
ITEM 19
45 45
B B
3X 0.53 HRU
2.00 [51]
DRAWING STATUS:
0.00 [0] PRODUCTION RELEASE
45.00 [1143]
42.75 [1086]
22.50 [572]
2.25 [57]
0.00 [0]

ITEM 20 RECOVERY CORP
TOLERANCES:
.XX 0.01 0.51mm
SCALE:
CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
A TITLE:
A
FRAME,COMPACT,TASMAN SEA,AL,77"Wx29"Dx49"H
PREPARED BY: U252513 DATE: 10/17/2011 DWG NO.: 20200273060 REV.:

B
SHT:
2 OF 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE DESCRIPTION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY APPROVED BY
A 12.16.11 ECO#107-MODIFIED ITEMS 1 & 10 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION BCW CP CP
B 06.07.12 MODIFIED ITEMS 12 &13 FOR FITTING 50HZ MOTOR DVJ CP CP
D 2 D
7
45.00 [1143] 45.00 [1143] 45.00 [1143] 45.00 [1143]

42.75 [1086] 42.75 [1086] 42.75 [1086]
16.00 [406]
15
12
13
0.00 [0]
0.00 [0]
6.75 [171]
77.00 [1956]
22.50 [572] 22.50 [572] 22.50 [572]
6
3X 0.53 HRU 2X 0.53 HRU

5
13.24 [336]
R1.19 [30]
R1.19 [30]
C C
3
4.26 [108]
1
2.25 [57] 2.50 [64] 2.25 [57] 49.00 [1245]
0.00 [0] 0.00 [0] 0.00 [0] 0.00 [0]
2.00 [51]
0.00 [0]
2.00 [51]
0.00 [0]
9
4.00 [102]
2.00 [51]
0.00 [0]
11
0.00 [0]
1.00 [25]
2.00 [51]
15
35.50 [902]
5
10
ITEM 10 ITEM 11 ITEM 13 14
22.50 [572] 22.50 [572]

10.50 [267]
12.00 [305]

1.50 [38]

0.00 [0]
1 1 PLATE,MTG,MOTOR,HP,6061-T6,16.75x13.50x0.188TH 20200469221
2 4 GUSSET,MTG,6061-T6,3.00x3.00x.38TH 20200561010
3 4 GUSSET,MTG,6061-T6,3.00x3.00x.25TH 20200561030
45.00 [1143] 4 2 ANGLE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.188x12.00L 3020010200
0.00 [0] 5 2 CHANNEL,6061-T6,3.00x1.50x31.50L 3020090300
2.00 [51] 6 2 CHANNEL,6061-T6,3.00x1.50x33.50L 3020090300
B 0.00 [0] 0.00 [0] 7 4 CHANNEL,6061-T6,4.00x2.00x.235x.155x12.00L 3020090500 B
8 4 CHANNEL,6061-T6,4.00x2.00x.235x.155x24.50L 3020090500
2X 0.44 HRU
0.00 [0]
21.50 [546]
37.50 [953]
51.50 [1308]
9 2 CHANNEL,6061-T6,4.00x2.00x.235x.155x45.00L 3020090500
10 1 CHANNEL,6061-T6,4.00x2.00x.235x.155x45.00L 3020090500
C:\Inventor\2020027300 FRAME,RACK,MEMBRANE,TASMAN SEA,AL,77.0Wx16.0Dx49.0H - RevB.iam

ITEM 6 11 1 CHANNEL,6061-T6,4.00x2.00x.235x.155x45.00L 3020090500
12 1 CHANNEL,6061-T6,4.00x2.00x.235x.155x45.00L 3020090500
13 1 CHANNEL,6061-T6,4.00x2.00x.235x.155x45.00L 3020090500
11.25 [286]
12.00 [305]
14 4 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x16.00L,BE 3020150200
0.75 [19]
15 4 TUBE,6061-T6,2.00x2.00x0.125x77.00L,BE 3020150200
0.00 [0]
DRAWING STATUS:
PRODUCTION RELEASE
1.00 [25] THAT IS AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF DANFOSS SEA
74.13 [1883]
0.00 [0] UPON REQUEST. ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED,
23.25 [591]

7.00 [178]
2.88 [73]

2X 0.56 HRU
0.00 [0]

13.24 [336] CONSENT OF DANFOSS SEA RECOVERY CORP
ITEM 3 4 4
TOLERANCES:
0.00 [0] 19610 South Rancho Way FRACTIONS 1/16" 1.5mm
R1.19 [30] TYP
2.88 [73] .XX 0.01 0.51mm
4.26 [108] California 90220 USA .XXX 0.005" 0.127mm
6.FINISH: TIGER DRYLAC,BENGAL-WHITE, www.SeaRecovery.com SCALE: 1 : 15 & NOTED
(SEE SPEC-CONTROL DRAWING B650000001) 0.00 [0] CUSTOMER: PROJECT:
TASMAN SEA
UNLESS SALES ORDER SPECIFIES OTHERWISE
13.13 [333]
A 5. INSPECTION DIMENSIONS NOTED AS X.XXX TITLE:
A
4. REMOVE ALL BURRS & BREAK ALL SHARP EDGES FRAME,RACK,MEMBRANE,TASMAN SEA,AL,77.0Wx16.0Dx49.0H
2.00 [51]
1.13 [29]
0.00 [0]
3. ENG MUST APPROVE ANY WELD DEVIATIONS

2. ALL WELDS PER AWS D1.2/D1.2M:2003
1. MATERIAL : ALUMINIUM 6061
DWG NO.: REV.:
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED PREPARED BY: BCW DATE: 11/11/2011 2020027300
ITEM 12 CHECKED BY: CP DATE: 11/11/2011 CUSTOMER P.O.
A
SHT:
APPROVED BY: CP DATE: 11/11/2011 WEIGHT: N/A
1 OF 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
19610 SOUTH RANCHO WAY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
LV C HV
+ + - -
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
DANFOSS
SEA SEA RECOVERY
RECOVERY
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ
CALIFORNIA, 90220
U.S.A.
www.SeaRecovery.com
FAT Report
FAT Report

Tasman Sea 60 Digital Manual

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Tasman Sea 60 Digital Manual

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Tasman Sea 60m3 T-2 Digital

Manual PN B653200001 - SO#22757 | Initial Release: 2/28/2014

COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION PATENT INFORMATION

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1-1 to 1-18

2 PRE-INSTALLATION NOTES 2-1 to 2-10

3 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION 3-1 to 3-2

4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 4-1 to 4-6

5 COMMISSIONING 5-1 to 5-8

6 OPERATION 6-1 to 6-150

7 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR 7-1 to 7-15

8 TROUBLESHOOTING 8-1 to 8-31

9 COMPONENT SPECIFICATION SHEETS

10 DRAWING PULLOUTS 10-1 to 10-30

FAT REPORT 1-9

1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.5 REGISTRATION

Tasman SEA SERIES

High Rejection & High Yield Membrane Elements:

Model Number Gallons/Hour Gallons/24 Hours Liters/Hour Liters/24 Hours

SALT REJECTION (CHLORIDE ION):

SYSTEM FEED WATER:

REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE:

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT:

ELECTRICAL POWER REQUIREMENTS:

RECOMMENDED THREE PHASE CIRCUIT BREAKER:

25 Horse Power High Pressure Pump Motor:

POWER SOURCE: PER ORDER

American Bureau of Shipping

American Bureau of Shipping.

Safety, Service, Solutions

The ABS Type Approval Program

A Type Approved Product has satisfied the processes of:

United States Federal Communications Commission Compliance

European Conformité Européne (CE)

Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

UL Mission: working for a safer world since 1894

Some of the damages that may not be covered by the

discharge or product line will not be covered by

CHEMICAL SAFETY & FIRST AID

Parker Sea Recovery SRC SC Storage Chemical

Parker Sea Recovery SRC MCC-1 Membrane Cleaning Chemical

Parker Sea Recovery SRC MCC-2 Membrane Cleaning Chemical

Parker Sea Recovery SRC MCC-3 Membrane Cleaning Chemical

TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE EFFECTS

Parker Sea Recovery® TEMPERATURE EFFECT COMPARISON CHART

Parker Sea Recovery® TEMPERATURE EFFECT COMPARISON CHART

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM CAUSED B. SUCTION LINE SUBSYSTEM

isolation and shut-off of the system feed water

element. It is essential that the pre-filter elements be

J. FRONT CONTROL PANEL

3.1 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS & INFORMATION

3.2 RECOMMENDED CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE

3.3 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

Note: Refer to the bigger drawing foldout in Section 10.

Danfoss Sea Recovery

Tasman Sea Control System

Modbus Communication Specification

PLC Software Versions 2.05+

Project: Doc: Version:

Version Author Date Effected Pages Description

RTU: Remote Terminal Unit

Project: Doc: Version: